Going Beyond the Food: Recent Episodes

Stephanie Dodier

The Going Beyond The Food Show is the only podcast for women who have decided to say no more to trying to shrink themselves. and want to live a better, fuller and bolder life. Mindset expert and Life Coach Stephanie Dodier combines her lived experience and coaching to teach women how to reshape their mind to live better, fuller and bolder life.

Let's live The Undieted Life right now!

This podcast has been helping women to undiet their life and build unshakeable confidence since 2016.

View Details

This is not a regular epsiode of the It's Beyond The Food Podcast... It's a love note from me your host Stephanie.

I share with why I'm giving the podcast a vacation until July 23 and also what I'll be doing from, June 25 to July 23 2024. Here's a hint "Bucket List"....

As this podcast is being release to our feed I'm packing my bag to go to ______ (You'll have to listen to this short love not to find out!).

with love,

Stephanie

PS: I mentioned in the episode the newsletter: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/newsletter

View Details

Drowning in your to-do list? 🌊 Time management isn't working because you've been lied to! 🕰️

In this episode of the It’s Beyond The Food podcast, I chat with time-hacking expert Vikki Yaffe about why traditional time management fails us (especially women!). Ready to hack your time?

What you'll learn listening to this podcast episode on how to hack your time: • Why traditional time management tools often fail and what to do instead. • How to identify and overcome your brain's time-wasting tactics. • Strategies for investing your time wisely to achieve more by doing less. • The surprising connection between hustle culture and diet culture.

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

Work With Me

Connect with our Guest: Website - Vikki Yaffe

Instagram - Vikki Yaffe

View Details

“I never realized self-sabotage was a cry for safety.” 🤯

A fresh perspective on self-sabotage in this podcast episode. Learn how to turn self-sabotage into a stepping stone for personal growth!

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Why self-sabotage isn't a sign of weakness, but a cry for safety * How diet culture and perfectionism fuel self-sabotaging behaviors * Practical steps to reframe self-sabotage and foster personal growth

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

Work With Me

View Details

"Work-life balance? That's just a shiny scam to keep you on the hamster wheel!" - Unyime Oguta 🔥

Stop chasing the impossible. Discover how "self-ish" motherhood can transform your life on this latest episode of the podcast. 🌟

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Why work-life balance is an unrealistic expectation for working moms * How to make peace with being "self-ish" in motherhood * Why your baseline should be high maintenance

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

Work With Me

Connect with our Guest: Website - Unyime

Instagram - Unyime

View Details

Have you ever felt the sting of fatphobia and weight discrimination?

In this episode of It’s Beyond The Food, I get raw and real about my journey from internalized shame to embracing my body as a catalyst for change.

What you'll learn listening to this episode on fatphobia-how I handle it: * The harsh realities of weight stigma in society * How I overcame internalized fat-shaming * Practical steps to deal with fatphobia powerfully

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

Work With Me

View Details

Tired of being told to "just have more willpower" to stop binge eating?

Stefanie and Sarah of @LifeAfterDietsPodcast are calling BS.

Stop blaming yourself and listen now for a real solution.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The difference between compulsive and impulsive eating * The role of the nervous system in creating and healing binge eating * The importance of self-compassion and support in recovery

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

Work With Me

Connect with our Guest: Website - Stefanie and Sarah

Instagram - Stefanie and Sarah

Facebook - Stefanie and Sarah

View Details

Were you told to be a "good girl" growing up? That conditioning shapes our brains in powerful ways. In this episode, discover how the patriarchal mindset impacts women's well-being and learn to rewire your neural pathways for empowerment. It's time to break free!

What you'll learn listening to this episode on Your brain on patriarchy: * Understand the difference between patriarchy (a system of beliefs) and men * Discover how the "good girl" socialization trains women's brains to be people-pleasers. * Gain insights into rewiring your brain to break free from patriarchal conditioning.

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

Work With Me

View Details

This is the secret to aging powerfully (without buying into anti-aging BS)

In this must-listen episode of the It’s Beyond The Food podcast, Deb Benfield of Aging Body Liberation drops truth bombs on embracing your changing body, dismantling diet culture's influence, and showing up fully at every age.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • How to recognize and unlearn the internalized ageism we’ve all been exposed to
  • The importance of dismantling anti-fat bias alongside anti-aging culture
  • Practical tips for staying comfortable in your changing body as you age

Mentioned in the show: Health At Every Size Health Sheets

Free Resources and Training

Connect with our Guest: Website - Deb Benfield

Instagram - Deb Benfield

Facebook - Deb Benfield

View Details

🔥 Are you tired of obsessing over how your body looks? Listen to this episode to discover the #1 mind-blowing mindset shift that will help you stop giving a f*ck!

In this powerful episode, you'll learn:

  • How to cultivate self-awareness to stop obsessing about body image
  • The thought download exercise to identify limiting beliefs
  • The power of changing thoughts to change reality

You can find all the info and links about this episode at https://www.stephaniedodier.com/episodes/mindset/

View Details

This episode discusses the nuances between body positivity and body satisfaction, highlighting the issue of conflating body image with true satisfaction and well-being. The conversation, led by Stephanie Dodier, a non-diet nutritionist, certified intuitive eating counselor, and cognitive behavioral coach, along with guest Brie Campos, a licensed mental health counselor, delves into the origins of the body positivity movement and its transformation over time. They critique the diet culture's co-opting of body positivity, emphasizing the need for a deeper understanding of body image and its impact on individuals' mental health and self-esteem. The discussion unpacks the misguided equating of health with thinness and challenges societal norms around body image, advocating for a shift from external motivations to intrinsic self-esteem and personal well-being. They propose self-esteem work detached from physical appearance as a solution to the limitations of the body positivity movement, focusing on empowerment, autonomy, and a broader perspective of health that encompasses mental, emotional, and psychological dimensions.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The true definition and origins of body positivity, and how it has been misinterpreted * Why body positivity alone is not an effective solution for healing our relationship with our bodies * The importance of rebuilding self-esteem and redefining our worth beyond physical appearance * The difference between "having to" and "wanting to" when it comes to self-care and wellness * The understanding that body image work is a lifelong journey, requiring ongoing self-exploration and growth

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

Connect with our Guest: Website - Bri Campos

Instagram - Bri Campos

View Details

In this episode, Stephanie discusses the concept of feminist well-being. Stephanie shares her journey from a traditional nutrition practice to founding her non-diet coaching certification business. She delves into her personal transformation through intuitive eating and cognitive behavior coaching, highlighting the impact of hiring a mindset coach and embracing feminist principles.

Stephanie critiques the traditional definitions of health, proposing a more inclusive and process-oriented view that accommodates diversity and addresses systemic issues affecting women's well-being. Introducing the concept of 'feminist well-being,' she encourages listeners to think critically about diet culture, patriarchy, and the role of their bodies, advocating for an understanding of well-being that encompasses physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual health. The episode concludes with an invitation for listeners to actively participate in redefining well-being and supporting the movement through engagement and critical thinking.

What You'll learn listening to this episode: * The limitations of traditional health-focused well-being - How to reframe well-being through an intersectional feminist lens - The importance of challenging societal expectations placed on women - Ways to reclaim our worth beyond the physical body - A holistic approach to well-being that goes beyond physical health

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

View Details

In this episode of 'It's Beyond the Food', host Stephanie Dodier, a non-diet nutritionist, certified intuitive eating counselor, and cognitive behavior coach, discusses the complexities of weight loss, diet culture, and the use of weight loss drugs. The episode critically analyzes a TV special by Oprah on her weight loss journey, drawing on input from Dr. Natalie Gentile, a board-certified family medicine and lifestyle medicine physician. The discussion explores the use and effectiveness of weight loss drugs such as Ozempic and Wegovy, the societal pressures that drive individuals towards these drugs, and the nuanced approach needed in treating obesity and related health issues. The episode also addresses the recent recommendations of weight loss drugs for children and the risks and ethical concerns surrounding such treatments. Furthermore, it critically evaluates the messaging around weight loss drugs and diet culture's impact on individual and societal perceptions of health and body image.

What you'll learn listening to this episode on Oprah and Weight Loss Drugs: * The truth behind claims that "obesity is a disease" and the "obesity gene" myth * Potential benefits and risks of drugs like Ozempic from a medical perspective * How internalized weight bias may drive the experience of drugs "turning off food obsession" * Insights on the delicate balance of childhood weight loss interventions

Mentioned in the show: Free Resources and Training

Connect with our Guest: Website - Dr. Natalie Gentile

Instagram - Dr. Natalie Gentile

Facebook - Dr. Natalie Gentile

View Details

If you are a woman who feels like you’ve done all the things in the name of health, but you still can’t get it right this episode is for you!

Healthy-ish with Dr. Jillian Murphy Dr. Jillian Murphy is a naturopathic doctor with over 16 years of experience in the field, and 10+ years in the Intuitive Eating and Health at Every Size space.

She helps women ditch divisive AF one-way approaches to health and tap into their dreamy, vibrant feel-good lifestyle and body.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What the heck is healthy-ish and what does it mean? * What Jillian has learned in 10 years in practice * How she is looking at her medical practice now

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Join the Healthyish Newsletter

Instagram - Jillian Murphy

View Details

Imposter Complex with Tanya Geisler is a gem of an episode. What if you can rewrite the story about feelings of imposter syndrome?

What if you could turn the self-doubt moments into power?

What could you achieve then?

That is what me and Tanya are exploring in this magnificent interview.

Imposter Complex with Tanya Geisler Tanya Geisler is a certified Leadership Coach, speaker, and writer who teaches leaders how to combat their Imposter Complex and lead with ICONIC impact so they can achieve their ultimate goals.

Ready to tap into your iconic impact? Let’s do this!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How to redefine imposter feelings in a way that will make you feel more powerful * How to own your authority and create powerful results * How Tanya guides her client toward Iconic Impact

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Quiz: What's your ICONIC Identity?

Instagram - Tanya Geisler

Facebook - Tanya Geisler

View Details

Do you want to know how to Become a Non-Diet Coach?

Get listening. This episode will give you an inside view of the Non-Diet Coaching Certification and what happened in Stephanie’s most recent free training.

How to Become a Non-Diet Coach This is a live audio recording of the training class - How to Become a Non-Diet Coach held on November 8th, 2023. If you want to the visual of the class and see the slides and other visual cues, you can SIGN UP HERE for the video replay for free.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on how to become a non-diet coach: ✔ Gain clarity on what the Non-Diet approach to health for women is … and what is not.✔ Four mistakes people make when coaching women with health and how to avoid them✔ What makes the Non-Diet Coaching Certification unique and why you will stand out after graduating✔ Plus you’ll get to hear from a few of our incredible students on how their practice has been transformed by coaching through the lens of the Going Beyond The Food Methodology

Mentioned in the show:

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

How to Become a Non-Diet Coach video recording

Client Assessment Forms

View Details

Men, Intuitive Eating & Body Image with Jeff Ash is a resource I have been waiting to create for a long time.

How does diet culture impact men? How is it different?

Men, Intuitive eating & Body image A powerful conversation about the non-diet approach with a man for men.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How does body image struggle present in men * Disorder eating behaviors & men * How to have a conversation with a men partner about your own journey undieting your life

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Intuitive Eating: Help Without Harming Free Webinar

Instagram - Jeff Ash

Website - Jeff Ash

View Details

Body Image Grief & Liberation is a powerful interview with Brie Campos that will help you move thru grief for your body image and liberate yourself

Body Image Grief I have the honor today to introduce you to Brianna (Bri) Campos, a licensed mental health counselor. She specializes in body image education, including her unique framework on body grief.

As a body image educator and the founder of Body Image With Bri, she’s passionate about all things body image and practices through the lenses of Health at Every Size® and Intuitive Eating.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is body image grief and how to move thru it * How long is the journey of grieving your body * The relationship between money and body image * Why your body liberation is in direct correlation to success

Mentioned in the show: How To Become a Non-Diet Coach Free Class

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Bri's Body Grievers Guide

Instagram - Bri Campos

View Details

The parallels between diet culture and the “traditional ways” women are taught to engage with money are too plentiful.

Over the years of working with women on intuitive eating and body image, it has become evident to me that working on a money mindset was the next step for my clients.

I myself have had to do a lot of unlearning about finances and money from my years of training in the corporate world, and most recently, I have begun budgeting my personal finances.

Diet-culture-free budgeting Today on the podcast, I am interviewing an expert on this exact topic, Chelsea Hester-Bradt. She is a Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor and Certified YNAB Budget Coach with a masters degree in Clinical Mental Health Counseling.

She supports clients in moving away from shame and "shoulds" towards a more compassionate and flexible relationship with food, their body, and finances.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The surprising parallels between diet culture and traditional budgeting methods * A new way to think and engage with money * How to use YNAB to change your relationship to money

Mentioned in the show: FREE YNAB Workshop from Chelsea

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Website - Chelsea Hester-Bradt

Instagram - Chelsea Hester-Bradt

View Details

The #1 health habit for women that no one considers but that has the greatest impact on our well being is the habit of cultivating a kind, compassion and loving inner narrative.

How we talk in the secrecy of our mind generates the feelings we experience towards ourselves. The range of emotions we experience then generate our behaviors.

The #1 health habit for women Otherwise, our health habits are generated from the way we feel about ourselves. For many of us who have been under the influence of diet culture the way we think and feel about ourselves isn’t very productive and too often leads to self-sabotage instead of self-motivation.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the #1 health habit for women no one considers but has the greatest impact on women’s well being. * How to adopt this health habit easily

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

View Details

Non-diet approach to menopause & perimenopause Do we really need to eat high protein to avoid symptoms of perimenopause?

Is it normal to gain weight after menopause?

Today we discuss all things menopause & perimenopause with Dr. Jenn.

Dr. Jenn Salib Huber is a Canadian Registered Dietitian, Naturopathic Doctor, and Certified Intuitive Eating Counsellor and she's on a mission to help women thrive in midlife.

She helps women navigate the changes that happen in midlife, including their search for food freedom and body confidence.

She's the host of 'The Midlife Feast' podcast and community that helps women "undiet" their lives so they can nourish a relationship with food that helps them discover the magic of midlife!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on Non-Diet Approach to menopause & perimenopause: * Is there such a thing as a hormone-balancing diet * The best question to ask yourself for your nutrition in that phase of your life * What about weight gain, is it normal?

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits School as a bonus in the Undiet Your Life Program

Health Habits Checklist

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Jenn Huber's Free Masterclass - Menopause Made Easy

Instagram - Jenn Huber

Facebook - Jenn Huber

View Details

Anything we teach inside Undiet Your Life is counterculture and revolutionary because that’s what we need as women socialized to diet & wellness culture to liberate ourselves and create our best life.

And how we think about health-promoting habits also needs to change.

Shift #1 Health is not a moral obligation Contrary to what diet & wellness culture and may have taught you, health is not a moral obligation, just like being in a particular body size or weight.

You are free to decide how and if you will pursue health.

This shift is most important in our ability to experience ease in creating new health behaviors. Moving from “I have to” to “I choose to” moves us into being in a position of autonomy and power over our reality.

Shift #2- Health is more than physical health As women socialize to the thin ideal, we have been socialized that we are our body and that our health is the outcome of our physical body. That leads to poor mental and emotional health resulting in challenging behavioral patterns.

Health comprises four bodies: Mental, Emotional, Spiritual and Physical. All equally important and worthy of the investment of our resources

Shift #3 Health is not a destination When we move away from health as a signal of our worthiness, we can appreciate our health as a resource.

Health is a state of adaptation that allows you to adequately cope with all demands of daily life AND create your best life, the one you choose to live.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * My story with health promoting habits * 3 shifts we teach to undiet your life * Health promoting behaviors that feels damn good

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Social Determinant of Health

Show 341- How to create new health habits

View Details

Intergenerational Dieting: Mother-Daughter Relationship Studies have found that women who began dieting at early ages were more likely to have daughters who would engage in binging or have problems with eating. These mothers were also more likely than other women to agree, when asked, that their daughters should lose weight.

That’s my story. I learned dieting with my many ants and mom. So what happen when you stop dieting and are on the journey to accepting your body and she’s not?

That is what we explore today, Dr. Morgan Francis. She’s a former dieter and now a mom of 3 who specializes in the treatment of body image, sexual health, relationships, self-empowerment, and eating disorders.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on Intergenerational Dieting: * What is intergenerational dieting and did it affect you * How to best approach your mother when you decide to stop dieting and she doesn’t * The Role of Mother-Daughter Relationships in Determining Body Image * How to help your children form great self-esteem and body image

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Website - Morgan Francis

Instagram - Morgan Francis

Facebook - Morgan Francis

View Details

1-1 Coaching: 25 Ways It Changed Me Part 2 Many women have commented upon hearing my personal journey going from being a 25 years dieter to living a food freedom life and being body neutral as a fat woman and say, “I could never do that!”... I could have never done this on my own either. I had a lot of support along the way.

Today in this episode, I will take you behind the scenes and share with you 25 ways one-one coaching contributed to me achieving my goals.

This is part 2 of 2 episodes.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on 1-1 Coaching: 25 ways it changed me Part 2: * Why I decided to hire my first coach * 15 ways one to one coaching changed me

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

View Details

One to One coaching is how I changed my life. Many women have commented upon hearing my personal journey going from being a 25 years dieter to living a food freedom life and being body neutral as a fat woman and say, “I could never do that!”... I could have never done this on my own either. I had a lot of support along the way.

Today in this episode, I will take you behind the scenes and share with you 25 ways one-one  coaching contributed to me achieving my goals.

This is part 1 of 2 episodes.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why I decided to hire my first coach * 10 ways one to one coaching changed me

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

View Details

Fat and Pregnant with Michelle Mayefske, author of the Fat Birth Book.

This episode is an interview talking about confident, strong and empowered pregnancy at any size

Michelle Mayefske is a certified birth and postpartum doula, childbirth educator, fat activist and author.She has made it her mission to change the way people approach pregnancy and birth with an anti-diet approach.

Through her teaching and social media networks, she seeks to empower and educate plus size expecting parents-and their birth partners-so they may seek the positive birth they want and deserve.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on fat and pregnant: * How diet culture impacts pregnancy and birth. * How people experience weight stigmatizing care during their pregnancy. * How can people practice body respect/acceptance during pregnancy. * Training & Certification for birth professional - size inclusive

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Website - Michelle Mayefske

Instagram - Michelle Mayefske

Facebook - Michelle Mayefske

View Details

Being different in a world that thrives on conformity can be hard and cause a lot of suffering.

Have you ever thought: “but I felt much more confident when my body was smaller!”

When confidence is shaken by the size of your body, it’s not confidence you were experiencing: it was the safety of compliance.

You felt safe because you had the thought you were protected from your fear of judgment and rejection.

The Safety of Conformity When you seek conformity instead of accepting yourself and your difference from the “norm” you consistently:

  • watch and monitor your conformity
  • always wonder, “Am I enough?”
  • work harder to meet the norm
  • your happiness and life enjoyment is dependent on what others think of you.
  • Feel constantly anxious… fear of losing acceptance because of missing out on conformity.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on the Safety of Conformity: * What is the safety of conformity * Why we do not seek to conform in all parts of our life * The anti-dote to safety of conformity

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

View Details

This is a conversation that has been building for years between me and Kim Basler. We’ve been internet friends for years but had yet to spend time in 1-1 conversation.

Kim has a long history of dieting and decades as a fitness professional where her body was her “business card”. Today on the other side she shares her journey and how we be in love for our body!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on Hypnotherapy & Self-Love: * How identities play into cycle of self-destructive behaviors * What is hypnosis * How to best use hypnosis and NLP for food and body image * Loving our bodies versus loving on our body

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Kim's Guided Self-Hypnosis

View Details

I’d love to get you started with a mini-lesson on dealing with weight gain.

This is how you set yourself up to be neutral with your body and create confidence, freedom, and ease in your life today, next month, and for the rest of your life.

#1-Nothing has gone wrong It’s expected and normal that you gain weight after dieting. Research is clear: the #1 predictor of weight gain is having been on a diet.

Your body didn’t wrong you. You didn’t get lazy. So stop the mental self-torture and make a choice:

Go back on a diet and commit to being on it for the rest of your life; otherwise, you’ll regain the weight AGAIN. (NB-I can’t help with this choice… preferable that you unsubscribe to my emailing you as this will only be more torture for you.)

Accept that controlling the amount of fat your body is NOT in your control and move to step 2.

#2-Weight acceptance doesn’t mean giving up Accepting your body weight simply means focusing on what you can actually control.

It means making your life a lot easier by reducing the stress, anxiety, and discomfort you experience EVERY DAY.

It means taking care of your health in a way that is SUPPORTIVE.

Moreover, it means working “hard” but in a new way: in a way that makes you feel better right away.

#3-Change the focus The goal you were chasing through controlling your body weight can be achieved in another way.

Happiness, confidence, and security are the outcome of what is happening in your mind, not the size of your pants.

Focus on mastering your mindset so you can think thoughts that will allow you to access your desired feelings RIGHT AWAY.

That same mindset skill you’ll learn is what will allow you to commit to health-promoting behaviors beyond weight loss.

#4-Think about food but in a new way Use food to build trust with your body instead of trying to control it.

Learn to think about food in a way that will not create obsession and rebellious eating.

Learn to eat in a way that will be healthy and sustainable for the rest of your life. Eat in a way that will be easy and respectful of your body.

#5-Be radical in choosing love at every corner Learn to RESPOND to fear instead of REACTING to fear.

Responding, for example, means when you encounter a circumstance where you feel your body is being judged, instead of reacting and planning your next diet, you instead become curious as to why you felt judged and work on what in you created this feeling of being judged. Meet the desire to starve your body with self-compassion.

It will require effort to learn to process fear differently and choose love for yourself, but you CAN DO IT.

It’s a revolutionary choice for women to accept their body and weight gain.

Everything in our society is built to make it hard for women to be accepting of their body and age, so we buy into the multi-billion $$ weight loss and anti-aging industries.

YOU CAN DO HARD THINGS.

You’ve been doing hard things your whole life, and this one is no different.

I BELIEVE IN YOU and your capacity to do this work. Moreover, I will uphold this belief for you until you build the skill to believe in your damn self.

I TRUST you to do this work exactly in the way you need for you.

I’ll teach you exactly what you need to know and do for you to know how to accept and neutralize your weight and body with ease and grace. I have done this work for myself and coached hundreds of women to do the same.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on the 5 fallacies of weight gain: * 5 fallacies of weight gain * Why most women have a false understanding of acceptance * What you focus on if not number on the scale for your well-being

Mentioned in the show: Women Beyond The Scale Workshop Ticket

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

I want to teach you the basics of thought work and so I can teach you how specifically it applies to women’s life.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • What is thought work
  • How does thought work show up in our life
  • The basics tenets of thought work
  • Why thought work is essential to women

Mentioned on the show: Undiet Your Life Program

View Details

Body fantasies are a reality for many women. It sounds like this: “When I finally lose weight, I will _____. Learning to overcome body fantasies will allow you to live your life unconditionally.

Listening to this episode will teach you the following: * What are body fantasies? * Do you have body fantasy thoughts? * Where do body fantasies come from? * The intersection between body objectification and internalization * Opting out of body fantasies

Mentioned on the show: Undiet Your Life Program

View Details

What to do when others talk about dieting when I’m trying to stop?

How to not be jealous of other people's weight loss?

How to handle my mom’s comment on my body?

What about my family at gatherings and holidays so triggering?

Can you relate?

Although this episode was created around the American Thanksgiving holiday, this is applicable all-year-round.

It’s good for family BBQs, friends dinners, office breakroom, or the Zoom room (2020 joke lol!), night out with girls… anytime, all the time!

It’s a gem of an episode! You’ll want to replay it many times.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why you react when other people comment on your body * How to not feel shame when other people comment on your body * How to stop reacting when other people talk about diets & dieting * The way you can change your core beliefs so you never again feel shame

Mentioned on the show on other people's diet: Undiet Your Life

View Details

Do you want to be in your power with food or do you want to control food?

Do you want to be in your power with your body or do you want to control your body?

Power or Control. This is what this podcast episode will cover.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What does it mean to be in our power * Why we seek to be “in control” * What happens when we shift from control to power * How to claim our power

Mentioned on the show: Undiet Your Life

View Details

Do you remember being told to be a “good girl” when you were young? And praised for being a “good girl” and punished for not being a good girl?

Although socialized very early on as women, to be a good girl this socialization is done with good intentions but it leaves grown-up women struggling and in pain.

We are told to be:

  • sexy, but not sexual;
  • skinny, but not to be healthy;
  • smart, but not too smart.

The contradictory messages are seemingly endless.

We have this duality within us... this need to be a “good girl” while needing to be autonomous, smart and independent as adult women. It’s a contradiction we carry within us that we think is abnormal.... a sign that something is wrong with us.

Yet nothing is wrong... we were just socialized to something we cannot be. Being a “good girl” is an impossible standard to achieve leaving us confused, doubting ourselves, and in cycles of shame.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the good girl syndrome * Signs that the good girl syndrome is present in your life * How it impacts how you relate to food & your body * What happens when you say hell no to being a good girl

Mentioned on the show: Undiet Your Life

View Details

Intuitive eating isn’t a fail/success system... the truth is, you can’t fail at it. In this episode, I will share the top 5 reasons why intuitive eating isn’t working for you.

In this episode, we are going to explore: * + The top 5 reasons why you are struggling with intuitive eating + 4 pillars that need to be present in your intuitive eating journey + 10 case studies from real women as to why they think intuitive eating isn’t working for them + What questions to ask to figure out why IE isn’t working for you

Mentioned on the show: Rebellious Eating Masterclass

View Details

Self-leadership is what determines how much we can live our life with purpose and intent.

As a woman, self-leadership is defined by our ability to step into our power therefore from diet culture.

In this powerful conversation between myself and Unyime Oguta we explore what self-leadership means to both of us and how it allows us to reach our goals and live our best life despite our marginalized identities.

Self-leadership for women Self-leadership is the practice of understanding who you are, identifying your desired experiences, and intentionally guiding yourself toward them.

I believe that self-leadership is our ability to guide ourselves towards what we want to experience.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How going beyond the food leads both of us to self-leadership * Unyime shares how self-leadership helps rise her 3 daughters * Self-responsibility versus self-leadership * How you can develop self-leadership in your life.

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Rebellious Eating Solution Webinar

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Website - Unyime Oguta

Instagram - Unyime Oguta

Facebook - Unyime Oguta

View Details

Wellness Culture with Christy Harrison author of The Wellness Trap.

You know diet culture…but do you know it has a cousin - Wellness Culture?

Thank you to my co-host Joni O’Donell for leading this interview in a way that will best serve you the listener. You can find out more about Joni on her website https://joniodonnell.com/.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is wellness culture and why it’s problematic * The harm that wellness culture causes * The SIFT method to not fall prey to wellness culture claims * Why individual responsibility isn’t the long-term solution to our well being * If not wellness then what? Well being perhaps

Mentioned in the show: Cohost: Joni O'Donnell website

The Wellness Trap Book

Health Habits Checklist

Rebellious Eating Solution Webinar

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Website - Christy Harrison

Instagram - Christy Harrison

Facebook - Christy Harrison

View Details

It’s natural that as you learn to accept your body, the desire to express yourself becomes stronger. There are many ways you can do that; dance, singing, art and for some of us, it’s through our clothing.

Finding clothes that fit your body, wearing bold colors and patterns, and styles that you’re comfortable in can be a beautiful way to honor the fact that you deserve to take up space.

Listen to Liz from Rise Styling as she shares how she helps her clients use their style biology to help them take conscious style risks, build a wardrobe, and celebrate themselves daily. She also shares ways on how to do shopping after stopping dieting.

She will also share that her personal journey in dressing more authentically has helped her be a better mom, a better partner, more compassionate to other people, become more articulate and less afraid to speak her mind.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on Shopping & styling your wardrobe after stopping dieting: * Why it can be difficult to let go of items that no longer fit * Steps you can take to replace items in your closet that no longer serve you * A body-neutral, anti-diet stylist’s approach to helping you use your innate style traits to help you take conscious style risks, build a wardrobe, and celebrate yourself every day * The profound benefits of accepting your body and learning to dress authentically

Mentioned in the show: The Wheel of Style Freebie from Liz

Health Habits Checklist

Rebellious Eating Solution Webinar

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Website – Liz Thogerson

Instagram – Liz Thogerson

Facebook – Liz Thogerson

View Details

“Just lose weight”

“The pain would go away if your body weight wasn’t so heavy”

“ This pain is a sign that your body isn’t healthy… you need to lose weight”.

It doesn’t have to be this way. Healing chronic pain doesn’t have to be about weight loss and in fact, many forms of chronic pain will NOT be healed with weight loss.

There are as many people with chronic pain in smaller bodies as in larger bodies… so if weight loss isn’t the solution, then what is?

In this episode, we have guest expert Dr. Andrea Moore, Chronic Pain Specialist.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on overcoming chronic pain with the non-diet approach: * Why pain is a necessary experience for human * The problem is not the pain but how we experience the pain * Stephanie journey’s through Dr.Andrea’s process to overcome chronic pain. * The 3-day free event from Dr. Andrea to learn how to break the cycle of chronic pain so you can reduce pain levels by 50%

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Rebellious Eating Solution Webinar

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest: Website - Dr. Andrea Moore

Instagram - Dr. Andrea Moore

Free 3 days experience with Andrea

View Details

Ozempic: the conversation we need to have first with Dr. Natalie Gentile will be the most eye-opening to all women who have heard, considered, or taken Ozempic in an effort to lose weight.

Whether it is for your own decision process or perhaps how to have an educated conversation with your bestie about Ozempic and really, any medicalized weight loss treatment, this is the conversation that will help you form your own opinion.

Enjoy and share!

Stephanie

Ozempic: the conversation we need to have first Dr. Natalie Gentile (she/her) is a board-certified Family Medicine and Lifestyle Medicine physician who owns a direct primary care practice in Pittsburgh, PA. She strives to meet patients where they are and, with a personal history of disordered eating, is passionate about running a weight-neutral practice that is a safe space for any and all.

You can find more on Dr. Gentile at www.rebelsinwellness.com and contact her directly on Instagram at Natalie Gentile MD.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is Ozempic and what should it be used for? * The option to Ozempic and medicalized weight loss treatment * Point to consider in the decision process to intentional weight loss * Direct primary care as an option to weight-neutral health counseling

Mentioned in the show: Direct Primary Care Listing

Health Habits Checklist

Rebellious Eating Solution Webinar

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Undiet Your Life Program

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Connect with our guest Website - Dr. Natalie Gentile

Instagram - Dr. Natalie Gentile

Facebook - Dr. Natalie Gentile

View Details

Food was never the problem. The size of our pants was never the problem either.

So why do we focus our healing approach on the actual food and body?

The reason why humans experience struggles with food, health behaviors, and their body isn’t because of a lack of intellectual knowledge or effort.

It’s beyond the food, body, or health habits.

How to Go Beyond The Food in 3 Steps In this episode, I’m going to be teaching you how to go beyond the food in 3 steps.

I’ll also be introducing you to the Going Beyond The Food Challenge and invite you to join us. 

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How I created the 3 steps to go beyond the food * The 3 steps of going beyond the food and changing any behaviors with food and beyond food. * How to take your learning about going beyond the food to the next level.

Mentioned in the show:  Going Beyond the Food Challenge

Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Health Habits Checklist

View Details

Eating more vegetables & really how to change any health habits is going to be the focus of this listener Q&A edition Vol.6 of the Going Beyond The Food Show

Here’s the question:

I'm 57 and I live in a large body. I’ve been doing IE for 1.5 years now. I'm struggling with adding more nutrient-dense foods into my meals. I am not trying to lose weight (I’m past that) but I do want more nutrients in my body. I never ate veggies growing up. However, I see IE posts where IE nutritionists will say you will eventually crave them. What if you never ate them?? Only forced yourself each time you went on a new diet. It doesn’t come naturally for me to reach for veggies. Can this be changed?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on eating more vegetables: * How to change any habits including eating more vegetables * Why awareness is what creates changes * Cognitive Behavioral Coaching model to create new habits

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Rebellious Eating Solution Webinar

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

I’m doing the damn thing… launching a women coaching certification.

Launching a women coaching certification  

In this episode of the podcast, I’m taking you behind the scenes… curious? You’ve got to listen.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why I refused to create a certification for years * The “behind the scene” work that needed to be done first * How I build the curriculum * My dreams for this program…

Mentioned in the show: Non-Diet Coaching Certification

Health Habits Checklist

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

Overcoming resistance to do what you want to do is where people get themselves stuck. The number 1 mistake people make is resisting the resistance.

In this episode, I’m going to walk you through another approach to overcoming the resistance.

Powerful questions to ask yourself to discover your relationship to resistance

  • What if the resistance was to deliver an important message straight from your intuition?
  • What if partnering with the resistance was the most easeful way for it to release the resistance and move forward with your transformation/goal?
  • What if the process of partnering with your resistance created more trust within yourself?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * 6 steps to overcoming resistance in your transformation * Why fighting resistance is getting your stuck * Self-leadership approach to transformation * Why creating safety for resistance is the path to overcoming resistance

Mentioned in the show: Health Habits Checklist

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

This is another edition of Listener Q&A now at Volume 5.

Today I answer two questions:

  1. How do I discern when it’s good fear vs bad fear?
  2. How do I distinguish my body needs if all food fits?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why there is no such thing as good or bad fear. * We will talk about interoception awareness: our ability to feel what our body needs * Gentle nutrition tenets that you should be aware of

Mentioned in the show:  Health Habits Checklist

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

In this episode, I’m sharing my journey in healing my relationship with fitness.  

Over the last 2.5 years, I have been working with a non-diet fitness coach to help me change my recurring unintentional thoughts about moving my body.

Last month, I achieved the last goal I had set for myself 2.5 years ago so it was time to set new goals.

In this episode, I’m sharing my new fitness goals with you.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The step by steps approach I took to heal my relationship to fitness * Why I hired a coach to help me become someone who loves to go to the gym * My new non-diet fitness goals going forward.

Mentioned in the show:  The Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

Health Habits Checklist

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

In this episode, I answer two questions:

  1. How to navigate diet culture with my family - my mom is a chronic dieter...
  2. Does undieting my life and quitting dieting mean I’ll never lose weight again?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How to overcome being triggered by other people dieting * The long-term solution to be able to be with family that have different choices than you * Why being in rebellion against diet culture isn’t the most effective way to heal * Why compassion is key to move to changing how you experience life without diet culture

Mentioned in the show:  Health Habits Checklist

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

Today I’m introducing you to an amazing opportunity to get started undieting your life! 

The 75 Intuitive Challenge

The 75 Intuitive is a 75-day transformative program that will permanently change how you approach health and well-being - mentally, emotionally, physically, and spiritually. It’s more sustainable, less pressure, and makes YOU the authority of what health means to you.

The three main pillars of the program are consistency, confidence, and compassion.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the 75 intuitive Challenge * How to determine if this challenge is for you * How to join for free

Mentioned in the show:  Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Health Habits Checklist

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

Today I’m introducing you to an amazing opportunity to get started undieting your life! 

The 75 Intuitive Challenge

The 75 Intuitive is a 75-day transformative program that will permanently change how you approach health and well-being - mentally, emotionally, physically, and spiritually. It’s more sustainable, less pressure, and makes YOU the authority of what health means to you.

The three main pillars of the program are consistency, confidence, and compassion.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the 75 intuitive Challenge * How to determine if this challenge is for you * How to join for free

Mentioned in the show:  Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Health Habits Checklist

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

In today’s episode, I am answering two more questions from our listeners. Can I really trust myself? &  How to release old emotions that keep coming? 

The answer to both of these questions will reinforce the importance of mindset work and body image.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The answer to the question, “I know in my head what I’m doing is right but my feelings towards myself are so ingrained. I feel like I can’t change them. Help!” * The answer to the question, “I don’t know if I can trust my body: What does it mean? Where is it in my body? Can I really trust my body?

Mentioned in the show:  Rebellious Eating Masterclass

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

In today’s episode, I am answering two more questions from our listeners, Why do I keep eating past fullness? and Is there a link between confidence at work & body image?

The answer to both of these questions will reinforce the importance of mindset work. Mindset work is the foundation of eating normally and experiencing confidence in both your body and in the workforce.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on Listener Q&A Vol.2 Eating Past Fullness & Confidence at Work: * The answer to the question, “Why do I keep eating past fullness?” * The answer to the question, “Is there a link between confidence at work & body image?”

Mentioned in the show:  Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Rebellious Eating Masterclass

View Details

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Can you explain why emphasizing Intuitive Eating should be a priority? * How do I set boundaries with my mom?

Mentioned in the show:  Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Rebellious Eating Masterclass

View Details

In today’s episode, I am sharing a message for anyone who identifies as fat and who is struggling with the size of their body, regardless of what pant size they are or how they relate to the BMI.

It’s unfair that society doesn’t welcome fat bodies. It’s unfair that regular everyday tasks are more challenging such as shopping for clothes or sitting at a restaurant booth, or that airplane seats don’t accommodate fat bodies. 

Despite this unfairness, you have a choice. You have a choice to allow these hurdles to stop you from being who you are. 

The reason I am sharing this message is so that you can see the possibility of what is on the other side of taking responsibility for how you experience fatphobia. 

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on here is what I want every fat woman to know: 1. The surprising truth about fatphobia 2. Three simple steps to changing how you experience fatphobia 3. What’s possible for you when you choose how you’ll experience fatphobia

Mentioned in the show:  Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

View Details

What Happens When You Undiet Your Life? You’re invited! The Undiet Your Life 2023 Live Experience is here!

Once a year, we create a unique container for women wanting to create change rapidly.

When you join Undiet Your Life Coaching Program now, you can join the live experience and fast-track your results.

The Undiet Your Life Live 2023 Experience is when we get a group of women together for 2 months and study our 3 steps of Undiet Your Life process with a very focused and intense approach to facilitate your transformation quickly.

We start with an intensive class on Sunday, February 5th, 2023, where you master the mindset coaching tool in 1 day AND over the next 8 weeks we apply it to food, health, and body image.

You get 2 months of my energy, passion, and accountability to move yours thru this life-changing transformation of undieting your life.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on what happens when you Undiet Your Life?: * What does it mean to undiet your life * What can you expect to see in your day-to-day life after undieting your life * Why this is NOT a quick-fix process * The 2023 Live Experience details

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Podcast Roadmap

View Details

Overeating, binge eating, emotional eating, compulsive eating… nighttime eating. These are all forms of rebellious eating.

There’s a solution to create peaceful eating. 

Inside the rebellious eating solution training, you will learn…

  • Three simple steps you need to do every day to eat peacefully.
  • How to go beyond the food and address what really is the problem for YOU.
  • Your thoughts and beliefs about food, your body, and health that keep you from eating confidently.
  • Why you should NOT focus on food. And everything you need to look into to eat with confidence.

Ready to do this? Join us:https://www.stephaniedodier.com/the-rebellious-eater-solution-masterclass/ - Stephanie

View Details

Mentioned in the show:  Rebellious Eating Training

Undieted Health Habits Checklist

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

In today’s episode we are answering one of our community member’s questions; does intuitive eating REALLY work, and HOW??? We thought it was so good that we had to share it with everyone.

Perhaps this question has been on your mind too or maybe you tried Intuitive Eating on your own in the past and thought you failed at it.

First, know that you can’t fail at Intuitive Eating…

Most people who have the perception that you can fail at eating intuitively misunderstand what Intuitive Eating is designed for. They often approach it with the same mindset they had when starting any past diet.

The bottom line is that Intuitive Eating is beyond the food and requires a highly conscious commitment. The moment you decide to detangle your worth from your body and health behaviours, Intuitive Eating will work for you.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The misunderstanding about Intuitive Eating that leads to it not working * Questions to ask to discover why intuitive eating may not be working for you * 10 case studies of real women from Undiet Your Life about why IE didn’t work when they tried it on their own

Mentioned in the show: Undieted Health Habits Checklist

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

Today we are talking about money and I am sharing with you the 4 money shifts I made since opting out of diet culture that created more money and most important less work and more ease. Much of our corporate world has been conditioned by the patriarchy where it’s the men’s role to make money and women are to make men more money. Women are the caretakers, and the nurturers and thinking of themselves is selfish. Scarcity money mindset is just another gift from diet culture. There are many parallels between diet culture and money mindset. To enjoy wealth would be indulgent. To enjoy food is indulgent. Many of us engage with money with fear just like we do with food and our bodies.

The good news is that money mindset work is almost the same as body image work so it’s going to a lot faster because you have already “been there, done that.”

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on the 4 Money shifts I made since opting out of diet culture: * The thoughts about money people that keep them stuck from making more * The parallels between diet culture and scarcity money mindset * The 4 money shifts I made since opting out of diet culture * An invitation to revolutionize the way you think about food, body and money

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

The Resolution Reset Masterclass is happening this January 8th, 2023

In the resolution reset masterclass, we detox the goal-setting process. 

  1. Set Goal Better
  2. Feel Better
  3. Follow thru Better
  4. Achieve with Ease

We liberate the goal-setting process so it’s easy, sustainable, and most importantly, enjoyable.

I'll coach you to unravel the fcked up way we have been socialized to pursue goals and learn a new way to think, feel and take action toward your desires.*

By the end of the Resolution Reset Masterclass you will:

  • Feel confident doing less and achieving more
  • Feel good enough while pursuing your goal
  • Become more productive with your time
  • Understand how to create natural  motivation
  • Know exactly how to approach ANY goal for the rest of your life.

Ready? Let’s start 2023 together!

Register here: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/resolution-reset-masterclass/

Stephanie 

View Details

A recent situation in my life inspired the topic of today’s podcast episode. I failed at reaching a goal. While doing my thought work in walking my brain through uncertainty, I am choosing how I will see this failure.

Yes, that’s right. I have a choice.

I can choose to look at this failure as if I’m not good enough, and I’m foolish to believe it will happen. OR I can choose to look at this as an opportunity to build my ability to be the new version of myself.

I used the same framework I teach all my students and shared in episode 323, which is the process of making a quality decision.

Since this is the time of year that many people are setting goals for the New Year, I will share how you can use this same framework when setting health habits.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on How to Create & Keep New Health Habits: * What habits are * How diet culture has indoctrinated the way we engage with health habits * The 4 steps to creating life-long habits

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

Undieted Health Habits Checklist

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

Have you ever felt impatient when trying to reach your goal? Repeating things like, “Why aren’t I there yet?” “What’s wrong with me?” and “I should be there already!”

This impatience is what creates unnecessary suffering when trying to achieve a goal. But sister, there is a better way.

Our happiness can’t be conditional on achieving the goal. When we engage in our goals that way, we miss the opportunity to build a belief in ourselves. The container of a goal helps you master the human experience every day. You have a choice to change the way you set and attain your goals which allows you to feel better today.

In today’s episode, Stephanie shares her personal experience of how impatience kept her in the rebellious phase of eating for too long and how she now uses the liberated goal method to make achieving goals fun, easy and pleasurable.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on impatience to eat better: * Why being impatient in reaching your goal is causing more suffering * The real reason we set goals * The revolutionized process of achieving your goals in a fun, easy, and pleasurable way

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

View Details

Sister, I know the urge to buy into the “new year, new you” ideal is strong - but now, it’s time for you to be stronger.

Stronger than the diet culture that fills you with self-hatred and still leaves you feeling empty.

Stronger than the temptation to buy into the “fix me” frenzy of gym memberships, diet books, and green juice cleanses.

And stronger than the pervasive idea that you are somehow not enough.

In today’s episode, I’m going to offer you a revolutionized way of setting your 2023 resolutions.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on how to make & keep Resolution: * The history of goal setting * The liberated goal-setting method I used to unlearn the socialization of diet culture and hustle culture * An invitation to revolutionize your resolutions

Mentioned in the show:  Resolution Reset Masterclass

Undiet Your Life Coaching Program

Quiz: Is It You or Your Diet?

View Details

Your life has changed so much since you stopped dieting.

You know what is possible for your loved ones if they knew what you know.

You want to make a meaningful difference in your life.

You love helping others.

You know you have so much more you have to give but you just don’t know what or how to do it.

The good news is that during Become A Non-Diet Coach Week, Stephanie will help you do exactly that.

The thought of becoming a coach both excites you and scares you a little bit.

And there’s a secret part of you that knows you’re meant to be a coach.

It’s no accident that you’re here reading this right now.

It means that you are ready to learn about becoming a coach and sharing the non-diet approach with others.

It means you’re ready to take yourself to the next level.

And to step up and impact the lives of those you love most.

Become a Non-Diet Coach Week is five days of live training with Stephanie as she shares everything you need to know about becoming a powerful non-diet coach.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: Stephanie will teach you…

  • Exactly how non-diet coaches help people
  • Why the coaching tools taught by Non-Diet Mentorship Program are the best in the world
  • What makes us the leading non-diet coaching program in the industry
  • What it means to have a coach mindset
  • How our unique coaching process makes getting to the root cause beyond the food possible with confidence

Mentioned in the show:

Register Here - Become a Non-Diet Coach Week

View Details

In today's episode, I discuss the dark side of being healthy and when wanting to be healthy becomes more harmful than good. I'll share the common thoughts I hear when coaching women that shows when the desire to be healthy has gone wrong. You'll begin creating a new perspective on health- one that comes from a place of love vs. fear.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Common thoughts that lead to the dark side of being healthy * What is actually in your control when it comes to health * How changing your thoughts towards health can lead to engaging in your health from a place of love vs. fear

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

View Details

Today’s episode explores how emotional maturity impacts your eating and health behaviours. 

We also discuss how becoming emotionally mature is the pathway to creating your desired outcome in life.

What you'll learn listening to this episode on Emotional Maturity, Eating and Health * What it means to be emotionally mature * The difference between reacting and responding to your emotions * How becoming emotionally mature impacts your relationship with food and your body

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

View Details

In today’s episode, you’ll learn how to take self-responsibility vs. self-blame to finally create the change you want to see in your life.

We all have external responsibilities such as picking up the kids, paying the bills, or groceries, but taking self-responsibility is accepting that your patterns create the outcome.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How to stop the pattern of doing the same thing over and over while expecting different results * The difference between self-responsibility and self-blame * Three steps to take radical responsibility for creating a big, bold life

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

View Details

On today’s episode, we explore how diet culture is showing up in the way you set goals. 

Then, we talk about how to set goals that allow you to feel how you want to feel TODAY.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How diet culture is still showing up in your goals * Why you need to feel enough when pursuing your goal * How to pursue goals the undieted way

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Program

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

View Details

On today’s episode, you will learn exactly how to start believing in your possibilities NOW – especially when it feels hard.

You’ve had the skill set of believing your whole life. Now it’s time to learn how to use that skill set to create the life that YOU want.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How to believe in your possibilities * The skill set you need in order to believe NEW things * How to be confident without changing your body * The #1 thing that prevents you from having what you want

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

How do you actually stop self-critical thinking and change your opinion of yourself for good?

In this episode, we break down the exact steps you need to take to change your opinion of yourself to create your better, fuller & bolder life.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How to stop self-critical thinking * 3 steps to change your opinion of yourself * Why your self-critical thoughts are true

Mentioned in the show: Register for the Enough Masterclass

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

How to stop repeating patterns in your life starts with understanding WHY they exist in the first place.

The simple answer? How you do one thing is how you do everything… at least, until you are presented with another way.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The #1 reason you keep repeating patterns in your life * How the all-or-nothing mindset is interfering with your goals * A new approach to goals that you can use right now * The self-coaching tool that will help you stop repeating patterns

Mentioned in the show: Register for the Enough Masterclass

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

Digital nomading at 47 is me living my dream life. I am thriving living my fullest, boldest life – the life that I once thought wasn’t possible for me.

If you are ready to pursue your dream – that thing you didn’t think was possible for you – this is the perfect episode for you.

You ready?! Let’s do this!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How to become a digital nomad * Why you don’t need to comply with any one way of digital nomading * The way of thinking that got me to my dream life * How to pursue your OWN dream life

Mentioned in the show: Outsite referral link ($50 off)

Register for the Enough Masterclass

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

Six years of being coached have afforded me many successes and lessons learned.

Today, I’m sharing those lessons with you because they are exactly what I am teaching you inside the Enough Masterclass - where you’ll learn the 3-step self-coaching process to create your better, fuller, and bolder life.

You ready? Let’s dive in!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on 6 Years of Being Coached: Successes and Lessons Learned: * 6 lessons I’ve learned from 6 years of coaching * The 3 step process you’ll learn in the Enough Masterclass * How to experience more out of life with coaching

Mentioned in the show: Register for the ENOUGH Masterclass

View Details

The power of separating facts from thoughts is key to creating your better, fuller, and bolder life.

If you were socialized as a woman and you don't intentionally clean up your thinking, you will constantly limit yourself to the social construct for people identified as women in our current society.

If you’re ready to start creating your better, fuller, and bolder life – this one’s for you, sister.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What to do if you believe every thought in your brain * The 3-step process to start separating facts from thoughts * How to reclaim your power from your thoughts

Mentioned in the show: Register for the Enough Masterclass

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

Enough Masterclass is the place to be for all women ready to live their better, fuller, and bolder life.

Together we will learn how to stop self-critical thinking to free up the mental space for you to believe in yourself enough to pursue your desires.

Become happy being YOU.

Ready?

Register here: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/enough

View Details

Money mindset, scarcity, and body image have more in common than you likely think…

After making peace with your body and learning to be neutral with your body, money mindset is the next level for most of my clients.

You ready? Let’s do this!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on money mindset scarcity and body image: * How your relationship with body image is related to your relationship with money & scarcity * The 9 thoughts that money mindset, scarcity & body image have in common * The #1 new belief you need to adopt to improve your money mindset

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

Whether it’s finding love after divorce, feeling unworthy of wealth, doubting your own possibility, or being afraid to step out of your comfort zone… you submitted your questions, and one thing is clear my sisters: many of you are feeling stuck in your journey.

Regardless of where you are feeling stuck in your journey right now, I guarantee you this is getting in your way: your thoughts. On today’s podcast, I’m coaching you through exactly how to get unstuck in any situation.

You ready? Let’s do this!

WHAT YOU’LL LEARN LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE on Feeling stuck in your journey: * How to get yourself unstuck in any situation * What to do when you keep procrastinating * What a thought download is & why you should do it * How to make scary things feel SAFE

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

Pursuing your true desires... beyond the size of your body. When you have spent most of your life pursuing a certain body size, the word ‘desire’ is foreign to you. But we as humans are designed for full expression of the human experience, which includes pursuing your true desires.

In this episode, we’re talking about identifying your true versus false desires and what you can do to start living the life you were meant to, right now.

WHAT YOU’LL LEARN LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE ON PURSUING YOUR TRUE DESIRES BEYOND THE SIZE OF YOUR BODY: * The power of having a coach to actualize your true desires * The difference between true versus false desires * What to do if you have spent decades believing your false desire was your true desire * The only sure way to get rid of false desires

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

How you do one thing is how you do everything.
How you relate to food is how you relate to life. In the same way, how you think about your body is likely how you think about money.

Understanding this coaching concept will help you create the freedom and ease you want to have now in your life after years of dieting.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • How your beliefs about food impact all other areas of your life
  • How the cognitive bias system is holding you back from changing how you relate to food and life
  • The 3 steps you can take now to start trusting yourself again
  • Why you should start with changing your relationship to food before anything else

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

Do you struggle to make quality decisions for yourself? For example, you want to believe things like “my body is neutral”... but actually believing that feels SO damn hard?

I have been there sister and I’m here to tell you I can confidently say that I no longer have “bad body image days”. Whaaat!? You read that right – and I am certain that this can be your reality too… if you are willing to start making quality decisions for your future self. Are you ready? Let’s do this!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • How to stop having bad body image days
  • What happens when you choose not to make a decision
  • Why your brain doesn’t want to change your current reality & what to do about it
  • How to make quality decisions for your future self

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

Do you feel like you’re REALLY living the life you were meant to live? Undieting your life allows you to do that. And living the undieted life is the outcome of the Undieting Your Life Coaching Process.

There is a sh*tload of opportunity waiting for you on the other side of undieting your life. I know this because I’m living it right now, and in today’s episode, I’m sharing how YOU can live the undieted life too.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • What happens when food and body image are no longer the “problem”
  • What it means to truly live the undieted life
  • The #1 question Stephanie asks herself to access new possibilities in her life

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Coaching

View Details

Why we fantasize about eating better is because somewhere inside of us we think that there is a better. We hope that by eating better we will feel better.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why we fantasize about eating better * The solution to the illusion of eating better * How we do one thing is how we do everything * The role of self-trust in gentle nutrition

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Course

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

View Details

At some point, I’ll just eat better right?

That is often the question we ask ourselves as we go through intuitive eating. We think that if we do the intuitive eating work diligently it will lead us to eating better.

What is eating better?

To a brain that has been affected by diet culture and had to adapt to survive years of food restriction, eating better most often means “eating healthier”.

How does an undieted brain think of gentle nutrition?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on gentle nutrition: * What is gentle nutrition * Gentle Nutrition: What it’s not * The role of gentle nutrition in health * Healthism: Healthy behavior gone wrong * How to integrate gentle nutrition into your life

Mentioned in the show: Gentle Nutrition Accelerator

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

The origin of diet culture is shady and creepy… and likely not what you think it is. Tunes to this week’s podcast where I share with you how diet culture was born.

Surprisingly, the cultural belief system about women managing their size only goes back about a hundred years or so and came out of a social narrative that had nothing to do with health or medicine.

The conversation about your weight which may feel like a scientific dictum inside of a doctor’s visit actually has very little to do with health and a heck of a lot more to do with social oppression.

This podcast episode of our podcast is actually an extract from an interview I did on a colleague’s podcast The Eat Influencer Podcast by Maggie Landes MD. We are going to explore the origins of diet culture and the somewhat sinister beginnings of the modern weight loss industry.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The origin of diet culture * When and how the weight loss industry was born * The historical link between feminism and diet culture

Mentioned in the show: Original Podcast

Quiz: Is it you or your diet?

Undiet Your Life Course

Podcast Roadmap

View Details

INFO AND LINKS: UNDIET YOUR COACHING PRACTICE PODCAST

MENTORSHIP PROGRAM

FREE RESOURCES

SCHOLARSHIP

View Details

Can you succeed in the pursuit of your goals without enduring failure too? Nope. Your failure capacity will determine your ability to achieve your desired level of success faster.

Yes, I’m calling you out as a person, who has been socialized as a woman, to do some mindset work. In fact, this is why you focus on your thoughts and beliefs, rather than tactics, to achieve your goals.

It’s actually the belief that failure is “bad” (not the “wrong” sales tactics) that holds you back from achieving the success you desire… ready to practice failing?

WHAT YOU’LL LEARN LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE ON FAILURE CAPACITY AS A NON-DIET COACH : * The reason why avoiding failure is interfering with your ability to get clients * Why failure is essential to your business’ success * A new way of thinking about failure that will help your success * How to build your failure capacity

MENTIONED IN THE SHOW: TRAINING EVENT FOR NON-DIET COACHES

MENTORSHIP PROGRAM

FREE RESOURCES

SCHOLARSHIP

UNDIET YOUR LIFE COURSE

PODCAST ROADMAP

View Details

Your exercise mindset is key when it comes to repairing your relationship with your body and movement.

If you have a history of dieting, you likely have a complicated exercise mindset.

Changing your exercise mindset will allow you to reconnect to your body and it will empower you to make exercise goals from a place of self-care, rather than punishment.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on the 5 steps to change your exercise mindset: * Why putting weight loss on the back burner can help you explore exercise in a different way * How to reconnect to your body through movement * Why love is more effective than fear when it comes to motivation * How reflecting on your childhood can help you re-discover movement you enjoy * What it means to set goals from a place of self-care

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Course

Podcast Roadmap

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

In Day 4 of the masterclass, learn how to reshape your mind to think confident thoughts and let go of default thinking.

In this BONUS Q&A session, we unpacked some of the most common questions we get asked in Undiet Your Life and there’s a good chance your diet brain has these questions too.

We dive into exactly how to harness your power to rewire your brain and think thoughts that will create the unshakeable confidence you desire.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • How to stop avoiding people out of fear that they’ll judge your weight
  • What you can do to catch the subconscious thoughts that are getting in the way of confidence
  • How long it takes to rewire your brain so that you don’t slip into default thinking
  • What it looks like to reshape your identity after dieting
  • How to stand your ground with the authority figures in your life

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

On Day 3 of the masterclass, learn how to stop stressing about your weight by managing other people's thoughts and opinions about you.

The number one reason why women stop creating confidence is that they care more about others’ opinions than their own. When your own opinion of yourself is shitty, it’s hard to stop stressing about your weight on your own.

When you learn how to manage your mind, you then have the power to stop stressing about your weight (including what others think about your weight) and create your own confidence. This is exactly what I’m showing you in this episode and what we’re diving even deeper into in Confidence Bootcamp.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on Stop Stressing About Your Weight Masterclass Day 3 * The #1 reason why women stop creating confidence * The only way other people’s opinions can affect you * 5 steps to stop letting other’s thoughts and opinions affect you * How the Confidence Bootcamp will help you

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

On Day 2 of the masterclass, learn how to stop stressing about your weight by learning how to create confidence.

The truth is, creating confidence is as easy as thinking confident thoughts.

You are going to feel a lot of resistance trying to think new thoughts about your body and weight. The key to moving through this resistance is reclaiming authority over your life. In today’s episode, I teach you how to do that.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How to use your thoughts to create confidence in your body * Why you need to sell your brain on this new confident perspective * The difference between safety in body compliance versus unshakeable body confidence * How to self-authorize new thoughts about your body and weight

Mentioned in the show: Register-Stop Stressing About Your Weight 3-Day Masterclass

Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

In Day 1 of the masterclass, you’ll learn how to stop stressing about your weight and instead feel confident. You have the power to create unshakeable confidence by reshaping your mind, not your body.

Creating unshakeable confidence is simpler than you think – really, there are only 3 things you need to do. We explored these in Day 1 of the Masterclass, as we focused on the power your thoughts have in creating both shame AND confidence in your body.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on Stop Stressing About Your Weight Masterclass Day 1: * The 3 things you need to do to stop stressing about your weight and instead feel confident * How to create unshakeable confidence in yourself * How to use the Weight Peace Protocol * The way you’ve been socialized to think about your body is not your fault

Mentioned in the show: Stop Stressing About Your Weight 3-Day Masterclass

Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

Are you looking for a guide on how to be healthier without losing weight?

Have you been trying to lose weight for years on end with no “success”? Yet, you likely have been told that the only solution to your pain and ailments resides in losing weight – but it does not.

It is scientific fact that you can improve your health without losing weight. You deserve to know this.

If you're ready to improve your health without pursuing weight loss, you need to get in the 3 days masterclass series now. It’s time to let go of the shame about your weight. In this free, 3-part masterclass series you’ll learn how to take control of your feelings and end weight stress for good.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What to do if you believe you need to lose weight for your health * The true definition of health vs what you think it is * Why changing your weight doesn’t change your body image * The #1 thing you can do to reduce stress and be healthier * How to take control of your feelings and end weight stress for good

Mentioned in the show: Stop Stressing About Your Weight 3-Day Masterclass

Quiz: Is it me or my diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Course

Research Health At Every Size approach

214 - Podcast on set point

216 - Podcast on BMI

228 - Podcast on Wellness Culture & Healthism

264 - Podcast Health Goals versus Weight Loss Goal

208 - Podcast on weight neutral approach to health

Visual Determinant of health

Link between body dissatisfaction and health behaviors

View Details

Stop stressing about your weight and learn how to create confidence. Think about the way you feel when you step off the scale. If you don’t like that feeling, then I’m talking to you, sister.

LET GO OF THE SHAME AND STRESS OF WEIGHT FOR GOOD

STOP BEING AFFECTED BY OTHER PEOPLE’S WORDS...

THEN CREATE CONFIDENCE

If you want to completely change the narrative you have about your body right now, get your butt in the FREE 3-Day Masterclass to Stop Stressing About Your Weight.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • Why most women are not feeling confident about their body and instead stress and shame about their weight
  • How to stop feeling stressed and shameful about your body
  • How to create confidence
  • Where many women are getting tripped up when it comes to body acceptance
  • The most common error in thinking I see
  • How I can help you feel unshakeable confident and feel good in your skin right now

Mentioned in the show: Stop Stressing About Your Weight 3-Day Masterclass

Quiz: Is it me or my diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

Body confidence is a skill that you can build no matter what body size or age you are, sister.

The way we approach body confidence right now is faulty. But it's not your fault that the way you’re approaching, pursuing, and chasing after body confidence isn’t right. It’s because that’s the way you were socialized to think about body confidence.

These 3 unpopular truths about body confidence are most often what we skip, or what we think is not going to work for us.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why confidence is a skill that anyone can build * How your ability to trust yourself determines your confidence * The most effective way to regain self-trust and body confidence * Why one of the most common misconceptions about confidence isn’t true

Mentioned in the show: Quiz: Is it me or my diet?

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

Coping with your emotions without turning to food is an important skill to have. Having the right tools to support your emotions can help you discern when coping with food isn’t helpful.

Here’s the thing: emotional eating is normal, but we don’t often see it that way. This is because the general perception is that emotional eating is bad... it’s not!

In this episode, our guest, Sabrina Rogers, explains why emotional eating is healthy and how we can expand our toolbox to cope with our emotions beyond the food.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * All eating is emotional eating * Eating to cope works, it's our first coping tool * We can also benefit from having other coping tools so we are not always using food * Examples of these other tools and how to find other coping tools

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Course

Podcast Roadmap

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

Healthy eating is different for every human. There is no one plan that works for everyone, yet this is what most “healthy eating” plans miss.

In this episode, we explore healthy eating in 7 steps without having to restrict ANY food... This is the non-diet approach to healthy eating.

Follow these steps and you will feel powerful in your relationship to food. In fact, you will be able to enjoy life because you’re not obsessed with food.

This kind of healthy eating is available to you and it’s the outcome of undieting your life.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The 7 steps to healthy eating without restriction * Why there is no one way of eating for all humans * What’s missing in most “healthy eating” plans * How to eat for self-care instead of self-control

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Course

Podcast Roadmap

Quiz: Is it me or my diet?

View Details

Upgrade your body image with body neutrality so that you can free yourself from all-consuming negative body image.

Your body image is not uni-dimensional. Rather, it’s the sum of how you see, think, and feel about your body. And as a result, how you treat your body.

The goal of body neutrality is to dial down the enormous significance that’s being given to physical attractiveness in our society.

Body Neutrality pushes back on all aspects of society that continue to promote beauty ideals as the ultimate accomplishment. As such, it also rejects the idea that a person’s appearance is indicative of their worth.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The 4 components of body image * The Body Image Scale * Why you shouldn’t aim to be body positive * The feminist approach to body image * Body neutrality in real life

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life Course

Podcast Roadmap

Quiz: Is it me or my diet?

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

View Details

You know that you struggle with binge eating or overeating, so now what?

When I recall the last time I caught myself binge eating, I knew that’s what I was doing, but I had no idea why I was doing it.

I blamed, judged, and punished myself for it, and kept it all a secret.

I now know that I was eating in response to the food restriction I was imposing on myself, and to numb the emotions, I didn’t want to feel. If you are struggling with binge eating, you are not alone. In today’s episode, we’ll talk about 4 steps you can take to overcome it.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The spectrum of eating behavior * Disordered eating versus eating disorder * Overeating versus binge eating * How to end the binge-restrict cycle * 4 steps that will help you overcome binge eating

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life School

Podcast Roadmap

Quiz: Is it me or my diet?

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

Canadian National Eating Disorder Information Center
Hotline: 1-866-633-4220

US: National Eating Disorders
Toll-free Number: 1-800-931-2237

View Details

Set non-diet goals for the new year so that the better life you desire is not conditional on achieving a goal.

Diet culture goals are dirty goals - the ones you’re used to setting. They are the type of goals that focus only on having a better life AFTER you’ve achieved the goal.

Dirty goals tell us that we need to achieve the thing in order to feel worthy, confident, and happy; clean goals teach us how to use our thoughts to create these feelings TODAY.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The difference between dirty vs. clean goals * How to feel confident, happy, and worthy right now * Why the intention behind your goal is important * How to set clean, non-diet goals for the new year

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life

Podcast Roadmap

Quiz: Is it me or my diet?

View Details

Say no to Diet Culture's New Year, New You BS, and choose to create yourself this year.

You are not something to be fixed, sister. Instead, you get to choose to create yourself without fixating on changing what you can see on the outside (your body).

It's time to throw out the “New Year, New You” list of weight and health resolutions and commit to unlearning diet culture, believing in yourself, and creating the life you desire in 2022.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on how to say no to Diet Culture's "New Year, New You" BS: * The origins of chasing resolutions * Why your body struggles aren’t actually about your body * How to create yourself instead of fixing yourself * What to do if you’ve tried the non-diet way and it didn’t work * How to bring in the new year without diet culture

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life

The Unretreat - Undiet 2022 with us!

Podcast Roadmap

Quiz: Is it me or my diet?

View Details

Food Freedom these days is getting tossed around a lot...and unfortunately, most often it’s a clickbait term to diet culture.

The truth is, Food Freedom is simply normal eating. It is our innate state of being as humans until the moment restriction comes in. These restrictions and rules are layered on in the Food Freedom Diet, all under the disguise of "Food Freedom".

The Food Freedom Diet continues to center your body and food and fails to address the diet culture belief system that leads to fear of fatness. Until we dismantle these beliefs, we haven’t achieved true food freedom.

What you will learn listening to this episode on food freedom: * Food Freedom is the new clickbait of diet culture * Definition of Food Freedom * Diet culture red flags * 5 questions to ask yourself before buying into a new plan

Mentioned in the show: The Unretreat - Undiet 2022 with us!

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life School

View Details

'Tis the season to smash down diet culture... and if we want that, we need to understand the roots of the holiday season so that we can smash down the roots of oppression.

"Indulgence” is rooted in diet culture – it makes you feel bad for enjoying holiday foods and it sets you up for eating out of control. It is a stepping stone on the path to binging because this mentality towards food is tied up in your self-worth and body image.

What you'll learn listening to this episode on 'tis the season (to smash down diet culture): * The origin of the holiday season & how it became commercialized * How holiday norms perpetuate patriarchal ideals * Why holiday “indulgence” is harmful to your self-worth * How to bring awareness to diet culture during the holidays

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life School

Podcast Roadmap

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

Connect with our guest: Podcast - Unyime

Instagram - Unyime

Facebook - Unyime

View Details

Do you often answer the question “How are you doing?” with “I’m just so busy....”

The thoughts that want to validate the fact that you’re too busy, that there’s not enough time, are coming from the exact same place in your brain that criticizes your body, that criticize your food choices.

That part of your brain is your fight or flight part of your brain – aka diet brain.

That part of your brain is designed and fully committed to keeping you exactly where you are.

I am committed to helping you get where you want to go.

Tune in to Episode 301 of the podcast where I will teach you how time scarcity is linked to body dissatisfaction and disordered eating. It’s all bundled up together...

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on the link between time, body, and food scarcity: * The link between time scarcity, body dissatisfaction and disordered eating * The little cousin to diet culture... hustle culture * The sneaky ways hustle culture support diet culture * How to shift out of time scarcity

Mentioned in the show: Undiet 2022-Spend a year with me undieting your life and creating confidence, peace and liberation for yourself

Podcast Roadmap

2 Days Virtual event

View Details

Ready to escape the new year new you bs?

Do you want to make 2022 the year where you say: enough is enough… I’m taking back my body from diet culture?

Then you’re ready for the  un-retreat!

Our mission; to make 2002 the year you undiet your food, your body and you mind… heck your whole life!

Here’s the plan… Kickstart 2002 with a transformative unretreat and  then we get to spend the whole year together.

Click here for more details and register: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/unretreat/

I’ll see you on the other side!

Stephanie

View Details

We are celebrating the 300th episode of our podcast and entering our 6th year! Woot Woot!

So, this is a special episode: Chapter 6 of She’s Beyond The Food: My personal story.

For most of my life, I misunderstood acceptance. I have to admit today, I was wrong.

I used to believe that acceptance meant being resigned and giving up. I was socialized to believe that self-acceptance meant being passive in the face of my life and somehow lazy.

The pain and suffering that I attributed to my body not being the right size and my inability to control what I ate were in fact due to the resistance I had to accept my body.

The truth is that accepting myself for who I am today in my now body in today’s world is audacious.

Self-acceptance is counter-culture.

It’s an act of bravery and it took courage.

Today, I know I’m a complex human being, an imperfect human being capable of making mistakes as well as significant accomplishments.

When we embrace the audacity of acceptance, we move from fixing to creating. We begin spending our resources creating the version of ourselves that will take us to the life we desire.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Reflection from journal entries dating to 2012 and 2014 * Why understand systemic oppression was a turning point * The role of self-image with food and body image * My belief plan * Musing on why self-love is a political play for women

Mentioned in the show: Work With Me: Undiet Your Life Course

Podcast Roadmap

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

View Details

Decolonizing diet culture and our approach to non-diet coaching is essential for the healing of all of our clients and it’s goes beyond simply white people’s food.

Diet culture centers on the white narrative of what is “healthy”. Non-diet coaches need to know how to hold space for clients who have been taught that their food is “bad”, and play an active role in decolonizing diet culture in practice.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * How white culture sets the “standard” in diet culture * Why our language around culture & food matters * How to support clients whose culture is erased in diet culture * Tips for coaches to decolonize diet culture in practice

Links mentioned in the show: Non-Diet Professional Mentorship Program

Free Professional Training & Resources

Connect with our guests: Podcast - Unyime

Instagram - Unyime

Facebook - Unyime

Instagram - Jin

Website - Tara

Instagram - Tara

Facebook - Tara

Website - Marissa

Instagram - Marissa

Facebook - Marissa

View Details

Wishing Thinking is when you want something to be true even when it’s not true, like the fantasy of the thin ideal.

Think of all the years we pursue dieting… The endless “on and off” diet cycle always landing right back in the same place.

Wishful Thinking is the formation of beliefs based on what might be pleasing to imagine rather than on reality, evidence, FACTS. It’s is usually grown from fear. We don’t resort to Wishful Thinking because it works. We resort to Wishful Thinking because it allows us to avoid confronting our fear.

Wishful Thinking is the trap that prevents you from seeing the reality that food restriction doesn’t work, and all bodies are good bodies.

The solution is objective Thinking.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * How Wishful Thinking presents itself in our lives * The companion to wishful Thinking; Magical Thinking * The illusion of diet culture * The power of objective Thinking

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

Ask Stephanie Anything Live Webinar Registration

Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

Bro marketing “works” because its tactics are rooted in scarcity, authority, and social proof which ultimately brings cash into our non-diet coaching businesses.

Building ethical marketing into your non-diet business with the right messaging and strategy for your brand will set you up so that you can reach more people, build brand awareness, and get your dream clients interested in your offer.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: 

What bro marketing is and why ethical marketing is better
Manipulative bro marketing tactics to avoid
Why self-agency is key to the ethical buying process
How to identify your core message with the 3-word rebellion
The key difference between messaging vs marketing
Where to start with building an ethical marketing plan

Links mentioned in the show: Non-Diet Professional Mentorship Program

Free Professional Training & Resources

View Details

Learning to have your own back is the process of developing an internal culture of unconditional self-compassion

It is being your own best friend and treating yourself in a respectful and supportive way.

Having your own back means that no matter what, you will fight for your own potential, not limitations as imposed by diet culture or patriarchy.

Learning to have your own back is training your brain to make the choice to have your own back.

  • It’s about choosing to see the possibilities in your own damn self
  • It’s about choosing to believe in yourself
  • Understanding that failure is an opportunity to learn - failure capacity

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What it means to have your own back * Where did we learn NOT to have our own back * What happens when you learn to have your own back * How to have your own back

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

Ask Stephanie Anything Live Webinar Registration

Undiet Your Life Course

View Details

Thin privilege in coaching is a reality that will impact your client relationship and coaching efficiency.

Here's the thin privilege definition: being able to experience the world knowing you will always be accommodated for and considered “acceptable”, based on the (smaller) size of your body.

Thin privilege in health coaching – what it means for non-diet coaching businesses is that coaches in smaller bodies have to take responsibility for their thin privilege in practice.

What you'll learn listening to this episode on thin privilege in coaching: * Thin privilege – definition & what it means in practice * The power of language when discussing bodies * Why feeling guilty about your thin privilege isn’t helping & what to do instead * Your role as a non-diet coach when helping clients in larger bodies

Links mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Coaching Scholarship

Non-Diet Professional Mentorship Program

Free Professional Training & Resources

Alissa Rumsey

Julie Duffy Dillon

Connect with our guests: Website - Alissa Rumsey

Instagram - Alissa Rumsey

Facebook Alissa Rumsey

Website - Julie Duffy Dillon

View Details

I want you to think of the process of undieting your brain of all the diet culture thoughts and beliefs, like Marie Kondioing your mind.

Undiet Your Life is the act of decluttering your mind from all the thoughts that are no longer serving you, that no longer spark joy, happiness, and ease for you.

You’ve picked thoughts all along your life, and up until now, you have kept them. Now, you have a mind filled with thoughts that create anxiety, perfectionism, black-and-white thinking, and fear.

Thoughts are like the clutter Marie Kondo is coaching people to purge… You can purge your old thoughts too.

WHAT YOU’LL LEARN LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE: * Why Marie Kondo is such a brilliant analogy for undieting your brain * Learning to respect your old thoughts * How to declutter your mind * Developing a critical lens for intentional thinking

MENTIONED IN THE SHOW: PODCAST ROADMAP

REBELLIOUS EATING SOLUTION MASTERCLASS

UNDIET YOUR LIFE COURSE

View Details

We are back with a Q&A-style podcast this week.

I help you find your answer to the question: “Can I accept my body and still want to change it?”

In this episode #296 of the Going Beyond The Food Show, we will discuss: * How my relationship with my family has changed * What does body acceptance truly mean * Why is there not 1 answer for everyone to the questions * 3 questions to ask yourself to find the answer to the question to find the best answer for you

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

UndietYour Life

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

View Details

Undieting your life doesn’t mean stopping dieting. Although stopping dieting is the first step.

I hosted a workshop yesterday The Rebellious Eating Solution and the Q&A part of the class was on fire! I received one question that stomped me and I decided to create a podcast episode about it.

This is today’s episode!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why did I add “ not just your food” to the title * What does it mean to undiet your life * Where to start to undiet your life

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

View Details

Thru their body women are asked to comply with society's prescribed norms. Body compliance defines, controls, and constrains women.

As women, we learn to perform via our bodies. We demonstrated our ability to be self-disciplined, self-controlled, and to comply with social norms via body constraint.

As a result, we learn not to disturb and take space through our bodies. That it is its size or its sign of aging.

Body compliance and beyond At first, it's compliance with our body, but it spreads quickly to many other aspects of our life:

  • Need to perform at work
  • People-pleasing our way through a relationship
  • Being productive at all times...

Compliance becomes a way of life for many women.

We aim to comply not to stand out and feel the judgment of others. Compliance becomes a safety net that spreads through our life.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The history of body compliance for women * The link between compliance and safety * The Intersection between grind culture and diet culture * How to liberate ourselves from the desire to comply

Mentioned in the show: Undiet Your Life

Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

Podcast Roadmap

View Details

Rebellious eating is when we use food and/or eating in order to resist authority. In fact, it's an action to affirm one's power of food, body, or existence.

Rebellious eating is not about the food... it's about resisting authority over us.

Rebellious eating is about fighting for our autonomy and agency. When we eat rebelliously,

We're actually restoring our autonomy and protecting our boundaries.

Rebellious eating allows us to reclaim our power.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is rebellious eating * How does it show up in different stages of undieting your life * What are you rebelling against? * The solution to rebellious eating is counterintuitive

Mentioned in the show: Rebellious Eating Solution Masterclass

Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life

View Details

Most often, when women start their journey beyond dieting, it’s because they want to overcome compulsive eating behaviors like binging or what they self-describe as “overeating.”

They have learned that restriction is causing these compulsive eating behaviors, so they quit dieting... but is it the solution? Is it the only action that needs to be taken in order to end compulsion around food?

That’s what we discussed on today’s podcast. If perhaps you are at this point where even though you have lifted the restriction and still struggling with "overeating," binging & diet culture this is a must-listen!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The link between restriction and compulsive eating behavior * What most people miss when it comes to compulsive eating behavior * Why making peace with food is not the ultimate solution for binging, overeating or any compulsive behaviors. * The belief that is fundamentally holding your back from eating “normally.”

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life

View Details

Are you a very logical woman who perhaps uses her brain capacity to succeed at work yet struggles with her relationship to food & body?

And just like me in secret, you wonder: Why is it that I can solve very complicated problems at work, yet something as simple as how I eat and feel about my body isn’t working for me?

You’re not alone—the secret thought and the same one that many of us have or had.

In this new segment of Her Story, you’ll meet Monserrat Lopez, a Physics Ph.D. and a sewing artist, mom of 2 and wife to an amazing man. In her journey to undiet her life, radical self-responsibility has created an unshakable sense of self-acceptance in her life.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on creating unshakable self-acceptance: * Unlearning how to use her logical brain in order to create the life she wanted * The learning from her relationship to social media and self-acceptance * A life event that allowed her to expand self-acceptance beyond the food * The relationship between self-responsibility and self-acceptance * How her personal growth is impacting her children

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life

View Details

Are you successful in many aspects of your life, yet food and body remain a secret struggle?

Kim Beckman is a high-performing, achieving professional who, after a 50-year journey with food and body restriction, has committed herself to the journey of unlearning diet culture. She joined Undiet Your Life a year ago, and in this interview, she will share with us what she has learned. She has a special message for all “type A” women!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on a high achieving & type-A woman unlearning diet culture: * The 50 years journey searching for THE formula * How perfectionism and control was in every part of her life * What triggered her to stop trying to fix her body * How learning to befriend vulnerability was a game-changer for her * The gift of unlearning diet culture beyond the food she has experience. * The role of mentor she is now taking in her profession to help other women

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life

View Details

Kim was a listener of the podcast for more than 6 months, and then one day, she listened to me talking about taking action instead of just listening to the podcast.

That's when she joined us. She'll share with you that when she joined Undiet Your Life, she thought, "Let me try this intuitive eating thing... it sounds a lot healthier than my last diet."

That's almost a year ago.

What you'll learn listening to this episode:

  • Kim's journey making peace with food and her body
  • The trigger that moved Kim into action
  • How undieting her life shifted her relationship with her mother
  • The correlation between her relationship to food and white supremacy

Podcast Roadmap https://www.stephaniedodier.com/roadmap/

Undiet Your Life Program https://wwwstephaniedodiercom.ontraport.com/tl/387

View Details

Diet culture beliefs do not support your amazingness, your goodness and your brilliance.

Diet Culture has been manufactured in order to create self-doubt in women, feeling of victimhood, distrust of self and disempowerment.

In order to believe in yourself and the possibilities that can be present for you in your life, you need to have beliefs that support this amazingness, goodness that is in you now. And these beliefs aren’t shared by Diet Culture.

How do we get to believe in ourselves more than diet culture? That’s what we are going to explore in this episode of our podcast.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • The diet culture beliefs that stop you from believing in yourself
  • The process of deepening your self-beliefs
  • Believing it’s possible for you to change
  • 10 non-diet culture beliefs that can transform your life

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap 

UndietYour Life

View Details

Today, we are sharing stories and unpacking one of the most common beliefs women share: the belief that we are not good enough.

And very often, controlling our bodies and beauty are the tools offered to us in order to access our self-worth and confidence, always selling us with the promise that we will feel good enough when we get to the “right body” size and beauty.

Although I consider myself a confident woman today, it hasn’t
always been this way.

Diet culture conditioning and the pursuit of the thin ideal kept me from accessing what was a fact: my innate worth. I was chasing externally what was already present internally.

Our guest expert today Vanessa Preston will help navigate our way back to confidence and feeling good enough.

Vanessa will help us navigate the path back to feeling good enough.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • The power in naming the feeling of not good enough
  • The intersection between diet culture and women feeling not good enough
  • Being curious is the first step in tuning the voice of not good enough
  • How to use compassion to feel good enough

Mentioned on the show:

The Roadmap to Not Good Enough Voices

Undiet Your Life

Podcast Roadmap

Connect with our guest

Website

Instagram

Facebook

RWbYSFeq7ROk8lzSj43H

View Details

Today, we are sharing stories and unpacking one of the most common beliefs women share: the belief that we are not good enough.

And very often, controlling our bodies and beauty are the tools offered to us in order to access our self-worth and confidence, always selling us with the promise that we will feel good enough when we get to the “right body” size and beauty.

Although I consider myself a confident woman today, it hasn’t
always been this way.

Diet culture conditioning and the pursuit of the thin ideal kept me from accessing what was a fact: my innate worth. I was chasing externally what was already present internally.

Our guest expert today Vanessa Preston will help navigate our way back to confidence and feeling good enough.

Vanessa will help us navigate the path back to feeling good enough.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • The power in naming the feeling of not good enough
  • The intersection between diet culture and women feeling not good enough
  • Being curious is the first step in tuning the voice of not good enough
  • How to use compassion to feel good enough

Mentioned on the show: The Roadmap to Not Good Enough Voices

Undiet Your Life

Podcast Roadmap

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

After every single diet failure over the span of a 25-year dieting career, these thoughts were on running on a loop in my mind

"What's wrong me with?"

"Why is it that it works for ALL these women but not for me."

"If only I had more discipline and willpower, I couldn't have kept the weight off."

What if I told you that nothing had gone wrong? That diet failure was the actual expected outcome of ANY diet.

Diet Failed You. You didn't fail at dieting. What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The Biggest Loser 8-year review * The conclusion of a meta-analysis of long term diet study * The belief system that leads us to self-blame * How to liberate yourself from diet culture

Mentioned on the show: Undiet Your Life

Podcast Roadmap

Article reviewing all studies stated on the podcast

View Details

About 4 years ago, I came across an analysis of 57,000 women and found that those who had experienced physical or sexual abuse as children were twice as likely to behave compensatory behaviour with food. These women said that they felt more physically imposing when they were bigger. They felt their size helped ward off sexual advances from men.

That's how food and trauma are often linked. It's not only in the context of sexual violence but also in various forms of trauma where food is often used as safety, comfort, avoidance of pain, numbing of suffering, buffering, etc.

And then body-shaming gets layered in this already very difficult emotional situation. In fact, I believe and experience that fatphobia, from an external source or internalized, is trauma itself.

Sexual violence And Intuitive Eating This is when many people will begin the cycle of binge-restrict. Overeating food in an attempt to create safety, then feeling the shame of fatphobia, then use food once again but this time in a restrictive way with the hope to shrink their body. If this is you, I feel you, sister, because I was there for 25 years.

Here's where it gets interesting… we can actually find our way out of the trauma response cycle by using food. I know it may appear counterintuitive, but it works. The process of learning an intuitive eating framework helps women nurture safety with food and their body. It's a beautiful healing process to be watched unfold.

In today's new Going Beyond The Food Podcast, I have a powerful teaching conversation with Sarah Berneche, a trauma-informed nutritionist. She uses intuitive eating to help survivors of sexual violence stop diet-binge cycling and reclaim the joy of eating.

Sarah Berneche is a somatic-oriented, weight-inclusive NutritionistÂŽ, a Certified Intuitive Eating Counsellor and author of Enjoy It All: Improve Your Health and Happiness with Intuitive Eating. Fusing Intuitive Eating with evidence-based therapy models, she helps survivors of sexual violence stop diet-binge cycling and reclaim the joy of eating.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The connection between sexual violence and disordered eating * Self-objectification and dieting * Food and body as symbolic communicators * How dieting reinforces rape culture * A trauma-informed approach to working with sexual trauma survivors

I believe that any woman should listen to this episode as it will help you help other women, if not today, in the future.

Knowledge is power sister.

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Undiet Your Life

Take the ACE Test

US Based Resources

CAN Based Resources

Tracy Brown

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

What you’ll learn listening to this episode, Diet Brain: * What is Diet Brain? * The 4 mindf*cks of diet brain * How to liberate yourself of diet brain

What is Diet Brain? It's a term that I created a few years back after my own 25 years career and having worked with hundreds of women that have a similar journey as me. We all try to solve our lack of confidence, perfectionist habits, people-pleasing behaviours, and all-or-nothing mindset with band-aids like weight loss.

Diet Brain is a term I coined to illustrate how diet culture has impacted women's brains over time. It's the most common adaptive mechanism present in women who have been dieting for a long time.

Diet Brain is a collection of a pattern of thinking that our human brain of women has created to survive diet culture, fatphobia and ultimately Patriarchy.

The 4 mindf*cks of Diet Brain

What I refer to as mindf*ck is actually scientifically known as thought errors in psychology. The error in thinking is the path in which our human brain adapts to diet culture. They are:

  1. Perfectionism
  2. All or nothing
  3. People pleasing
  4. Mental filtering or Body Blaming

Here's the good news sister…. you weren't born this way. You adopted these thinking patterns to survive. More on this later… stay tuned!

Why is mindset centric to our teaching at Undiet Your Life? Simply because our brain is the commanding officer of our human experience. Our brain command all of our behaviours, patterns, actions, reactions, habits and emotion.

For example, our ability to feed ourselves is driven by our brain. Our brain decides our dislike of our self-reflection. Our self-confidence is 100% created by our brain.

This is why mindset matter so much. There's a reason why dieting didn't work…. and surprise, it has nothing to do with you.

The food restriction, the attempt to shrink our Body to feel better, the attempt to have more willpower, all of it was like putting a band-aid on an infected wound without treating it with disinfectant first.

The mindset's work is about getting to the root of what is causing all of the sufferings… our thought

The #1 goal of our human brain is to keep us alive Our brain keeps us alive by interpreting our environment, assessing potential threats and send commands to the rest of your body. The way our brain sends commands is through our thoughts.

As we encounter events, our brain gives events interpretations based on past experiences, social constructs, learning, beliefs… via our thoughts. Our brain assesses our experiences as either safe or unsafe and creates a thought and consequently reactions to keep us safe or course correct if unsafe.

You see, humans do not do anything for no reason Everything you do is done to keep you alive as long as possible. Binging, overeating, self-critical thinking, self-body hatred, disinterest in body movement… all of it are present in your life because your brain believes that these habits, actions will keep you safe.

For many of us, the big threat in diet culture is all the connected beliefs associated with it. Like thinner is better, fat is unhealthy, thin body is the gateway to happiness, some food is bad, fat people are lazy, fat people lack self-discipline…. I mean, I could go on and on for pages, but I'll stop here.

Diet Culture itself is a system of oppression Diet culture doesn't mean being on a diet; it by far exceeds this. It's an entire value system that worships thinness and equates to superiority, moral virtue and even today's world "health." It promotes weight loss as the tool to achieve this higher status and oppressed people who don't match the standards.

So, of course, our brain believes that not being in a thin body is a threat to our survival and responds to it to keep us safe.

There's also another system of oppression that contributes to women feeling unsafe in our society: Patriarchy.
Patriarchy, the social system in which men hold primary power. Patriarchy is consistently seeking control and power for the white cis-gendered men over another gender. Diet Culture is a sub-belief system originating from Patriarchy specially crafted to keep women obedient.

Socialization to diet culture Women socialized to diet culture and patriarchal beliefs at a very young age. Our women's brains are programmed to perform and keep us safe under these beliefs.

As a result, we chase the thin ideal unconsciously for most of our life. We become a perfectionist to achieve all the standards Patriarchy expects from us. The belief that you will be rejected from society because of your body's size keeps you dieting and hating yourself.

Right now, most of your choices about health,

View Details

One of the most profound questions I get on consultation is this one:

How do I know if I’m ready to help clients in a Non-Diet Approach?

First off, You’ll never feel totally ready. Waiting for this moment where you will feel ready to go out into the world and launch your program, I’m sorry to say, but you’ll likely wait forever.

Why is it that we never really feel ready?

One answer: The Human Brain.

This question is one of the main reasons why I created a mentorship program and NOT a certification. I wanted to help health professionals feel ready and actually help people.

I wanted to help practitioners get their human brains on board with their amazing talents and potential so they could create an amazing business that will serve hundreds and thousands of people!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode, Are You Ready to Help Clients in a Non-Diet Approach?: * How to determine if you are ready to help people in a non-diet approach * Why getting another certification is not the solution to feeling ready * 8 tips to get your human brain on board to feel ready

Mentioned on the show: Non- Diet Mentorship Program Details

Get Started Forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

Season 1 * First, do no harm * The Business of Intuitive Eating * Diet Brain * Non-Diet Marketing Strategies * Addressing the Root Cause * The Link Between Feminism and Non-Diet Approach * The Transition to a Non-Diet Practice * The Non-Diet Business Model

Season 2 * The Anatomy of the Non-Diet Approach * What I Wish I Knew Before Starting My Anti-Diet Business Journey * 3 Steps to Being a Confident Non-Diet Coach * Success Stories of Non-Diet Practitioners * How to Get Started in Your Non-Diet Practice * Body Image Healing for Health Professionals * Business Mindset the Non-Diet Way * Q&A – Ask Me Anything… Really anything!

View Details

I recorded this on Sunday, May 16th, 2021. Enrollment to the waitlist for the next cohort of the Non-Diet Mentorship Program is officially closed. I'm so excited because we have folks joining us from all professional background:

Nutritionist

Health Coach

Social Worker

Psychologist

Registered Nurse

Fitness Professional

The Non-Diet Approach is for All Health Profession The Non-Diet Approach is for all health professions for one simple reason: Diet Culture is present everywhere and in everyone.

We as humans socialize in diet culture with our personal life while we practice health professions entrenched in diet culture.

In some way, we are twice as much impacted by diet culture as our clients and patients. We got it as individuals and then went to school to learn a profession based on diet culture thriving.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Health professionals are indoctrinated in diet culture twice as much as a regular individual * What is weight stigma? * How weight stigma shows up in all health profession * What does the non-diet approach look like in various health profession * Therapist, social worker, nursing, medical doctor, naturopathic doctor, yoga teacher, personal training, nutritionist, dietician, health coach, etc.

Mentioned on the show: Non- Diet Mentorship Program Details

Get Started Forms

Social Determinant of Health

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

Season 1 * First, do no harm * The Business of Intuitive Eating * Diet Brain * Non-Diet Marketing Strategies * Addressing the Root Cause * The Link Between Feminism and Non-Diet Approach * The Transition to a Non-Diet Practice * The Non-Diet Business Model

Season 2 * The Anatomy of the Non-Diet Approach * What I Wish I Knew Before Starting My Anti-Diet Business Journey * 3 Steps to Being a Confident Non-Diet Coach * Success Stories of Non-Diet Practitioners * How to Get Started in Your Non-Diet Practice * Body Image Healing for Health Professionals * Business Mindset the Non-Diet Way * Q&A – Ask Me Anything… Really anything!

View Details

When is it time to go full-time in your non-diet practice?

This could mean starting a new business.

Or

This could mean transitioning your practice to a non-diet approach.

This question is a frequent one and a good one. On the podcast today, I discuss this question with my guest Kelsey Murphy.

Kelsey Murphy is a Business & Life Coach working with Fortune 500 companies like Facebook & Twitter and industry thought leaders like Marie Forleo and her B-Schoolers.

As a primer to this discussion, I share my journey going full-time in 2 businesses over the last ten years.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode, Is it time to go full time in non-diet practice: * My journey going full-time in my business * How to know it’s time to go full time for you * Should you start your own biz or work for someone else instead * You are one decision away from a completely different life * The grind… The hustle… What does it mean?

Connect with our Guest: Website

Whiskey & Work Podcast (iTunes)

Facebook

Instagram

Mentioned on the show: Register Webinar May 20th - THE 7 STEPS BLUEPRINT TO BUILD A PROFITABLE NON-DIET BUSINESS & ATTRACT CLIENT READY TO DO THE WORK

Mentorship Program

PRO Get Started Guide

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

Season 1 * First, do no harm * The Business of Intuitive Eating * Diet Brain * Non-Diet Marketing Strategies * Addressing the Root Cause * The Link Between Feminism and Non-Diet Approach * The Transition to a Non-Diet Practice * The Non-Diet Business Model

Season 2 * The Anatomy of the Non-Diet Approach * What I Wish I Knew Before Starting My Anti-Diet Business Journey * 3 Steps to Being a Confident Non-Diet Coach * Success Stories of Non-Diet Practitioners * How to Get Started in Your Non-Diet Practice * Body Image Healing for Health Professionals * Business Mindset the Non-Diet Way * Q&A – Ask Me Anything… Really anything!

View Details

Today we will answer two major questions I get when I teach health professionals about the non-diet approach.

Usually, these questions come right on the tail end of the first time being introduced to the Non-Diet Approach.

What are those questions that almost all health professionals have at their first encounter with the non-Diet approach?

But, what about health?

And

What about nutrition?

These two questions reveal how entrenched diet and wellness culture along with weight stigma in our education as a health professional.

It is very important to note that we, as health professionals, were blind to this. We were taught to teach our patient and client how to co-opt diet culture and fatphobia.

We have been trained and learned to believe that health can only result from dieting, thinness and restriction.

So when faced with an approach to health that doesn’t promote diet culture, dieting, weight loss or food restriction, we assume it's not “healthy”…

Non-Diet Approach to Health and Nutrition In today’s episode, we will be helping you navigate these two questions when encountering the non-diet approach for the first time.

But what about health?

But what about nutrition?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode of Non-Diet Approach to Health and Nutrition: * How to define health within a non-diet approach * The danger of viewing health as personal responsibility * Healthism * The social determinants of health * How to view nutrition within a non-diet approach * Gentle Nutrition

Mentioned in the show: Webinar - How to teach nutrition without co-opting Diet Culture

Non-Diet Mentorship Program Details

Free Intake Forms

Social Determinant of Health

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

Season 1 * First, do no harm * The Business of Intuitive Eating * Diet Brain * Non-Diet Marketing Strategies * Addressing the Root Cause * The Link Between Feminism and Non-Diet Approach * The Transition to a Non-Diet Practice * The Non-Diet Business Model

Season 2 * The Anatomy of the Non-Diet Approach * What I Wish I Knew Before Starting My Anti-Diet Business Journey * 3 Steps to Being a Confident Non-Diet Coach * Success Stories of Non-Diet Practitioners * How to Get Started in Your Non-Diet Practice * Body Image Healing for Health Professionals * Business Mindset the Non-Diet Way * Q&A – Ask Me Anything… Really anything!

View Details

How to attract clients that are ready to do the work?

Right now, clients coming to me want to lose weight?

What should I do?

These are the questions that the newest episode of the Beyond The Food Pro series podcast will be answering.

Inside of our Non-Diet Mentorship program, we spend two months crafting our marketing strategy, implement a non-diet marketing funnel and practicing. Although it would be impossible for me to share all that we do, I’ve extracted what I think will help you attract clients ready to stop chasing weight loss.

The Non-Diet Marketing Framework In today’s episode, I’ll share five takeaways from our non-diet Mentorship program marketing modules that you can implement in your business now to build an effective non-diet marketing framework for your coaching practice.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why you have to fall in love with marketing * Why you need a marketing strategy first before going on social media * The secret behind consistency and trust in marketing * What problem are you solving for your client * Educating and nurturing is the key to conversion

Mentioned in the show: Register for Information Session

Non-Diet Mentorship Program Details

Free Intake forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

Season 1 * First, do no harm * The Business of Intuitive Eating * Diet Brain * Non-Diet Marketing Strategies * Addressing the Root Cause * The Link Between Feminism and Non-Diet Approach * The Transition to a Non-Diet Practice * The Non-Diet Business Model

Season 2 * The Anatomy of the Non-Diet Approach * What I Wish I Knew Before Starting My Anti-Diet Business Journey * 3 Steps to Being a Confident Non-Diet Coach * Success Stories of Non-Diet Practitioners * How to Get Started in Your Non-Diet Practice * Body Image Healing for Health Professionals * Business Mindset the Non-Diet Way * Q&A – Ask Me Anything… Really anything!

View Details

Welcome back to Season 3 of The Beyond The Food Pro series We polled our community earlier this year and asked you which question you would love to have discussed on the Pro Series podcast. This is how we created our line-up for Season 3.

We answer the following question:

  1. How do you run a non-diet coaching session? (Episode 1)
  2. How do I attract the client that is ready to stop dieting? (Episode 2)
  3. But what about Health? But what about Nutrition? (Episode 3)
  4. When is it time to go full-time in your practice? (Episode 4)
  5. What does the non-diet approach look like in other professions than nutritionist or health coach? (Episode 5)
  6. When am I ready to coach others in the non-diet approach? (Episode 6)

In this episode, I’m going to walk you through the Blueprint of a Non-diet coaching session.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode, Blueprint of a non-diet coaching session: * The 9 elements of a non-diet approach session * How these 9 elements apply to any health profession * Why I find this question interesting * Why is it essential to be coached to coach others effectively?

Mentioned in the show: Register for Information Session

Non-Diet Mentorship Program Details

Free Intake forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources:

Season 1

  • First, do no harm
  • The Business of Intuitive Eating
  • Diet Brain
  • Non-Diet Marketing Strategies
  • Addressing the Root Cause
  • The Transition to a Non-Diet Practice
  • The Link Between Feminism and Non-Diet Approach
  • The Non-Diet Business Model

Season 2

  • The Anatomy of the Non-Diet Approach
  • What I Wish I Knew Before Starting My Anti-Diet Business Journey
  • 3 Steps to Being a Confident Non-Diet Coach
  • Success Stories of Non-Diet Practitioners
  • How to Get Started in Your Non-Diet Practice
  • Body Image Healing for Health Professionals
  • Business Mindset the Non-Diet Way
  • Q&A – Ask Me Anything… Really anything!

View Details

Digestive health... or as wellness culture calls it gut health is a hot topic these days.

According to wellness culture, many diseases could be prevented and treated with a gut health protocol. In short: restrictive dieting in the name of health with a side of supplements and detox sprinkle with infra-red sauna.

Gut health is a major concern for many people wanting to leave the world of diet culture. One question I get a lot is :

but what about my food sensitivities and intuitive eating?

Or another version:

How can I maintain a health-reason food restriction and eat intuitively?

Is there a non-diet approach to digestive health? Short answer: YES.

There’s is a non-diet approach to gut health and our guest Beth Rosen will deep dive with us on a science-based approach to digestive health, IBS, and other digestive disorder.

Beth Rosen is a non-diet Registered Dietitian. She specializes in helping clients find relief from digestive disorders such as Irritable Bowel Disease (IBS) and Small Intestinal Bacterial Overgrowth (SIBO), Gastroparesis, Colitis, and GERD. She also teaches on the intersection of GI disorder and disordered eating.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode of the non-diet approach to digestive health: * What is gut health? Is that really a thing? * The link between IBS and disordered eating * Food sensitivities, food intolerance, and food allergies * And yes we talked about gluten... * Restrictive diets the solution to a healthy digestive system

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

Is there a Non-diet Approach to PCOS? In case you do not know PCOS is the medical abbreviation for Polycystic Ovary Syndrome which affects roughly 10% of women of childbearing age in America. That’s 5 million women.

The top 2 treatment recommendations for PCOS are a very low carbohydrate diet with the hope to lower insulin levels and weight loss. Makes me think of diet culture...

The Non-Diet Way to PCOS To answer the starting question:

YES, there’s a way to address PCOS without co-opting diet culture.

NO, you do not have to go on a restrictive diet for the rest of your life to lower insulin or have to lose weight...

YES, you can manage your PCOS status using intuitive eating.

That’s what our guest, Julie Duffy Dillon, will help us understand. Julie is a non-diet registered dietician, eating disorder specialist, and food behavior expert partnering with people on PCOS on their food peace journey. She hosts the podcast Love Food.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is PCOS and how does it intersect with diet culture * Low carb diets and PCOS: The truth. * Is weight loss the cure for PCOS? * The role of inflammation in PCOS * The non-diet approach to PCOS

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Julie’s PCOS Roadmap

PCOS & Food Peace Course

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

View Details

This is part 2 and the final episode in this 2-part series on thought work.

If you haven’t listened to Part 1, and especially if you are new to thought work, I’d suggest you go and listen to Part 1 first.

In part one, I told you if you are at war with yourself, knowing you can’t go back on a diet but refuse to accept your body... stuck in the duality.

Ready to untangle this duality?

Thought work to undiet your life Let me introduce you to Diet Brain.

Diet Brain is a coaching concept I created after years of helping women quit dieting, intuitive eating and body image. In fact, I kept seeing the same errors in thinking present in all of my clients.

Diet brain is the way in which our brains adapt to diet culture, the deprivation of dieting, self-loathing and self-critical thoughts

You see, the human brain is a magnificent organ… highly adaptative. Moreover, neuroplasticity allows our brain to adapt to our environment in order to survive.

There are 4 most common errors in thinking that make up my concept of DB, they are:

  • Perfectionism
  • All or Nothing
  • People pleasing
  • Mental Filtering aka it's my body faults / It's my diet fault

Diet Brain is what drives the duality of knowing diets don't work, yet you not being able to stop dieting. That is to say these 4 errors in thinking are what create this duality in you knowing you can't go back on a diet but refuse to accept your body... stuck in the duality

That's what thought work does. It gives you the step-by-step process to change these errors in thinking so you can end the duality and undiet your life.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is Diet Brain? * How the Good Girl Syndrome plays into Diet Brain * The reason why thought work creates that space for unlearning diet culture * How I create 106% business growth in pandemic

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

This is going to be a 2-part podcast…

Why 2 parts? Well, this is such an important topic, and I want to be sure I can unpack it well for you. I want to give you time to reflect in between.

Most importantly, I want to teach you the basics of TW, and so I can teach you how specifically it applies to women and diet culture.

I believe that thought work is the most important skill a woman can learn. In fact, it is not taught in any schooling system… for a reason. Get into this in Part 2.

When a woman learns thought work, it is the best investment she can make towards because it solves every problem a woman can have.

Only when you learn to manage your mind can you truly be free, happy and fulfilled.

So let’s start with Part 1...

What is thought work? You go to the gym to train your muscle to be stronger.
In the same manner, you go run to train your cardiorespiratory capacity to have more endurance.
You go to yoga to train your tendon and ligament to be mobile and flexible.

We train nearly every part of our body… but one.
We are taught to train all aspects of our body but the most important part of our body.
The most important… the one part of our body that actually controls all the others.
The supreme commanding officer of your body…

Your brain.

Why do I say your brain is the commanding officer? Well, it controls everything that happens in our body and our life.
Everything that happens in our body has its origin in our brain: from our heart beating to the movement in our legs to walk, to our food taste, to the size of our body.

Our body interprets our environment via our brain, and our brain produces thoughts in order to give a command to the rest of our body in order to survive and thrive in this environment.

How does thought work actually work? In a very simplistic explanation, our brain is made up of millions of neuropathways. Think of it as a wire that touches each other in our brain, and when your brain wants to pass on a command to the rest of your body, neuropathways connect, wire touches each other and a signal of energy pass and command is sent to the body via the CNS, spine and nerves.

Most of this happens without you being aware. Imagine being aware of every command heartbeats… you’d go nuts. It said that a human has 60K thoughts a day… most of which you are unaware of.

But some of these connections you are aware… conscious.

These are your conscious thoughts.

So the wire cross in our brains, a thought is created and the energy travels via the spine and nerves to the rest of our body. These are felt in our bodies as sensations.

Think here gut feelings, the tension in our shoulder, cold in our chest, butterflies… these are all sensations in our body that first were ignited by our brain and thoughts.

These sensations are what we name as emotions. Emotions are the interpretation of these sensations.

Our emotions are what ignites our actions. Think “gut reaction” … We take actions in life-based on how we feel... when we feel confident, we take bold actions, we ask the person we are attracted to out, we buy the things we’ve always been wanting….

We feel anxious… so, we mumble distorted words in the face of the person we like, we retract, we numb, we Netflix…. we eat.

The choices are our reactions to our emotions is our actions. Moreover, the sum of our actions creates the reality we experience.

That’s thought work.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on thought work to undiet your life: * What is thought work * How does thought work show up in our life * The basics tenets of thought work * Why thought work is essential to women

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

In my opinion, being pregnant, giving birth, and raising a child is the most magical power of women.

In fact, our bodies as women are capable of creating life. That is to say, we have the power to bring another human to life.

Can we let that sink in for a minute? We create life.

Our bodies have the capacity to expand in such a way that we can create and develop another human life.

Yet as soon as women are done giving birth to this new human, patriarchy and diet culture expect women to shrink back their body and leave absolutely no trace of this magical act.

Diet culture has perfected a narrative that leaves women to feel shame for their postpartum bodies instead of being grateful for the goddess they are.

Edna's story... it's difficult.

Non-Diet Postpartum The non-diet approach to postpartum is the space were women's bodies are celebrated for the magic they created without patriarchy and diet culture oppressing message.

Our guest today is a non-diet postpartum expert. She's a dietician who herself gave birth. She decided to dedicate her career to helping other women approach their postpartum in a non-diet way.

Jaren Soloff is a Registered Dietitian and International Board Certified Lactation Consultant who combines her expertise as a skilled nutrition therapist and lactation consultant to support mothers in nourishing themselves and their babies with confidence.

FULL CRCL provides nutrition counseling and lactation consultations to help both mom and baby thrive in motherhood to support them in navigating pregnancy, birth, and postpartum from a simple and intuitive framework.

What you'll learn listening to this episode on non-diet postpartum: * How diet culture infiltrated postpartum * The non-diet approach to postpartum nutrition * Body image challenge post-birth * The weight-inclusive approach to lactation * How to find virtual coaching for the non-diet approach to post-birth

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Connect with our guest: Non-Diet Post-Natal Book

Website

Instagram

View Details

Co-opting intuitive eating is frustrating, problematic and dangerous, but it’s not a surprise.

Intuitive eating is growing in popularity and growing fast. Take a look at the google trend search over the last 5 years.

It’s clear: people are starting to be done with dieting. That is to say, people want out from diet culture and are looking for options.

Certainly, the weight loss & wellness industry are paying attention. For instance, just think of Weight Watcher rebrand in 2019 to WW-Wellness that Works.

Yet another sign of the growth in popularity of Intuitive Eating is when “popular” diet gurus are bluntly co-opting intuitive eating in their weight loss books without even an ounce of shame.

In fact, I see the same growth in my professional training program. The waitlist is consistently 150% to program capacity for the last 12 months and no sign of stopping either.

Spotting Fake Intuitive Eating I’m honored to welcome Evelyn Tribole to our podcast Going Beyond The Food Show to answer this question: How can we spot when diet culture is co-opting intuitive eating?

Evelyn Tribole is a registered dietitian and the co-creator of Intuitive Eating. Moreover, she has written Intuitive Eating (co-author with Evelyn Resh). Her upcoming book, Intuitive Eating for Every Day: 365 Daily Practices & Inspirations to Rediscover the Pleasures of Eating will be available on March 16th, 2021.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Evelyn’s take on co-opting of Intuitive eating by diet culture * Why intuitive eating is not a trademark * Your best defense against fake intuitive eating * Why embodiment is essential to becoming an intuitive eater * The reason why the act of dieting is a trauma * Why Evelyn wrote her new book Intuitive Eating For Everyday

Mentioned on the show: Evelyn’s new book- Intuitive eating For Everyday

Evelyn’s first presence: Episode 186- What is Intuitive Eating?

Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Non- Diet Mentorship Program for Health Professionals

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

View Details

Let’s look at a few questions:

Do you think that the ultimate goal of making peace with your body is to love your body?

I mean, being able to look at your body in the mirror and love every part of it?

Perhaps you think that you should be able to put on a bikini and be able to show off your body to everyone looking with pride?

Perhaps you think that when you finally “heal your body image,” it will mean that you’ll never have a negative thought about your body, and instead, you’ll have adoration thought for each part of your body.

Is that you?

Is this your current belief system when it comes to your body, body image, and body weight?

It sure was me….

You don’t have to love your body. In today’s episode, we are going to share with you the reasons for this bold statement.

NO, you don’t have to love your body to normalize weight gain or to adopt a non-diet lifestyle.

In fact, you don’t have to love your body to become an intuitive eater or to make peace with your body.

NO, you don’t have to love your body to heal your body image.

What you need is Body Respect.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why I fail attempting to love my body * How diet brain plays into our body’s perspective * How to trade body love for body respect * The path towards body respect

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

I’ll be teaching a in depth live class titled "Normalizing Weight Gain Masterclass"

I’ll share what I have learn in my own journey of gaining weight following years of dieting and restriction.

After going thru my own journey and coaching hundreds of women thru this process I have developed a comprehensive & let’s just say unique to neutralize weight gain.

In this Masterclass I’ll teach the step-by step process so that you can release the fear and anxiety typically associated with weight gain when leaving dieting behind.

  • Understand why it’s normal to gain weight after dieting
  • Learn how to neutralizing weight gain
  • How to deal with the anxiety that comes with weight gain specifically for women
  • Learn how to accept weight gain peacefully
  • Gain a healthy understanding of natural body weight & set point theory
  • Shed the fear away from not losing weight or gaining weight

This speciality class will be taught within Conquer and Thrive coaching program.To get access to this workshop you'll need to join before March 28th 2021.

Register here:

https://www.stephaniedodier.com/conquerandthrive/

View Details

Weight gain is a very sensitive, vulnerable and emotional topic for most women. The ability and willingness to openly talk about weight gain is different for each one of us.

It’s estimated that by the time most women hit their 45th birthday, statistically speaking, we’ve tried 61 diets, plans, programs, detoxes, cleanses, meal plans, regime, an eating system. In an unending battle to shrink our body and, hopefully, change our life.

I want to recognize that simply tuning in to listen to this episode for someone is a huge step… if this is you, I see you and welcome you.

For others who have taken the journey beyond the food and unlearn diet culture, this is a much easier and light topic… I see you too, my sister, and cheer you on.

Coping with weight gain Weight gain is a difficult topic, a complicated topic and a very nuanced topic.

By no means this one episode is a complete resource for the normalization of weight in women. This episode is meant only to be an introduction to the topic of coping with weight gain. I’ll be speaking about one aspect that I think, as women, we must first understand and integrate in order to release the fear of weight gain.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why you are not alone: recent statistics review * How patriarchy position weight gain to keep women feeling insecure * Why diet culture is so powerful, particularly for women * How to release the fear of weight gain and claim back your power

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

I have been wanting to talk about gentle nutrition for years but couldn’t or rather choose not to until now.

I hold a great level of responsibility for the topic I chose to discuss on this podcast. Moreover, what could happen after the episode is over. In the case of intuitive eating & nutrition, I couldn’t send you to any entry-level resources beyond my own programs. Up to now, the only nutrition books & cookbooks available on the market were filled with diet culture, weight stigma, and non-science-based facts about nutrition.

This is now past... the resource I have been awaiting is now here!

Gentle Nutrition: A Non-Diet Approach to Healthy Eating Book Yes, a book that combines intuitive eating & nutrition is now available. Gentle Nutrition: A Non-Diet Approach to Healthy Eating Cookbook is on the market since February 23rd, 2021.

Today on the podcast, I review the book and interview the author, my new friend, and colleague, Rachel Hartley. Rachael is a registered dietician, science-based nutrition therapist, and certified intuitive eating counsellor. Some of you may know her from her blog: The Joy of Eating, where she shares practical intuitive eating advice and non-diet recipes.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on gentle nutrition: * What is gentle nutrition and what it’s not * The difference between gentle nutrition and wellness diet * Top 3 pieces of advice to begin your gentle nutrition journey * Meal planning and intuitive eating * Food intolerances * When it’s time for medical nutrition therapy

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Rachel Hartley's Book - USA

Rachel Hartley's Book - International

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

A few years back, I was browsing Instagram, and I noticed a hashtag trending #womeneatingfood. I scrolled through and what I saw was magical: thousands of women eating food absolutely without giving an ounce of worry. Women eating unapologetically.

That’s how I discovered Alissa Rumsey. And since then, Alissa has been on the podcast twice and been teaching inside my Non-Diet Mentorship Program.

Unapologetic Eating: The Book Today, Alissa is launching a book: Unapologetic Eating: Make Peace With Food and Transform Your Life. In her words, it is about getting back to your roots and who you were before society told you who you should be.

In today’s episode, I interview Alissa Rumsey. Alissa is a registered dietitian, nutrition therapist, certified intuitive eating counselor, and the author of Unapologetic Eating: Make Peace With Food and Transform Your Life. Alissa is passionate about advocating for women to reclaim the space to eat and live unapologetically.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Discover the oppressive nature of dieting * How & why eating is a political move * Food can be an entry point to explore and transform * Moving from Unapologetic Eating to Unapologetic Living

Mentioned in the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Get the book - Unapologetic Eating

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

Dieting backlash is the counter-reaction to food restriction, aka dieting.

Things like "food cravings," urges to eat the restricted foods, nighttime eating, "overeating," binging, weight regain, depression, anxiety… that's all dieting backlash, also known as rebound eating.

Here's where it gets interesting... women who deliberately restrict their food intake when under a diet are more likely to overeat, especially in response to an emotional state. What we think as emotional eating may actually be diet backlash or rebound eating.

In a subconscious way, we give ourselves license to eat foods that are normally forbidden, and we use emotion as a way to give ourselves permission in the hope to lower the guilt of "not following the diet," we lay the blame on emotional eating.

It's the self-fulfilling prophecy of dieting. Nothing has gone wrong. Nothing is wrong with you… it's biology.

Here's what I propose...

To reflect on these 4 questions:

  • How much of what we self-describe as a "problematic relationship to food" is, in fact, due to our own self-imposed diet or food restriction
  • How much of the food behaviors we hope to fix with our newest "food lifestyle" are made worse by the actual "food lifestyle"?
  • What if there was nothing wrong with our food behaviors, that our body was reacting exactly how it was created to react in the face of food restriction… then what?
  • What if the problem wasn't us, the dieter but the diet… then what?

I'm proposing these questions to you because I'm not here to tell you what you should do… but instead to give you a choice.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on dieting backlash: * What is dieting backlash * How dieting backlash presents itself in women’s life * Why rebound eating is normal * How we create the situation to produce emotional eating

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

Let's unpack comfort eating or eating for comfort.

Comfort is defined as a state of ease and freedom from pain or constraint.

When we eat for comfort, we feel uncomfortable; we don't want to feel discomfort, so we look for a solution to not feel comfortable and that solution is food. So we comfort eat.

Sounds like a pretty legitimate action… it is a coping tool. It's a variation of the larger family of emotional eating- whereby you eat in response to an emotion. Most often, uncomfortable emotions like stress. Stress eating, comfort eating, emotional eating - all the same thing - using food to cope with physical or emotional discomfort.

Why is it a problem to solve?

Is comfort eating a problem? Let's imagine that same person feels the same level of discomfort, but instead of opening the fridge or the cupboard and reaching for food, that same person would say go for a run.

Would it be a problem to solve? ….

Interesting question, right?… but necessary. Especially as women, we must challenge all the beliefs we have learned about food, body and health. Remember that diet culture was created by Patriarchy in order to keep women obedient and insecure.

Why is it that comfort eating is a problem to solve for women? What diet culture is telling us is that it will lead you to eat too much, eat the "bad food," and gain weight. Diet gurus will tell you that if you could only control your emotional eating, then their diet would work… and you'd be thin!

Familiar…

But here's my question to you: Would you even desire to eat to comfort yourself if we weren't relentlessly chasing the thin ideal???

Think about that for a minute?...

How much of our discomfort physically and emotionally that we appease with food is caused by the relentless pursuit of the thin ideal, therefore diet culture

A shit load of it... lol.

Since this is a feminist podcast that promotes women empowerment with food and their body… I'm not going to teach to shame you for comfort eating or tell you that it is to be avoided.

No… that's diet culture way.

In this podcast episode, we will unpack this subject in a non-diet way... by asking WHY.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The reason why diet culture of comfort eating is so toxic * The non-Diet approach to comfort eating * The two questions to ask yourself when feeling the urge to eat emotionally * Comfort food versus Comfort eating

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

People-pleasing isn't a character trait or, for that matter, a personality trait that we are born with.

In fact, people-pleasing is a belief, a set of thoughts that we as women are socialized to. More precisely, we aren't socialized or educated to be people-pleasers… we are socialized to be "good girls".

The Good Girl Syndrome is like a character we are asked to play as women and from a very young age. As people identifying as women, we are socialized to be polite, modest, quiet, not to argue, not to fight, play within the parameters, and most importantly, fit the norm…

Indeed, we are socialized to believe that we are responsible for other people's perceptions of us. Other people's perception of us is more valuable than our own opinion of ourselves.

So effectively, we are taught to be people-pleasers.

But I'm not a people-pleaser... really? If you are thinking right: well, this is not me, BUT you are struggling to accept your body. I'm afraid to tell you, my sister, it's you.

Women's relentless pursuit of the thin ideal and unwillingness to accept their bodies is grounded in our socialization to be good girls and meet others' expectations.

This is why in great part, most people identified as men aren't affected by body image. Moreover, they can't even begin to comprehend why we care so much about what other people think of our bodies. That is to say, they aren't socialized the same as we are as people identified as women.

It's not built in their belief system as it is for us.

So, how does being a people-pleaser show up in other parts of your life? That's what we will unpack in this podcast episode.

What you'll learn listening to this episode on people-pleasing: * How women are socialized to be people-pleasers * Understand the link between body dissatisfaction and people-pleasing * The big lie fueling the desire to please others * The 4 steps for women to free themselves from people-pleasing

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

This podcast is going to be for every woman - every woman who has been targeted by dieting ads.

I have chosen this title for a reason: "Tuning out the weight loss industry" instead of "tuning out diet culture" for a reason: to reach more women.

When you are at the beginning of your journey shifting out of dieting, the word diet culture doesn't mean a thing… actually, for many, it means being on a diet.

Diet culture is a new term that is not part of women's vocabulary, and for a good reason. As women, when we learn about the word "diet culture", it has a massive impact. In #5, I share the definition of diet culture for all the newbies.

Tuning out the dieting noise is a choice This podcast intends to help all women make a choice.

A choice in the face of all the marketing from the weight loss, fitness, and wellness industry aimed at women and our bodies.

To help women make an educated choice about their body, how they live their life, the way they eat, and the way they take care of their mind, body, and soul.

For women to free themselves from the thought "but I have to "and trade it for "I chose to".

What you'll learn listening to this episode tuning out the weight loss industry: * 10 thoughts to consider as women when considering dieting. * 10 tips for you to process the weight loss, fitness, and wellness marketing

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

The Good Girl Syndrome

View Details

“I want to move with joy”
“I want to get out of the funk of not movement”
“I know exercise is good for me… just can’t bring myself to do it”
“How do I motivate myself to move more without dreading it.”

That you are at the beginning stage of challenging the concept of dieting or an advanced intuitive eater that now wants to work on reclaiming their relationship to exercise. Or that you have made peace with food already and now want to tackle your relationship to movement.

This podcast going to help you.

How to move more

I know for me I’ve known that I SHOULD exercise more often for decades… and my solution for years has been to sign up for a gym membership and resorting to using discipline, punishment, and willpower to force me into the gym until, just like dieting it didn’t work.

Diet culture has taught us to jump into action… without ever asking why and how we got there in the first place is the reason why we keep repeating the same patterns time after time.

Find the place to start is to find the reason(s) why we resist exercise…. That’s the starting point of reclaiming the joy of movement.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • Why we resist exercise
  • The power of changing vocabulary
  • The simple process to create more movement action in your life
  • My movement goals for 2021 and game plan

MENTIONED ON THE SHOW: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on my goals for 2021: * The reflective process for 2020 * The 6 questions to use to reflect on 2020 * My 4 lessons learned in 2020 * The goals I have for 2021

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

"Nothing is easy for the unwilling."

When we set a goal or desire to change an aspect of our life or self, we often get “stuck” into inaction.

The fear of taking action in the unknown and the paralysis into stagnation is normal. It’s present for most of us women. This fear is a normal reaction from our brain to command us into staying put instead of moving ourselves into the unknown.

It’s our brain’s duty to prevent us from taking action.

To create any new result in your life: becoming an intuitive eater, accepting our body, career advancement,... ANY CHANGE.

Being willing to be willing You have to be willing to do two things:

  1. Feel your emotions
  2. Change your perspective on failure

And if you are unwilling to face your fears and emotions, then forward progress on improving your quality of life will not be easy.

You have to be willing to tell your brain: Hey brain, I get it, it’s your job to keep me safe and avoid the unknown & anxiety of newness, but moving forward, I’m willing to feel these emotions because I really want what’s on the other side. The new result.

That’s what we call managing your brain. First module inside Conquer and Thrive.

As women, we are socialized to be good girls. To be perfect. To obey the rules and perform them perfectly. That’s why we unconsciously chase the thin ideal. We’ve been told over and over by our mom, that is the gold standards body type as women. So as good girls we chase that perfection… relentlessly even if it makes us feel terrible.

To motivate this relentless chase of perfection, women are socialized to see failure as the most terrible thing that can happen to us. Any failure in our relentless pursuit of perfection means that we aren’t worthy and that we have failed dieting.

Questions to ask ourselves to become willing I’ll be leaving you with these thoughts to reflect on:

Are you willing to redefine failure?

Are you willing to see the fear-based thoughts your brain will offer you when thinking about the new goal and be the observer of these thoughts?

How about being willing to see it’s not your thoughts but the socialization thoughts from patriarchy and diet culture?

Are you willing to feel the fear that your brain will present to you and still take action towards your goal?

Are you willing to take a chance on yourself?

How about being willing to bet on yourself that you too can achieve THIS new goal?

Are you willing to be willing to have the intention to be willing to be willing?

Are you willing to be willing to bet on yourself?

If you are, we here for you, sister… come and join us inside Conquer and Thrive and we will support you in your journey of being willing.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why the perfect next step from podcast 266 – Goal Setting * You are not your body or your brain... * The two elements needed to create new result in your life * Why women have a faulty concept of failure * How we can start to be willing to be willing

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

Smart Goals are to goal setting what dieting is to Diet Culture.

For years, I set goals the diet Culture way… you know, the SMART GOALS. Every year the pattern repeated itself. Give up by the 5th week.

Just like diet culture, SMART goals are anchored on external results, accomplishment of actions, grounded into avoidance of failure and perfectionism. It’s archaic, sexist and builds on elitist principles.

Just like dieting doesn’t work, SMART goals do not work because it disregards how humans function. It requires constant willpower, which we know to be a limited resource, so when willpower runs out, action-driven goal setting techniques stop working.

In today’s episode, we are going to discover the right way of setting goals for women: the diet-culture-free way to set goals.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why SMART goals don’t work * How I created my life against all odds * My business success in 2020 in the middle of a pandemic * What is the diet-culture-free goal-setting process

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

“It feels terrible as a mom to put yourself first... it’s easy to say self-care when you don’t have kids”.

This is such a sensitive topic for moms... Me, the single woman with no kids telling them to take time for themselves.

I have avoided doing a topic on this subject because let’s face it, it’s true: I don’t get it. That’s until today...

I have a guest expert who can speak about this from a lived experience. She’s a mom of 3 kids under 12, with a professional career and now starting a business.

Unyime gets it.

Unyime Oguta is our guest today. She’s a Non-Diet Nutritionist, Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor and a student of mine. She’s just about to graduate from our Non-Diet Mentorship program.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on mom's guilt: * Why balance is B.S... * The disease of “Shoulding yourself” * The toxicity of “getting your body back”... * How to no longer feel guilty around taking care of yourself * The way to feed my family healthy while trusting my children’s choices * How to do self-care as a mom

Mentioned on the show: Free Guide from Unyime

Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Connect with our guest: Website and Free Guide

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

This is going to be a fun episode...

I’m answering 25 questions our listeners have submitted. Short to the point answer on all subjects related to the non-diet approach...

You’ll get an answer for each of these 25 non-diet approach & business questions.

  1. You keep referring to PROs... I’m a health coach so I’m not a professional right?
  2. How do I make money as a non-diet coach? How do I create a stable income so I have no doubt in my income?
  3. I can’t launch my BIZ until I’m perfect in my IE and BI?
  4. How to convince my clients this is the right approach?
  5. How do I reassure my clients that it’s ok not to diet?
  6. How do I figure out my ideal client and how do I speak to them?
  7. Simple marketing process, please...
  8. How to answer body image questions?
  9. Because of COVID, people aren’t willing to buy anything, should I wait to launch my BIZ?
  10. Scope of practice?
  11. I’ve never been on a diet but I eat whole food and organic food. Or I make healthy choices normally? Can I teach intuitive eating?
  12. How do I find a scientific way to promote IE?
  13. How do I incorporate nutrition science in IE?
  14. Outline a 1-1 session with a client?
  15. How do you present a problem to a client without being insensitive?
  16. I’m afraid they are going to think I think it’s all in their head?
  17. How much free stuff do I need to give?
  18. How do I use my communication to get more clients?
  19. Quality versus quantity marketing?
  20. How do I get myself out there?
  21. How do I get my clients to see value in me as a coach?
  22. Covid is making things challenging? Nothing I can do…
  23. I have a tendency to make things complicated… how do I resist it?
  24. I’m on social media and nothing is happening... Why?
  25. If a client doesn’t reach her goals, what does it mean about me as a coach?

Ready? Let’s do this Non-Diet Q&A!

Mentioned in the show: PRO Mentorship Program

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series - Free Training & Resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

View Details

The end of a year in our current culture serves as a point of reflection: what went well, what didn’t go so well, for me what I’ve learned….what we accomplished and then we also use this time to set ourselves goals, objective, intention for the new year. This process of reflection and intention setting is a very powerful process for us and should be done.

Dec 1 is typically the date when the real hardcore holiday marketing frenzy takes over mass media, and right now, we’re about to be hit by New year's resolutions, new year's diets… lose the COVID 19…

Our bodies and our health will not be spared in the process.

We will be hard press to set weight loss goals, just like every year. Some messages will be direct: weight loss directly while others will be about our health with an undertone of “ If you focus on your health, you will lose the unhealthy weight”…

I call this the politically correct way to focus on weight loss.

Maybe it’s the narrative in your own mind… you don’t need marketing to get yourself to think about setting “body” goals for 2021.

This podcast intends to explore both sides of the coin to make an educated decision for yourself.

Although published in December, this podcast is relevant all year. Now, because a great proportion of us use the new year period to reflect on the past and future, I thought this might help many of you think thru your “body” goals for 2021.

Let’s do this!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on health goal versus weight loss goal: * How to define health sustainably * Why we desire to lose weight * What it means to chase health

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Feminism & Diet Culture Article

Health Beyond Dieting Article

Study

View Details

The Non-Diet Business Mindset discourse is vastly different from the traditional business mindset discourse you might have heard.

Why?

Simply because the same system of oppression that is in place to keep women stuck in diet culture is present in the business world.

One of our guest expert teachers, Dr. Michelle Mazur is Ph.D. in sales psychology as an expert coined the term “Bro Marketing” to describe this phenomenon.

This episode gets very heated… there are 3 solid rants that may trigger you. I want you to remember that triggers are only a sign for us to look deeper and see where we can upgrade and grow.

Ready? Let’s do this!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * 9 Business Mindset Tips the non-diet way * Why mindset is the most important aspect of our business as non-diet practitioners * What does it mean to put our feminist hat on in our business * The #1 enemy of your business growth is not what you think

Mentioned in the show Conquer & Thrive Professional Limited Edition

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series - Free Training & Resources

PRO Mentorship Program

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

View Details

My journey with exercise has been chaotic for most of my life.

Dieting really screwed up my relationship to exercise as much as it f*cked up my relationship to food.

When I first entered the world of Health At Every Size and Intuitive eating the concept of Joyful Movement sent me straight into cognitive dissonance.

And then I quickly realize that as much work I needed to do to change how I perceived food and my food habits I needed to do the same work with exercise.

I had to make a conscious decision to heal my relationship to exercise.

I stopped waiting for prince charming to come and fix it all. If I was going to find ever find joy in moving my body I had to be intentional.

Diet culture might have fcked how I see exercise but it was up to me to unfck it.

In this episode of the podcast Kim Hagle a mom of four and non-diet fitness expert is going to help us heal our relationship to exercise.

Kim hosts The Intuitive Movement Show podcast and through her signature program Right Body for Me, she helps women discover joyful movement and motivation that lasts so they can heal their relationship to exercise and feel confident in their own skin.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

⌁ How Kim went from being picked on by other kids to being a fitness professional.
⌁ The difference between movement and exercise
⌁ Is the gym police a problem for you?
⌁ The 10 principles of Joyful Movement
⦁ How to find motivation without punishment or “no pain no gain”...

Mentioned on the show: The Motivation Secret

Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

Connect with our guest: The Joyful Movement Podcast

Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

What you'll learn listening to this episode on body image health coaching for women: * Why we struggle with body image * The impact of not being liberated from body image to you personally and on your business * Why helping and coaching women through body image healing isn't about the how... * The stages of healing body image

Mentioned in the show: Conquer & Thrive Professional Limited Edition

PRO Mentorship Program

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series - Free Training & Resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

View Details

What to do when others talk about dieting when I’m trying to stop?

How to not be jealous of other people's weight loss?

How to handle my mom’s comment on my body?

What about my family at gatherings and holidays so triggering?

Can you relate?

Although this episode was created around the American Thanksgiving holiday, this is applicable all-year-round.

It’s good for family BBQs, friends dinners, office breakroom, or the Zoom room (2020 joke lol!), night out with girls… anytime, all the time!

It’s a gem of an episode! You’ll want to replay it many times.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why you react when other people comment on your body * How to not feel shame when other people comment on your body * How to stop reacting when other people talk about diets & dieting * The way you can change your core beliefs so you never again feel shame

Mentioned on the show on other people's diet: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

You have a degree or certification in hands and you are ready to get started.

Or perhaps you’ve spent the last few years recovering your own relationship to food and body and you have a burning desire to share your journey with others.

This podcast is for you!

Our guest today is Stephanie Long, a Business Coach for Nutritionists and has helped hundreds of nutritionists start their own successful businesses. Stephanie is also the host of Next Level Nutrition Biz podcast. Her program, Launch Your Nutrition Biz, helps Nutritionists to launch their business and start bringing on clients!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on how to get started with your non-diet business * Top 3 mistakes new practitioners make when starting their business * The 5 things to consider when starting a new business * The roadmap to starting your new practice

Mentioned in the show: Stephanie's roadmap to get started

PRO Mentorship Program

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series - Free Training & Resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

Connect with our Guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

I often get asked what is the difference between mindful eating and intuitive eating.

While mindful eating teaches you to be present with your food experience, intuitive eating encompasses the whole relationship to food.

Both are different and similar at the same time. Both are excellent and should be incorporated into one’s life.

Based on your past experience with food one might be better than the other.  That's what we will discuss in today’s episode.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • The similarities between mindful eating and intuitive eating
  • The difference between intuitive eating and mindful eating
  • Which approach would be best for you individually.
  • And a story about mindful eating.

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

In the Non-Diet Mentorship, we change lives. Your life as a coach and the life of your future clients. We do it with ease, less time, and greater impact.

We get success for our students and their clients.

Let’s go behind the scenes of that success.

Let’s hear from the current students of the Non-Diet Mentorship Program.

We recorded a live session for this podcast just for you based on your questions:

  • Did you feel scared before investing in your business?
  • How did you overcome your fears of joining the program?
  • Can you share your wins doing this program?
  • Will the mentorship program help me structure my method of working with clients?
  • I feel like a fraud…I can’t launch my BIZ until I’m perfect in my intuitive eating and body image?
  • How do I figure my ideal client and how do I speak to them
  • How do I use my communication to get more clients?
  • I have a tendency to make things complicated… how do I resist it?
  • If the clients don’t reach their goals, what does it mean about me as a coach?
  • How do I make money as a non-diet coach?
  • How to dismantle DC in wellness coaching?

Get in touch with our guests Unyime

Kim

Lindsay

Chanelle

Amber

Mentioned in the show PRO Mentorship Program

Webinar & Steps to Build A Profitable Non-Diet Business

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series - Free Training & Resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

View Details

Have you been told you shouldn’t be eating X or Y food for your health?

As a good responsible patient, you’ve been trying your best to do so.

But in secret, you obsess about the food that is “illegal” for you?

You resent the fact that you can’t have sugar as a diabetic. Sometimes end up even end up overeating that “illegal food”.

You struggle with “on plan” consistently. You may even feel guilty for not being “good enough” to control your urges.

Not your fault!

That one restricts foods for health reasons or for esthetic weight loss purpose, there is no difference to the human brain. Any form of restriction bears the same outcome: the desire to have what is forbidden.

Fear-based tactics to willpower yourself into “good complaint behaviors” do not lead to sustainable results. That’s what diets are even if they are considered health-based diets.

What’s the solution then? not restricting…

I can hear you say “that wouldn’t work my numbers would be crazy and my doctor would hate me”.

Well… has restriction worked?

The stress imposed by health focus diets is real and damaging to one’s health as much as eating the forbidden food. In the case of diabetic cortisol, one of the stress hormones has the power to increase blood sugar as much as sugar does.

What if instead of restricting, labeling certain food as “bad,” feeling guilty, ashamed, you allowed all foods. Ate any food that made your body feel great and did it mindfully, slowly looking for satisfaction and noticing how your own body responds.

Claiming back your autonomy over your own body and food choices. Using your agency to make decisions about food from a place of love instead of fear.

Acknowledging your own power to do what’s right for you.

I know you can. I trust you.

Our guest today is Lindsay Sarson, a registered holistic nutritionist, professionally trained intuitive eating coach, host of the Intuitive Diabetic Podcast, and type 1 diabetic. Lindsay is focused on helping type 1 diabetics ditch the diets and restrictions so that they can find food freedom and thrive in their skin today.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on intuitive eating and Type 1 diabetes * The importance of emphasizing a healthy relationship with food over dieting protocols for diabetes care * The power of intuitive eating in supporting diabetics as a health strategy * How diet culture and wellness culture have influenced diabetes care - for the worse. * The “All Food Fit” approach to type 1 diabetes * The mission she is on to change diabetes

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

The Intuitive Diabetic Podcast

Connect with our Guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

“I’m doubting my ability as a coach...How can I increase my confidence as a coach?”

A very frequent error health coaches make is to get more certification in order to be more confident in their coaching skills.

A new certification will not give you confidence.

Being A Confident Non-Diet Coach Confidence is an emotion. Confidence is a feeling.

Coaching confidence is a feeling of trust in your ability to coach your client.

When you feel confident about your coaching abilities, you typically are more successful. Successful in your client results and successful in making money in your business.

How does a coach increase the feeling of confidence in her coaching skills?

That is what we will answer in this podcast episode.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on being a confident non-diet coach: * The big mistake I made in feeling confident as a coach when I first started * How to increase your confidence level in your practice * The framework that will help you nurture your confidence * 6 rapid-fire coaching tips to increase your confidence as a non-diet coach.

Mentioned in the show: Beyond The Food PRO Mentorship Program

Webinar Registration

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

View Details

"If you don't love it, don't eat it and if you love it, savor it". - Evelyn Tribole

Satisfaction versus Fullness The difference between satisfaction versus fullness is how you can see that diet culture has invaded your journey through intuitive eating because satisfaction with food is always left off the non-diet way of diet culture.

Food can be filling without being satisfying: Think of your last diet when you ate a bowl full of salad. You felt full. Your stomach was stretch out, full, but you weren't satisfied Why? You picked out the crouton and left the fresh amazingly-smelling baked bread on the table.

Food can be satisfying but not filling, aka not trigger satiety. Think chocolate, chips, candy…

Food satisfaction starts in our ability to give ourselves the unconditional permission to eat and evolve in our ability to know what makes us individually satisfied and enjoy our meal.

Intuitive eating is based on our ability to feel satisfied with food. That’s the cornerstone of the intuitive eating process.

Why is finding satisfaction with food so important?

Satisfaction turns off the drive to eat more so than fullness.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the difference between being satisfied and full * The role of pleasure in your eating experience * Why seeking food satisfaction is so critical * The role of mindset is connecting with satisfaction

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

One of the frequent questions from health coaches who encounter my work in the non-diet approach for the first time is this:

How do I make money as a non-diet coach?

I get it. I had the same question 6 years ago when I first came to the world of anti-diet health coaching. If we don’t tell people what to eat when to eat and how to eat, what will they pay us for? Right?

To help answer this question, I’d like to give you an inside view into my anti-diet health coaching business more precisely what I wish I knew before starting my anti-diet health coaching business.

In today’s episode, I’m going to share with you what I wish I knew before starting my anti-diet health coaching business.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode about my anti-diet business journey: * How I started my non-diet business * What I wished I knew before starting my non-diet business * My top 10 lessons over the last 6 years * My biggest learning in this non-diet health coaching business

Mentioned in the show: Beyond The Food PRO Mentorship Program

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

View Details

Body shame is what kick-started my descent into perfectionism. No matter what I did, I couldn't rid myself of the shame I felt for my body. Like millions of other women, I master up a plan to offset my inability to get a "proper body" by being perfect everywhere else.

Familiar?

Why is body shame so powerful?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is shame * How shame applies to our body image * Why it’s so important to release body shame * How to release body shame

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

When I first started in my nutrition practice the term “non-diet approach” didn’t even cross my mind. “Anti-diet approach” didn’t even exist. Unbeknown to me, I was practicing the “diet approach to nutrition” simply because that’s what was taught in health & nutrition school.

Fast forward close to 10 years now and a lot have changed. The non-diet approach is growing rapidly, so has the anti-diet approach and intuitive eating is booming.

So in this episode, we will deep dive into the non-diet approach anatomy. You’ll learn: * What is the non-diet approach * Core values of the non-diet approach * The pillars of the non-diet approach * Non-diet approach training for professional * Non-Diet Mentorship Program

Mentioned in the show: Beyond The Food PRO Mentorship Program

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

Health Beyond Dieting - Studies

View Details

Have you ever thought, "I wish I could just eat normally!"

Hell yes, right, lol!

I've had this thought for years not sure when I first started to think it, but it's been years for sure, probably decades.

I thought that by quitting dieting, I would be able to eat normally. Well, that didn't work, lol! After a few attempts, I had to acknowledge that I didn't even know what eating normally was.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is normal eating * How to develop normal eating behavior * The difference in the process of normal eating for women who have been dieting for long period.

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

People will often refer to mindset as a perspective.

I like to explain mindset to my clients as a collection of all of the things you believe, that you assume or that you have been taught. These can be conscious or unconscious, but these beliefs, assumptions or taught notions that influence your feelings, the approach you have in the situation, how you meet your needs, and ultimately the actions you take, therefore the results you create in your life.

The analogy I used with my clients is that your mindset is like a pair of glasses you wear 24/7. It's the lens through which you see and experience life.

Mindset is not just the beliefs, assumptions you think; it's how you feel due to what you think, the actions you take, and the result you experience are all under the umbrella mindset. It is really important for us to understand why we need to be addressing it all together.

To be addressing your mindset, you need to be looking at your thoughts, emotions, behaviours, and results with it.

We have different mindsets based on different beliefs we hold in the separate areas of our life. We have a money mindset, political mindset, social justice mindset and yes, a diet mindset.

Diet Mentality What is known as "Diet mentality" is the collections of beliefs and assumptions you were taught about health, beauty, body size, more specifically, what it means to be a woman. These beliefs we have about what it means to be a woman influence how you feel about your body and ourselves in general. These thoughts we have about our bodies and ourselves then create the actions and behaviours we have, just like going on a diet.

Concrete examples of diet mentality VS non-diet mentality Do I deserve this food? VS Am I hungry?

How do I look? VS How do I feel?

How much do I get to eat today? VS How much food do I need right now?

I exercise so I can eat VS I eat so I can move my body.

I can eat whatever I want on my cheat day VS I can eat whatever I want any day.

Food is my worst enemy, and my favourite joy / Food is just-food.

I ate awful this weekend VS I had a great time this weekend with my family.

What other people say about me is very important VS What I think of myself determines how I feel about myself.

My worth is determined by my weight VS I'm born worthy.

I need to be smaller to be attractive VS My sexy is in my attitude and how I carry myself.

To feel better, I need to lose weight VS The way to feel better is to think better thoughts.

I'll be more confident when I lose weight VS Confidence is in my mindset, not in my weight.

My weight determines my health VS My health-promoting behaviours influence my health

As a woman, it's my responsibility to maintain my beauty VS As a woman, it's my responsibility to impact the world with my actions.

On this episode of the podcast you will learn: * How we develop our mindset * Why mindset mater greatly to our happiness * What is a diet vs a non-diet mindset * How to change your mindset

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

Being Body Neutral

Body neutrality is a way to engage with our bodies.

The goal of body neutrality is to dial down the enormous significance that’s being given to physical attractiveness in our society. In fact, the significance of women’s beauty is what causes us to do all kinds of crazy things to look “better”. We wear make-up and spend a stupid amount of money on anti-ageing cream. And we cut up our body with esthetic surgeries and yes, dieting. Moreover, we effectively starve ourselves in order to be beautiful.

In fact, this is important to understand… if we didn’t buy/engage in the importance of our beauty to our place into this world, we wouldn’t diet or think we need to change the size/ shape/ look of our bodies.

Body neutrality goes beyond body-positivity. That is to say it’s not just about pushing back onto the beauty ideals of our times. Body Positivity challenges the beauty standards by putting forward diverse body types, size…

Being Body Neutral, on the other hand, pushes back on all aspects of society that continue to promote beauty as essential, consequential and the ultimate accomplishment, and a person’s appearance as indicative of their worth.

BN says “How I feel about myself has nothing to do with my appearance.”

BP says: “I feel good about myself, because I know I’m beautiful at any size”.

Can you see the difference?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The 4 components of body image * The Body Image Scale * Why you shouldn’t aim to be body positive * The feminist approach to body image * Body neutrality in real life

Mentioned on the show: Conquer & Thrive

Podcast Roadmap

Bet On Yourself webinar registration

View Details

I’ve been waiting for this day for months and it’s finally here. I’ve been working on this since March, and now it’s here.

I’m bursting with excitement… I could scream but since this is a podcast and many of you are listening to me in your earbuds, I do not want to hurt your pretty little ears, so I’m going to restraint myself.

I’m beyond myself to finally be able to share all the secret details of this thing I’ve been working on for months and months.

So here we go… get ready to conquer food and body & body image and thrive.

I’m pleased to announce and introduce… Conquer & Thrive.

In this episode, we will learn: * What’s is Conquer and Thrive * What is included inside Conquer and Thrive * Who should join Conquer and Thrive * What will happen after a few months inside Conquer and Thrive * How to join Conquer and thrive

Mentioned on the show: Conquer & Thrive

View Details

Power or Control

Let us start with this question:

Do you want to be in your power with food, or do you want to control food?

Do you want to be in your power with your body, or do you want to control your body?

My own relationship to power and control has been different at different stages of my life.

I spent most of my teens developing my power and being punished for it. In fact, I was labeled as a rebel because I was in my power. Over the years of being told over and over again that what I was being a daughter, a girlfriend, a young woman in her power wasn't right, I started to doubt myself and my ways.

From my mid-twenties to early '40s, I spent seeking control. If being in my power was wrong, then the opposite should be right. Now, let's be clear. I didn't wake up thinking, "Oh well, power doesn't work, let me try control." That's not how it happened. On the contrary, it was subtle. Instead of being punished for being in my power, I was being rewarded by society for "being in control." That is to say, I was given money, promotion in my career, higher social standing, etc…

Notice that what I outlined as signs that being in my power worked was all externals signs, nothing really personal. There's a reason for this: because internally and personally, "being in control" didn't lead me to success, to health, to joy, to happiness, to health.

Power vs. Control In fact, it's only recently, over the last couple of years, that I was able to see this distinction. What led me to see the difference between the two is my own relationship to food and the consequences on my body.

And I have to say thank you to the thousands of women that I have worked with over the years that led me to not only see the tremendous difference between power and control but to truly understand it—and being the witness to the transformation well beyond the food that happens when we shift from one to the other.

That's what I'd like to share with you today… and you can decide for yourself what will serve you the best in your life today: Power or Control.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What does it mean to be in our power * Why we seek to be “in control” * What happens when we shift from control to power * How to claim our power

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

Are you a righteous eater?

One hint that you might be is the answer to this question: Do you secretly feel superior (better than others) because of the way you eat?

This one is also revealing: now again, answer silently: Do you feel a sense of shame or guilt when you don’t eat the way you think you should?

I emphasize the word secret or silent answer because admitting that you are a righteous eater publicly is just another layer of shame that we want to avoid.

We don’t seek righteous eating because something is wrong with us. On the contrary, we seek a righteous way of eating because we are trying to survive and protect ourselves from more “mean girl voice” critics.

We seek to eat righteously as a way to feel better about ourselves. To fill up the void left by the beliefs we aren’t worthy.

We desire to eat the right way in the hope of being worthy.

Diet culture has led us to believe that our self-worth was to be earned mainly through our body size and beauty, but also through trying hard enough to get “there”.

Righteous eating is, in my clinical experience, the #1 reason why women struggle with becoming an intuitive eater. Over time and years of chasing their self-worth with the next diet, they have acquired a distorted view of self-worth.

Unconsciously, many women believe that their sense of worth in “tangled” with their ability to eat the “right way” and “ get the right body”.

This is the foundation for righteous eating.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The definition of righteous eating * How to determine if you are a righteous eater * How to overcome righteous eating * The one tool to change your self-esteem and sense of worth

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

Unlearning Diet Culture as a mom It’s in our human DNA to seek autonomy as we become adults. To be independent and self- sufficient; without having to fit someone’s expectations but our own. To be ourselves.

I mean as parents our role is to raise little humans to be autonomous, right?

But Diet Culture gets in the way of our autonomy as women. It tells us what to eat, how to move, and what size and shape our bodies should be.

You and I do not have to live our lives according to diet culture's rules and expectations. Decide to opt-out, totally up to you.

You can stay, or you can say: HELL NO!

This is what Mandy decided to do. Mandy is a 40's years old mother of 2 who decided to change her reality.

You'll hear her share her journey unlearning diet culture as a mom from the beginning to the end.

On today's episode, you'll learn: * The 5 steps to unlearning diet culture * How she was raised in a family that dieted * After the birth of her kids eating & dieting took a turn for the worse * "I hit rock bottom when I didn't allow my kids to touch me" * The journey towards food freedom was gradual and healing * The changes that happened beyond the food: + The relationship with her husband expanded + She got her sexy back! + Now she can cuddle with her kids + She now has her dream job!

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

The Black Outfit Do you have a black outfit in your closet?

Do you perhaps have more than 1 black outfit… one piece for every type of clothes?

Do you wear black clothes as often if not more often the bright colorful clothes?

Or do you wear bright colorful clothes that make you stand out in a crowd?

Do you strategically plan the color of your clothes based on where you’re going?

Is wearing black clothes a problem? Heck no... black, red or blue colors are neutral.

Instead, it’s about the intention. The intention that resides behind the choice of color

Why you are deciding to wear black clothes is where the juice is at sisters! What is your intention when you decide to wear black clothes?

I’ll share my answer when I asked myself this question. Not that my answer is almost the same as the one of nearly all the women I have worked with.

Why did I choose to wear black outfits more often than any other color? My intentions were many:

  • hide the body that I believed to be too much…
  • hopefully make my body invisible
  • make my “unconventional body” appear smaller
  • hopefully blend in with the crowd and not stand out

Is this you too?

“The Black Outfit” title of this episode is really an analogy, an analogy for us not embracing our fullness. Yes, our fullness physically but also our fullness emotionally, mentally and spiritually. Embracing who we are as women, who you are in our strengths, our voice, our being… our body.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the Black Outfit Concept * How it shows up in most women’s life * How we can overcome the need to wear The Black Outfit

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

Good Girl Syndrome Do you remember being told to be a “good girl” when you were young? And praised for being a “good girl” and punished for not being a good girl?

Although socialized very early on as women, to be a good girl this socialization is done with good intentions but it leaves grown-up women struggling and in pain.

We are told to be:

  • sexy, but not sexual;
  • skinny, but not to be healthy;
  • smart, but not too smart.

The contradictory messages are seemingly endless.

We have this duality within us... this need to be a “good girl” while needing to be autonomous, smart and independent as adult women. It’s a contradiction we carry within us that we think is abnormal.... a sign that something is wrong with us.

Yet nothing is wrong... we were just socialized to something we cannot be. Being a “good girl” is an impossible standard to achieve leaving us confused, doubting ourselves, and in cycles of shame.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the good girl syndrome * Signs that the good girl syndrome is present in your life * How it impacts how you relate to food & your body * What happens when you say hell no to being a good girl

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

We Shall Enjoy Our Bodies & Lives I have to share something with you: I’m nervous.

I’ve been thinking about this episode for weeks and it’s here now.

Why am I nervous about this new episode?

A little background here: a few months back, I announced that I would take a summer break from podcasting so I can create the space to be creative. I shared that I was working on something special, revolutionary.

As I was going through this summer break something else happened.

I made a decision. It was long coming.

I’m sharing this decision with you.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on we shall enjoy our bodies & lives * What happened this summer that made me say “I’m done” * Why Stopping Dieting is a Revolutionary Act * Why women exist at CHOICE * The purpose of The podcast moving forward * The roadmap to the top 5 questions keeping women away from freedom.

Mentioned on the show: Podcast Roadmap

Conquer & Thrive

View Details

The “inner child” is a concept used by psychologists and therapists of all backgrounds to express the deep-seated beliefs that one’s hold within and often expresses itself in “self-sabotaging” behaviors.

The “inner child” is part of the teaching and learning you have acquired before your teens that still is present within your subconscious mind. The thoughts that are still playing in your mind driving some of the “inexplicable” desires, behaviors, or thought you are experiencing as an adult today.

In the world of intuitive eating, the “inner child” is ever so present in all your food urges beyond physical hunger.

In today’s episode, we welcome an expert on inner child Victoria Albina a Certified Life Coach and Certified Breathwork Meditation Facilitator with a passion for helping women realize that they are their own best healers. Victoria has been working in health & wellness for over 20 years and lives in New York City.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

  • What is the “inner child”?
  • Are you still trying to be a “good girl”?
  • The role of our nervous system in meeting our own needs
  • The need for co-regulation
  • Reparenting our inner child

View Details

WAITLIST FOR CONQUER: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/coming

SHOW SPONSOR: Better Help Online Counseling

Access 10% discount using this unique link: https://betterhelp.com/beyondfood

--

On today's episode, we talk about mindfulness One of the most impactful tools for reactive eating behavior is mindful eating.

One of the most powerful tools for a reactive living (depression/anxiety) is mindful living.

Mindfulness is the basic human ability to be fully present, aware of where we are and what we’re doing, and not overly reactive or overwhelmed by what’s going on around us and within us including food.

Women Food & Mindfulness is an episode that has the power to change your relationship to food in a very easy way... I’ll share the Going Beyond The Food Method way to become more mindful.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is mindfulness and what it’s not! * The link between mindfulness and food * Why women could benefit more from mindfulness than men * How to be more mindful in your life * Easy way to incorporate mindfulness practice in your life

Mentioned on the show: FREE Intuitive Eating Guide

Mind-Body Connection article

Religion and Mindfulness

Going Beyond the Food Academy

View Details

WAITLIST FOR CONQUER: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/coming

SHOW SPONSOR: Better Help Online Counseling

Access 10% discount using this unique link: https://betterhelp.com/beyondfood

--

In today's episode, we'll talk about the wisdom of emotional eating Can we find wisdom in emotional eating behaviors? Or is emotional eating something to be demonized and eliminated?

The vast majority of society says ‘no’ to the first questions and say ‘yes’ to the second one. Then, they ask next: What’s the trick to stop emotional eating?

What if I said to you there’s a gift in emotional eating... what would be your gut reaction? Likely doubts like most women. The truth is that yes, there’s wisdom, magic, and power in emotional eating. That is if we accept to do one simple thing:

Trade judgment for curiosity.

Empowerment & emotional eating The view we have on emotional eating is a direct reflection of our current relationship to food, weight, and body. In fact, most women are typically afraid of emotional eating. They are terrified to gain weight or not lose weight so they seek to end it.

Moreover, self-described emotional eaters are typically “stuck” in the diet cycle and adhere greatly to diet culture’s teaching. When you free yourself from the shackle of diet culture, you automatically shift your perspective on emotional eating.

Being in our power as women are the requirement to shift our perspective on emotional eating and being able to see the gift that it’s offering us. When we become empowered women, we have the guts to let go of diet culture’s expectation of our body. This enables us to come back into our truth, our intuition.

Simply said, taking back our power is the first step to end emotional eating.

Emotional Eating versus Binge Eating versus Overeating Emotional eating is a continuum. At one end, the simple act of choosing food to soothe ourselves from time to time and towards the end binge eating.

The primary criteria for binge eating involve eating a large amount of food in a short period of time. This is while feeling a lack of control over the eating episode as well as intense shame about the behavior. Where emotional eating is soft and also is described as mindless eating.

On the other hand, overeating is interesting. When you breakdown the word OVER EATING it means eating over a certain amount. What is that certain amount? Who determines it? The term overeating is 100% derived from diet culture in which the amount you are allowed to eat is pre-determined externally and must not be exceeded. Otherwise, you’ll not lose weight or maintain weight. Overeating is the term used to shame someone not following the meal plan, diet, etc...

The gift of emotional eating Plainly said, emotional eating is the act of using food to soothe uncomfortable emotions. Usually anxiety, stress, fear, anger, boredom, shame, etc... these emotions are present in our life for a reason. Emotions have messages for us… Deep, life-changing messages.

Think of emotions as the radar for your life. Feeling good? Do more of xxx. Feeling bad? Do less of XXXX. Emotions are created from our thought and mindset. Emotions are then the secret message to let you know how you think and what you need to change.

That’s the gift of emotional eating... a window into our truth and growth.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Emotional Eating versus Binge Eating versus Overeating? * Why do we want to stop emotional eating? * What is the gift of emotional eating? * How to stop emotional eating? * Answers to the 4 questions from podcast listeners about emotional eating, binge eating, and overeating.

Mentioned on the show: Conquer 2020 and Thrive Program

Follow Stephanie on Instagram

Self-coaching article

Self-coaching podcast episode

Grab your FREE guide to Intuitive Eating

View Details

WAITLIST FOR CONQUER: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/coming

SHOW SPONSOR: Better Help Online Counseling

Access 10% discount using this unique link: https://betterhelp.com/beyondfood


Finding the Courage to Do What’s Best for You In this special bonus edition of The Beyond the Food Show podcast, I’m sharing a powerful case study that will show you how transforming your relationship to food is not only possible without willpower but also transforming your entire life: kids, partner, work and all!

To kick off this new segment of the podcast, I’m showcasing the story of one of the members of our Academy community, Jessica Tomasko. Jessica is in her 40’s, a mother of 2, wife, and a professional who, in her words, says she has spent her whole life binging and dieting. She was desperate, miserable, and scared that if nothing changes, she would spend the rest of her life suffering.

Jessica is a source of inspiration for all women. Jessica agreed to do this to impact other women... like you.

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * Why is it worth your time and money to do the Going Beyond the Food Academy * How the Going Beyond the Food Academy can help you not only as an individual but also as a mother * The reasons why the Going Beyond the Food Academy is different from other weight loss programs * Why we need to stop fearing our emotions * How eating intuitively will help your body seek nutrition naturally

In the last episode, I talked about how much is your desire to control your food and weight is really costing you. I was hesitant at first because I know the values and beliefs that many of us have around money and how sensitive it is for many women. However, after months of thinking, I’ve decided to speak publicly.

Cost and money are the #1 reason why women do not take their knowledge to the next level, thus, creating changes and transformation in their lives. Nothing will ever change if we continue doing the same thing that resulted in our current situation. That applies to anything…

If you are one of the women who's hindered by money to be able to create changes and transformation in your life, this episode is for you. Listen up! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Academy Curriculum

Academy FAQs

Academy Student Reviews

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

View Details

WAITLIST FOR CONQUER: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/coming

SHOW SPONSOR: Better Help Online Counseling

Access 10% discount using this unique link: https://betterhelp.com/beyondfood


In today's episode, we'll talk about binge eating and restricting.

Whenever somebody brings up the topic of how to stop binge eating, I vividly remember the day I caught myself binge eating. This story happens at the peak of my most restrictive dieting period.

It was a Friday, at 4 o’clock in the afternoon. My plans with my partner just fell through; he decided to accept an invitation from his buddies to watch a game. I was left alone with no plans on a Friday night.

I thought I’d just stop by the grocery on my way home, put on my PJ’s, and watch some movies. At the grocery store, I automatically gravitated towards the food I was restricting myself at the time: Carbohydrate, Dairy, and sugar (hint, hint Keto!)

I grabbed a frozen family-size pizza, some fresh mozzarella, a bag of mini brownies, and a pint of Dulce Haagen Dazs ice cream. Food was going to be my companion as I hit the couch for a romantic movie night.

By the time the first movie was over, I was sitting there on my couch with an empty box of pizza, a half-empty bag of brownies, and an ice cream pint just about done…I wondered what just happened.

I suddenly felt the sting of self-loathing. Soon, I was beating myself up, calling myself names that I wouldn’t call my worst enemy. As I bullied myself, I quickly cleaned up and made all evidence disappear out of fear of anyone knowing.

I have been very hesitant about sharing this story with you...

But I want you to know that you are not alone. There is nothing wrong with you and you aren’t broken. There is a reason why you do this. Until you find it and work on healing it, binge eating will not go away.

What is Binge Eating? Psychologists define binge eating as eating more food than most people would in a specific amount of time under similar circumstances. It is characterized by a sense of lack of control and is associated with negative emotions. Binge eaters have difficulty regulating their emotions and use food to cope with them.

At the time, I knew that what I was doing was called binge eating or overeating, but I had no idea why I was doing it. I just thought something was wrong with me, so I kept it a secret. Afraid that others might judge me, I hid my shame and guilt behind a façade of strength. Then I punished myself by restricting food the next day.

I now know that I eat to numb the emotions I didn’t want to feel and because of the food restriction, I was imposing myself.

In today’s episode, we will explore how to stop the cycle of binge eating and restricting.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The spectrum of eating behavior * Disordered eating versus eating disorder * Overeating versus binge eating * How to end the cycle of binge eating and restriction * Diet Culture mindset in healing relationship to food * Support to help you in your journey

Mentioned on the show: Going Beyond the Food Academy

Self- Assesment relationship to food

Grab your FREE guide to Intuitive Eating

Intuitive Eating Blog

Canadian National Eating Disorder Information Center

Canadian National Eating Disorder Information Center Hotline: 1-866-633-4220

US National Eating Disorders

US National Eating Disorders Toll-Free Number: 1-800-931-2237

View Details

WAITLIST FOR CONQUER: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/coming

SHOW SPONSOR: Better Help Online Counseling

Access 10% discount using this unique link: https://betterhelp.com/beyondfood

-----
In today's episode, we discuss if healthy weight loss is possible and provide an answer, too!

Is it possible to lose weight in a healthy way?

When is gaining weight enough when I try to eat intuitively?

Is it wrong to still want to lose weight? I just want it because I don’t feel comfortable in my actual one?

These are all super good questions and so valid considering the society we live in. We are surrounded by messages that we should want to lose weight and that we should aim to be in a smaller body. We have been taught from a very young age that:

  1. Health = Thinness
  2. Happiness = Thinner body
  3. If we aren’t in society's standards in our body size, we should be actively working really hard on getting “there” (aka smaller body)
  4. If the diet doesn’t work, it’s not the diet’s fault rather it’s our fault. We haven’t tried hard enough, exercised enough, or have enough will power, etc...

The desire to lose weight is completely and 100% normal.

Many of you know through your own experience that the proposed weight loss approach isn’t working so you are looking for an option, a healthy one.

Is there a healthy way to lose weight?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Is there a way to lose weight that is healthy? * Should we be tracking our weight? * How much weight do I gain eating intuitively before it’s enough? * I feel uncomfortable in my body, what should I do? * I feel unsexy in my body how to work through this?

Mentioned on the show: Beyond Keto Free Workshop

Free Intuitive Eating Guide

Waitlist Intuitive Eating Project

View Details

Starting your intuitive eating journey on your own meaning to help, no professional, no course... just you and the book. This episode is for you!

The intuitive eating learning journey

Just like you had to learn to diet years ago... you need to learn to undiet. Just like dieting took time and effort, unlearning diet culture and all of its side effects takes time and effort. Any new behaviors, actions require the same learning curve. Learning to eat intuitively is no different.

In today’s episode, we answer listeners' questions about intuitive eating and this Q&A and dedicated to the women who are learning intuitive eating on their own... no support, no professional help.

Listener questions we answer on this podcast:Intuitive Eating doesn’t stick for me?
I’m eating emotionally
How can I control myself emotionally?
I still want to weight myself in? I can’t seem to throw the scale away.
How do I stop binging? I stop dieting but now I can’t seem to stop eating
How do I know my set point?
I’m often not hungry for lunch…just want to have a nice dinner? Is this “bad”?
Why do I have thought about eating when I’m already full?

View Details

Intergenerational Trauma Intergenerational trauma is defined as the transmission of historical oppression and its negative consequences across generations.

An emerging line of research is exploring how historical and cultural traumas affect survivors’ children for generations to come. Intergenerational trauma is present in many communities of today’s society. Just a few examples: Indigenous communities, Black Communities, and holocaust survivors.

Intergenerational trauma, or transgenerational trauma, is what happens when untreated trauma-related stress experienced by survivors is passed on to second and subsequent generations. It can be a big trauma like slavery or small trauma like dieting.

In today’s episode we welcome back one of our favorite experts, Dr. Carolyn Ross MD to teach us about intergenerational trauma. Dr. Carolyn Ross is an MD, pioneer in the use of Integrative Medicine for the treatment of Eating Disorders, Obesity, and Addiction.

Dr. Ross recently completed a TED X talk on Intergenerational trauma considers her own experience with segregation as a black woman in the South of the USA.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is intergenerational trauma * What research is telling us about the side effects of Intergenerational Trauma * The trauma of slavery for black people * The trauma of dieting passes on from mother to daughter * Interrupting the intergenerational trauma

Mentioned in the show: Quiz-Test your relationship to food

Register for Intuitive Eating Project

Dr. Carolyn Ross TedX Talk

Anti-Racism commitment & Resources

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

“So I quit dieting … what do I do next?”

This is where all women begin their journey into intuitive eating. Maybe you know the answer to this question because you’ve been there. Or perhaps that’s the question you are asking yourself right now.

Most women have been indoctrinated into diet culture at a very young age and have been living according to diet culture’s rules since then. Most women don't even realize that they can say no to diets. That there is another way of living beyond restricting food and hating their body.

That’s until they learn that diets don’t work and they aren’t the problem, diets are.

Quit dieting Women then decide to not diet anymore. A sense of being lost then takes over because if they don’t diet what are they to do. Most of us have never consciously not dieted or not want to be on a diet.

That’s when the question: “So I quit dieting... now, what?” comes along.

In today’s episode, we will answer this question. We will give you the exact steps for you to take when you stop dieting.

What you'll learn listening to this episode on quitting dieting: * What to expect when you stop dieting * The pendulum swing * Investigate the damage * The process of unlearning dieting * The journey of becoming a normal eater… again!

Mentioned in the show: Quiz- Why you struggle with food

Intuitive Eating Project

View Details

Non-Diet Business Training is essential for any women health entrepreneurs starting their business adventure in the non-diet health approach.

Your business success means women’s learning how to ditch diet culture. Your willingness to accept that your business success means more lives transformed is key to your being successful in your professional journey.

In the same way, you ask your client/patient to invest in themselves by working with you: are you investing in yourself to be successful in your business?

Non-Diet Business Training In episode 2 of season 1 of the Pro series, we discovered why crafting a business strategy is so important to your overall business. Without the foundation of a strategy, there’s very little chance your business will grow and transform hundreds of women’s lives.

In today’s episode, we will discover the various business model available to you to create your business strategy. A business model is a framework for how you will create value. It answers fundamental questions about the problem you are going to solve, how you will solve it and the growth opportunity within a given market.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is a business model * Why it’s important to have a business model * Look behind the scene of my business model * The one thing that most important to your business success

Mentioned in the show: Mentorship ProgramFree Intake FormsPRO Series - Free Training & Resources
PRO Podcast series - Full listing

View Details

In today’s episode, I’m joined by Sarah Cogliati, a student of the Intuitive Eating Project. Sarah agreed to share her story on the podcast to show women what is possible when we finally make the choice to accept our bodies.

After 30 years of yo-yo dieting, liberation is possible!

Sarah has been on her journey of body acceptance and making peace with food for a few years and now has become a certified coach, meditation teacher, and kick-ass spin instructor. She coaches other women on the same journey as her. I’m so excited to share this empowering discussion with you!

In this episode we discuss: * Sarah’s visit to a pediatrician at 8 years that impacted the next 30 years of her life. * How she was praised for losing weight in her teens * The serendipitous moment at the gym to make her dream come true * The mindset coach that showed her what’s possible * Sarah’s tips for joyful movement * Sarah’s process to deal with limiting beliefs

Mentioned in the show: New Quiz - Evaluate your relationship with food

Intuitive Eating Project

View Details

The business transition from the traditional model of nutrition and health to the non-diet model can be scary but also can be life-changing.

As with everything in life, how you approach the need for you to transition your business will make the journey scary, filled with anxiety and uncertainties OR you will make the journey pleasurable, filled with learnings and growth both personally and professionally.

I want you to take a moment and reflect upon your client and patient for a moment. When they come to you and you stand in front of them presenting Intuitive eating and the non-diet approach to health.

Does your client feel scared at the thought of not dieting? Hell yess…

Do they feel anxious about potentially gaining weight? Hell yess…

Are they uncomfortable with the uncertainty of not knowing what will happen? Hell yess…

Most of your clients will trust you and move forward following your guidance. Leaning into you for leadership. They will face their fears because the pain of staying into diet culture is greater than the one of facing their fears.

This episode is for all of you, Health PRO’s that know that making the transition to a non-diet model is the right thing to do but are crippled with fear. I ask you to be as courageous as the people who daily face their fear and ditch diet culture, make peace with their body, and overcome fatphobia.

Rachel’s story of transition The best way for me to express the possibilities that are in front of you is not with teaching but instead with inspiration. The best way I know to inspire is with lived experience.

I’m welcoming a colleague, a good friend, and mentee, Rachel Molenda. Rachel will be sharing her lived experience as she transitioned her business over the last 12 months to the non-diet model.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Rachel’s origin story * How her own relationship to food led her to this work. * Rachel did a traditional model very successfully * Rachel shared how she was trying to be someone else * “I was living my life as a fiction” moment that changed everything * The business transition step by step * The transition culminates with the launch The BreakFree method * Right now, Rachel is learning intuitive living

Connect with our guest Rachel's website
Rachel's Instagram
Rachel's Podcast
Break Free Method

Mentioned in the show: Mentorship ProgramFree Intake FormsPRO Series - Free Training & Resources
PRO Podcast series - Full listing

View Details

Love versus fear.

Believe it or not, the opposite of love isn’t hate. It’s fear.

All emotions basically fall under one of two categories — love-based emotions of fear-based.

Our emotions direct the choices we make daily. Our emotional state informs the decision we take in our lives. They create the action we take towards our dreams, goals… life!

Productive emotions will produce productive actions, choices, and decisions.

On the other hand, unproductive emotions will produce unproductive actions, choices, and decisions.

Love-based emotions include love, hope, joy, gratitude, peace, faith, trust, confidence, happiness, connection, forgiveness, openness, passion, freedom, harmony, honesty, beauty, compassion, self-love, self-appreciation, respect, acceptance, understanding, etc.

Fear-based emotions include fear, anger, grief, shame, guilt, bitterness, judgment, jealously, frustration, doubt, insecurity, etc.

Hating your body is an action informed by fear-based emotions.

Dieting is a choice we make directed by fear of being fat.

Love-based choices liberate.

Conversely, fear-based choice constrict.

In today’s episode, I’ll teach how this decision filter – Love versus Fear directs decisions you take daily towards your life.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What does love versus fear mean? * How to make love-based choices instead of fear-based decisions * Walk through a clear and relatable example of choosing love versus fear

View Details

Women don’t diet because they enjoy dieting.

Women who diet do it because they think they have to.

From a very young age, women have been socialized that they are their physical bodies. Women have internalized that their worth is associated with their body and its ability to achieve the expectation from diet culture.

Not sure... let’s look at research released by Dove, for their ‘Self-Esteem Project’, It found that 96% of women in the UK reported feeling anxious about the way they look, compared with 86% in China, 72% in Brazil and 61% in the US. Only 4% of the women in all the countries surveyed would consider themselves ‘beautiful’, and by the time girls reach 17, 78% will be ‘unhappy with their bodies’.

Helping women leave and recover from diet culture is a feminist issue.

In today’s episode, we will discover why as health professionals, we need to adopt a specific non-diet approach for women.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

Why a non-diet approach specific to women?
Feminism & diet culture
The intersection between diet culture & women history
Women socialization to diet culture
Women internalization of diet culture
Dieting is a feminist issue
Women empowerment
Non-diet Approach for women Professional Training
Non-diet Approach for women mentorship

Links mentioned in the episode... Mentorship Program

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

Women Food and Power

View Details

Body fantasies sound like this:

“When I finally lose weight I will ______”
or
“If my body could be different I would ______”
or
“If I could look younger I would _____”

And you can fill the blank of what will happen once you get to live your body fantasies with one or many of these:

I will be happy
I will feel lighter
I will be sexy
I will be confident and do _____
I’ll get the promotion I deserve
I will be successful and I’ll achieve ____
I’ll feel good about myself
I’ll start dating
I’ll be more outgoing
I will finally fit in the clothes that I used to love to wear
I will be more confident
I will go out and enjoy life
I will be a better sexual partner
I will be desired by my partner
I will feel more confident
My life will be easier
Moving my body will be easier
I’ll be able to stop eating when full
I’ll be relax
I’ll be healthier
My mom will finally stop commenting on my body
My kids won’t feel a shame to be with me
Etc…....

Body fantasies definition

It’s when you believe that life will unlock all that you be wanting once you get the body that you consider to the perfect or at least good enough

It’s when you believe you put things on hold because you haven’t GOT that fantasy body, that illusionary body that will ALLOW you to be happy, healthy, and confident… and sexy lol!

When you obsessed about losing weight, reshaping your body, reducing your wrinkle lines, become optimally healthier, control your food so you can finally change your appearance and unlock your dream life

It’s when one of the most important parts of your personal life is about changing your body.

It's when you put your life on hold until you feel deserving enough

On today’s episode you’ll learn listening to this episode:

What are body fantasies?
Do you have body fantasies thoughts?
Where does body fantasies come from?
The intersection between body objectification and internalization
Opting out of body fantasies

Mentioned on the show: Women Food and Power

Conquer & Thrive Program

Breakthrough Consultation

Get Started with Intuitive Eating – Free Guide

View Details

In the first three years of clinical practice, I thought I was addressing the root cause of my patient health concerns.

In my training in holistic health & functional medicine, we are trained on addressing the underlying or root cause of chronic disease, taking into account the whole person including their environment, genetics, and lifestyle factors. Addressing the root cause is fundamental philosophy and honestly, the pride of alternative health approaches: resolving the root cause vs. just dealing with side effects.

I was asking a lot of questions and doing an in-depth assessment with the goal of uncovering the “real issue” that no other health professional had identified yet. This unidentified root cause was, as per my training in functional medicine the reason why my clients were “still struggling”.

Was I really addressing the real root cause”?

In today’s episode, I open the discussion to find out if we really addressing the real root cause with our traditional health coaching and nutrition model?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode:

What’s the real root cause?
Why healing the root cause is so important
Weight stigma
Fatphobia
Body Image healing
Health can be weight neutral
How the non-diet approach address the real root cause

Links mentioned in the episode... Women Food and Power

Mentorship Program

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

PRO Podcast Series - Full Listing

View Details

What are you hungry for? What are we truly hungry for? Is it food? If it was, then eating will appease our hungers. But it doesn’t. That we crave, overeat, binge we never feel full. It’s not enough and feels like it’s never going to be enough. So, if food was the answer to our hunger then we would feel full. But it’s not.

Could it be that what we are hungry for is not food? Is it possible that we “think” is food hunger is actually a hunger for something else?

What I’m proposing to you today in this episode is to consider that what you think is a food issue is not. I would like you to consider that hunger can be for something else beyond food.

In this episode of What are you hungry for, we will: * explore two basic human needs that could present itself as hunger but aren’t need for food * explore how you can satisfy these basic human needs

Know that this information we share today in this episode is extremely powerful and can cause you to be upset at first... and it’s ok. It’s part of the healing process.

“The truth will set you free, but first it will piss you off.” -Gloria Steinem

Mentioned on the show: Women Food and Power

Breakthrough Consultation

View Details

Any non-diet business coaching must include a segment on non-diet marketing.

For many, the words marketing is “yucky” or even “salesy”. Many of my new intuitive eating business students at first will tell me “I hate that part of my job”. Is that you, too?

If you are a health professional and have a private practice, then marketing is a vital part of your business. This is even more relevant for non-diet approach health practice.

To help you fall in love with marketing so that you can thrive in your business, this article will discuss…

Understand the non-diet business coaching framework

The best non-diet marketing strategy

The 3 pillars of non-diet marketing

Pillar 1: Ideal Client Readiness

Pillar 2: Emotional Connection

Pillar 3: Nurturing

Non-diet Professional Training Center

Non-diet mentorship program

Links mentioned in the episode... Webinar Non-Diet Marketing

Mentorship Program

Free Intake Forms

PRO Series – Free Training & Resources

PRO podcast series – Full listing

View Details

In today's episode, we'll listen to an Academy student's 40-year battle with food and body image... In today’s episode, I’m joined by Ann Killin, a student of the Going Beyond the Food Academy. Ann agreed to share her story on the podcast to help other women take the step forward in healing in their relationship with food and body.

Ann is being very vulnerable and open about her life journey. She shares how her struggle was brought on by a single comment from her father. The struggle then continued for 40 years...

In this episode, we discussed: * How one single comment from a caregiver triggered a 40-year battle with body image and food. * The side effects of chronic dieting throughout her life. * How she attracted partners, relationships that match her level of love towards herself. * The health crisis that triggered her to do her work to heal her relationship to food. * The reason why reading the intuitive eating book wasn’t enough for her * Advice Ann would give to anyone listening that she wished someone would have told her.

Mentioned on the show: Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get Started –Free Guide

View Details

Diet mindset professional training was not available when I started my transition to a non-diet approach to nutrition and health as a clinical nutritionist; I had to figure it out on my own. Piece it all together…

I shared my professional transition that my client Carolyn triggered in First Do No Harm: The Intuitive Eating Mentorship Journey. I argued that the current model of practice for a nutrition professional top-down approach is causing more harm to a particular segment of our clients. The female yo-yo dieter...which is, unfortunately, the vast majority of our client population.

The solution: The bottom-up approach. Start first with addressing the diet mindset so you can talk about nutrition and health later in the journey.

In this article, we will cover:

Diet Mindset Professional Training

How human make food choices

How the diet mindset develops

Common thought errors

Diet Brain: The adaptation

Self-Coaching for Intuitive eating

Links mentioned in the episode... Mentorship Program

Intuitive Eating Intake forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

PRO podcast series – Full listing

Set Point Podcast

Self-Coaching Article

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore sugar cravings and intuitive eating “Is it bad to have sugar cravings?”

“Why does our body crave sweets?”

“Is sugar addictive?”

“Why eating sugar leads to binging?”

“What is my body trying to tell me when I crave sugar?”

“Why do I crave sugar at night?”

These are all normal and almost expected questions given the current perspective of our society (read here diet culture) on sugar these days. As a result, many of my community members have been asking these questions. You likely do as well.

Fat is bad ... no, no, now it’s sugar!

30 years ago, it was fat. Everyone was absolutely convinced that fat is a food of great danger. We avoided it at all costs. Created food and diets that were “low fat”.

Fast forward to today... we giggle at this moment of history. Now, we have shifted to sugar being the villain. What will we say 30 years from now?

Human loves dichotomy. It makes us feel safe. It makes our food choice simple.

Facts are: fat is good. Sugar is bad. Nutrition is not that simple. This reductionist approach to food is called nutritionism. Looking at food at the nutrient level only is inaccurate and dangerous.

People don’t eat nutrition, they eat food. – Margaret Mead Our brain wants sugar

The human brain is what drives food choice. Not intellectual knowledge around nutrition and health.

The human brain loves sweet flavor for one good reason: sweet food is typically food that is dense in calories. Calories to the human brain mean fuel and survival.

We dig deep into this notion in the podcast.

Sugar addiction

The concept of sugar being addictive is not supported by science. Science is clear that the addictive behavior in rats around sugar is only present when sugar is restricted.

We will unpack this complex topic in the podcast.

Sugar and inflammation

The last segment of this podcast episode is around the fact that sugar is a pro-inflammatory food and therefore should be avoided. At least this is the argument of the wellness and health industry to make us fear sugar.

But is it? We will explore this on the podcast.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode about sugar cravings and intuitive eating: * Why human love food dichotomy * Nutritionism * Why the human body craves sugar * The state of sugar & food addiction * Sugar cravings good or bad * How intuitive eating engage with sugar cravings

View Details

In today’s episode, we are going to explain what an intuitive eating business is really about. Starting an intuitive eating business can be overwhelming and scary. Even those that have a regular health practice to transition to a non-diet model can be frightening.

We will reveal what steps you should take to create a heart-centered intuitive eating business that will be successful.

In this episode, we will cover:

  • What is the business of intuitive eating?
  • What is an Intuitive Eating Coach?
  • Serving versus Selling non-diet model of business.
  • Who do we serve in an intuitive eating business
  • The first step to start an intuitive eating business
  • Why Non-Diet Business coaching is different
  • What is a Non-Diet Mentorship program?

Links mentioned on the episode Mentorship Program

Intuitive Eating Intake forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

PRO podcast series – Full listing

View Details

In today’s episode, we are going to explain what an intuitive eating business is really about. Starting an intuitive eating business can be overwhelming and scary. Even those that have a regular health practice to transition to a non-diet model can be frightening.

We will reveal what steps you should take to create a heart-centered intuitive eating business that will be successful.

In this episode, we will cover:

  • What is the business of intuitive eating?
  • What is an Intuitive Eating Coach?
  • Serving versus Selling non-diet model of business.
  • Who do we serve in an intuitive eating business
  • The first step to start an intuitive eating business
  • Why Non-Diet Business coaching is different
  • What is a Non-Diet Mentorship program?

Links mentioned on the episode Mentorship Program

Intuitive Eating Intake forms

PRO Series – Free Training & resources

PRO podcast series – Full listing

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore the #1 enemy to intuitive eating, internalized fatphobia

“You are so beautiful Stephanie! …. It’s ok for you to be bigger but not for me.”

Not that I hear this statement a lot when I meet women but most often when we have known each other for a bit.

This statement or something similar will be shared typically when my students are struggling with their journey in becoming an intuitive eater. These women try really hard but something is just not clicking. It’s like something is holding them back to fully engage with their internal nutritionist.

Internalized Fatphobia What is holding them back is their own fear of fat. Their internalized weight stigma after years of being exposed to diet culture. Their own phobia of being fat; internalized fatphobia.

That’s the #1 enemy to their journey of becoming an intuitive eater.

And it’s normal. To some degree, completely expected considering the society in which we live in. Western societies are fatphobic societies. Modern societies are sizist societies laden with sizeism, the discrimination based upon a person’s body size.

We have been conditioned from a very early age to fear being fat. We’ve heard comments about people’s body size, our body has been commented on, we also commented on other people’s bodies; all along thinking this was “normal” behavior. To some degree, “justified”.

Until one day, you realize that you have become your own oppressor. You have bought so deeply in society sizeism that you have become your own abuser. It's when you have convinced yourself that you do not deserve the same things, the same treatment that thin people get.

Intuitive Eating and Fatphobia When you live in a mind that is fatphobic, the fear of being fat will stump your ability to release food rules and experience food freedom. The fear of being fat is greater than the love for being free.

Intuitive Eating requires unconditional permission to eat. That’s the sticking point with internalized fatphobia. When your fear of being fat is greater than the love for being free, you will not give yourself full permission to eat. Point.

Working through your internalized fatphobia then becomes the next step in your journey.

Intuitive Eating: Teacher Body Size

The unspoken truth is the unconscious impact of your intuitive eating teacher’s/ therapist’s body size on your internalized fatphobia.

If you are in a large body and your teacher is in a small body, you may have an unconscious aspiration that intuitive eating will deliver a smaller body for you as it did for your intuitive eating leader.

In fact, many women who live with undetected internalized fatphobia will select their teacher/ therapist based on their body size. That choice will fuel their internalized fatphobia and keep them stuck in their intuitive eating journey.

“You can’t be what you can’t see” - Victoria Welsby

In today’s episode, we welcome Victoria Welsby. Victoria is a world-leading expert on body image and confidence, TEDx speaker, and best-selling author. She went from being homeless, abused with self-esteem that was achingly low into the courageous fat activist and change maker she is today. Victoria helps people fall in love with themselves and is dedicated to shifting the way society views fat bodies.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is internalize fatphobia * Determine if you are fatphobic * What to do with fatphobic thoughts * The interplay between fatphobia and intuitive eating * The body size of your intuitive eating teacher influences your own fatphobia * Intersection between feminism & internalized fatphobia

Mentioned on the show: Get Started –Intuitive Eating Guide

The Intuitive Eating Project

Fierce Fatty Podcast

Victoria Ted X Talk

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

Welcome to Season 1 of the Beyond The Food PRO podcast series.

This 8-part podcast series is created to educate female health professionals on a non-diet approach to food, weight, and health.

In today’s episode, we discuss how we may be causing harm to our clients and patients by delivering nutrition services. By following a traditional model of nutrition and health care for women we may be aggravating an underlying condition and symptoms.

In this episode, I share my patient Caroline (fictitious name) story along with how she changed my practice forever.

Caroline had a disordered relationship with food due to years of chronic dieting. All of my assessment tools and training never accounted for this condition simply because of the traditional medical system chronic dieting is “normal” ... yet it has devastating health consequences.

Here’s what we cover in this intuitive eating mentorship episode:

  • My client Caroline’s story
  • As a nutrition expert, are we causing harm to our clients?

    • What is a non-diet approach to food & weight
    • How to shift to a non-diet approach in a professional practice
    • Continuing to earn a living while not selling weight loss
    • How to get started with a non-diet approach to health

    If you would like to listen to the article in audio format the Going Beyond The Food Show – Pro Series Season 1 Episode 1

Links mentioned on the episode PRO Series – Free Training & resources

Mentorship Program

Intuitive Eating Intake forms

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about the five stages of intuitive eating The journey of becoming an intuitive eater is very different than the one of dieting...here we will look into the five stages of intuitive eating.

We have to understand that becoming an intuitive eater is a process. It’s a process of restoring a safe of trust with our bodies that were rob from us when we became a dieter. Furthermore, it’s a process of healing.

Healing is not linear. It’s filled with ups and downs.

Self-compassion is at the root of intuitive eating. It’s the foundation of all practices of intuitive eating and the attitude that will allow you to successfully make peace with food and your body.

Therefore, intuitive eating is about rebuilding a relationship of trust and respect with our innate body wisdom.

The stages of intuitive eating Your willingness to see your journey with curiosity instead of judgment is the key process of navigating these five stages of becoming an intuitive eater.

  1. Readiness
  2. Exploration
  3. Crystallization
  4. Intuitive eater awakening
  5. Intuitive eater

What you'll learn listening to this episode about the five stages of intuitive eating: 1. The stages of any transformation 2. Signs you are ready to start the journey of intuitive eating 3. What to consider as you start your journey of intuitive eating 4. Five Stages of Intuitive Eating 5. The duration of each stage

Mentioned on the show: Get started with intuitive eating– Free Guide

Non-Diet PRO – Get Started

Intuitive Eating Project

Intuitive Eating Resources

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore intuitive eating for the family, successful integration with Dr. Jillian and Sally “The last thing I want to do is to pass my food issue to my kids”- This is a quote of many of my new clients and students.

The majority of women in my community share my story of being introduced to the world of dieting at an early age. And for years we believed that it’s the way to go to control our eating and improve our body image.

Until such time, we finally realized that diet doesn’t work. It’s just a band-aid solution to something that needs a permanent solution.

We don’t want to pass this kind of relationship to food to our children.

We don’t want them to live their whole lives restricting, which actually brings about more craving.

Instead, we want them to practice intuitive eating and learn to be competent eaters as they grow up.

But how do you raise your kids to become competent eaters and body confident?

How do you undo years of restrictive eating with your kids and family mindset?

In this episode of the podcast, we have two guests to help you with these questions:

Dr. Jillian Murphy, a Doctor of Naturopathic Medicine focused on family and children eating patterns. She uses up-to-date eating psychology, clinical insight & guidance around diet culture, health, and weight to teach individuals WHY they stay stuck in negative patterns around food and constant body dissatisfaction.

Sally Glaspie, a mother of 3 who recently became an intuitive eater after years of dieting. She studied in our Intuitive Eating Project 5-week program where she learned how to become an intuitive eater.

What we talked about in today's episode of intuitive eating for the family, successful integration: 1. The process to normalize food with children 2. The division of responsibility between children and parents. 3. The competent eater model versus intuitive eating model 4. Words to use with toddler, kids, and teens 5. Developing critical thinking in our children about food choices 6. Gluten police: what happens when you stop restricting gluten 7. How to address the sweet foods and sugar 8. How to address nutrition education from school

Can’t wait to hear your feedback!

Mentioned on the show: Free Intuitive Eating for Kids Podcast Series

Ellyn Satter’s Books

The Intuitive Eating Project

Never heard of Intuitive Eating and want to get a free introduction?

Get your free guide to intuitive eating here

Connect with Dr. Jillian Murphy Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore non-diet health strategies, supporting your well-being and immune system. The last thing we need is more stress or fear-mongering health scare.

We need love, hope, and ease. And, that’s what I intend to give you in this episode of the podcast.

In this episode, I’ll teach you non-diet, non-restrictive health & wellness strategies for today’s situation that require no supplements or special products...and specific for women who struggle with food and body image.

These well-being strategies are compatible with intuitive eating & health at every size. These tools are part of and are grounded in a weight-neutral approach to health.

These are what you'll learn listening to this episode: * The one thing we must all do as women to support our health in this special time. * 5 tactics to support your health specific to women struggling with food and body image should adopt now. No restrictions, special products or supplements required. * Why "boosting" your immune system is just another gimmick from diet culture and what to do instead. * The real reason you are experiencing anxiety and stress and one free solution that will be a game-changer

This is a weird time sister. I’m here for you and I hope this episode will serve you and your family.

No matter what’s going on in your corner of the globe, I want you to know that I’m sending you and your family love.

No matter how this global situation has affected you and your family, I want you to know that I’m thinking of you and our community.

I’m committed to showing up in ways that contribute to this being a healing experience for all of us.

With love,

Stephanie

Mentioned on the show: Free Self-Care Checklist Access Here

Complete Masterclass Access Here

Free Download Podcast Roadmap Here

The Intuitive Eating Project

Instructor lead program

Support group with lifetime access

Coupon for $50 off: PEACE50 until April 14th 2020.

Register here: Join the Intuitive Eating Project

Reference Article: Health Beyond Dieting

View Details

In today's episode, we'll learn how to manage your mind and emotions in time of the coronavirus This is a very special episode of the podcast... for the first time ever I’m sharing the recording of a coaching call from the Going Beyond the Food Academy.

I’ve never done this before... these are special times with the coronavirus.

In this episode, you will learn how to manage your mind and emotions with COVID-19; * The Coronavirus is a neutral event…. * The #1 thing you can do to remain calm * How to process your emotions with COVID-19 * How to use the self-coaching model in the context of uncertainty * Why our old behaviors & thoughts resurface with uncertainty * If you only do one thing do this ONE

Mentioned on the show: FREE Emergency resource

Canadian National Eating Disorder Information Center Hotline: 1-866-633-4220

USA National Eating Disorders Toll-Free Number: 1-800-931-2237

Free Non-Diet Health Class

Free Download Podcast Roadmap Here

The Intuitive Eating Project

Instructor lead program

Support group with lifetime access

Coupon for $50 off: PEACE50 until April 14th 2020.

Register here: Join the Intuitive Eating Project

Join Going Beyond The Food Academy

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about stress eating in the time of uncertainty.

I keep thinking about a time in the future when we will be older, sitting on the porch rocking our chairs, recalling this time.

We will remember the time the Coronavirus came into our lives and made us go within.

We were isolated, became quiet.

That’s what happened to me.

I first made sure I was safe and that my loved ones were taken care of.

Then I asked myself…

How does Beyond The Food fit into this?

What is my role? How can I lead?

I turned to you and asked what you needed.

The answer came quickly: stress eating, diet thoughts, health.

So I went to work for you...

What you’ll learn listening to this episode on stress eating in this time of uncertainty: * Why we stress eat in time of uncertainty * Normalize what is going on right now with your eating * Explain why the desire to control and diet are coming back * Give 5 tools to help with stress eating * Answer questions submitted by listeners

Mentioned on the show: FREE Emergency resource

Canadian National Eating Disorder Information Center Hotline: 1-866-633-4220

USA National Eating Disorders Toll-Free Number: 1-800-931-2237

FREE Podcast resources

Podcast 220 – Cycle of binging

Podcast 211- The gift emotional eating

Podcast 228- 5 steps to self-care

The Intuitive Eating Project

Instructor lead program

Support group with lifetime access

Coupon for $50 off: PEACE50 until April 14th 2020.

Register here:

View Details

In today's episode, we'll learn about your child's body image. “How can I positively influence my child's body image?” That’s a reoccurring thought in many mom’s minds.

Many moms will say openly: “The last thing I want to teach my daughter is to pass on my issues with food and body”.

If this is you, you’ve got to listen to this episode of the Going Beyond The Food Show. I recently discovered an amazing book that will help you as a mom to open the communication about body image with your child “Her Body Can”, @herbodybooks.

As many know, I strongly believe in lived experience and I’m not a mother so... I asked a mom to come on the show and chat about this. She’s also the author of this powerful children's body image book.

Our guest for this very important topic is Katie Crenshaw. Katie is a mom of 3 children between the age of 3-11 years old.

Katie is a lifestyle blogger and the author of Her Body Can. "Her Body Can" is a #1 Best-selling Children's Book of poetic self-love and body positivity declarations for all young girls.

Her book aims to encourage our girls to create a reality for themselves in which they love themselves and their bodies for exactly who and what they are, instead of learning to judge themselves and hate their bodies for what they are not.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Katie’s experience as a mom of 3 with body image conversation * How a former chronic dieter, now a mom of 3, engage with food with her family * The role of mom in the evolution of kids’ body image * A very important message for all moms

Mentioned on the show: Her Body Can Book - Purchase

Body Acceptance Project

Intuitive Eating Project

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

View Details

In today's episode, we'll learn about your child's body image. “How can I positively influence my child's body image?” That’s a reoccurring thought in many mom’s minds.

Many moms will say openly: “The last thing I want to teach my daughter is to pass on my issues with food and body”.

If this is you, you’ve got to listen to this episode of the Going Beyond The Food Show. I recently discovered an amazing book that will help you as a mom to open the communication about body image with your child “Her Body Can”, @herbodybooks.

As many know, I strongly believe in lived experience and I’m not a mother so... I asked a mom to come on the show and chat about this. She’s also the author of this powerful children's body image book.

Our guest for this very important topic is Katie Crenshaw. Katie is a mom of 3 children between the age of 3-11 years old.

Katie is a lifestyle blogger and the author of Her Body Can. "Her Body Can" is a #1 Best-selling Children's Book of poetic self-love and body positivity declarations for all young girls.

Her book aims to encourage our girls to create a reality for themselves in which they love themselves and their bodies for exactly who and what they are, instead of learning to judge themselves and hate their bodies for what they are not.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Katie’s experience as a mom of 3 with body image conversation * How a former chronic dieter, now a mom of 3, engage with food with her family * The role of mom in the evolution of kids’ body image * A very important message for all moms

Mentioned on the show: Her Body Can Book - Purchase

Body Acceptance Project

Intuitive Eating Project

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about how the fear of gaining weight is holding you back. “I’m terrified to gain weight!”

So, we did a survey a few weeks back following the opening of the Going Beyond The Food Academy and we ask women who have shown interest in joining the program and ended up not to – why? Why did they decide not to join us?

The answers were fascinating and very revealing...

  • “I can’t seem to overcome the fear of weight gain and trust the process”
  • “I haven’t FULLY been able to embrace ALL of the sides of not dieting yet.”
  • “Want to believe that weight doesn’t play a role in how I feel physically but I can’t... so I need to lose weight”
  • “In certain ways, when I get to a certain weight and physically can’t do things comfortably so I need to lose weight”
  • “So, I’m not fatphobic. It’s ok for others to be overweight. I support them but for me it’s different. I don’t feel comfortable at a higher weight so I have to manage my weight.”
  • “Terrified of gaining more weight”
  • “I am EXTREMELY uncomfortable so I need to resolve this first”
  • “I’m afraid to try a non-diet approach as I think I’ll gain weight”.

I know I was right there with all of these women 8 years ago when I first encountered the concept of not dieting. I stayed stuck there for 3 years... painfully stuck!

The Fear of gaining weight First thing, we all need to realize the mere fact that you have entertained the possibility of not buying into diet culture anymore as a celebration.

That you are considering becoming free from the shackles of dieting and body hatred to me is a win! So yeah to you...

And yes, you are right as you realize that in diet culture, stop restricting food and over-exercising you may gain weight. It’s a possibility. Just like not gaining weight is also a possibility, so is losing weight.

What you are realizing is that you will need to let go of control. That’s what is freaking you out. Not being in control. The freedom and the self-confidence you are seeking by being here, reading this post, listening to the podcast will only be accessible to you when you become willing to not be in control.

One cannot be free and yet be in control. Freedom means accepting to go with the flow.

And that’s scary...

Your body is in charge of your weight Your body in all of its beauty and complication is really the one in charge of your weight. That’s why diets do not work. Dieting moves you in a false belief that if you can’t work hard enough and think hard enough about how to control food and exercise, you will be in control of your weight.

Letting go of this belief is the work...

In this episode of the Going Beyond The Food Show, we will dissect this fear of gaining weight together.

What you'll learn when you listen in today's episode: * Why it’s normal to be concerned with weight gain * Where the fear of weight gain comes from * The link between fear of weight gain and your power * 4 steps to overcome the fear of weight gain

Mentioned on the show: Register for March 2020 Education Workshop

Health Mastery Program

Get Started with Intuitive Eating

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore eating intuitively with diabetes.

Can you blend intuitive eating and diabetes together?

I know this may feel counter-intuitive. As a matter of fact, I hear and get this question very frequently because let’s be honest, food restriction and weight loss are what Dr.Google tells us we must do in order to live with diabetes. Unfortunately, as with most health education available on the internet, it’s not the whole truth...or the truth at all.

I wanted to create the ultimate guide to help you with your diabetes journey and intuitive eating... and I did!

This is a collaboration with two colleagues that are expert in the treatment of diabetes under the lens of Health at Every Size and Intuitive Eating.

Rebecca Scritchfield is a Washington DC-based Registered Dietitian Nutritionist and Certified Exercise Physiologist. And, she has been practicing weight inclusive, HAES care since 2008. Rebecca is also the author of the book Body Kindness and the host of the Body Kindness podcast.

Glenys Oyston is a Los Angeles-based Registered Dietitian Nutritionist. In addition, she has been practicing a HAESÂŽ philosophy since 2010 and has provided extensive diabetes education for the past five years. Glenys is co-host of the Dietitians Unplugged podcast.

What we cover in this episode of eating intuitively with diabetes: * Is weight-loss the solution to treating diabetes? * 5 most frequent myths about diabetes debunk * The Health at Every Size approach to treating diabetes * Where to find resources to integrate a non-restrictive approach to preventing and treating diabetes.

Be sure to access the full blog for all the free resources!

Mentioned on the show: Health Mastery Workshop

The Ultimate Guide to Intuitive Eating and Diabetes

HAES care for Diabetes Program

Free HAES & Intuitive eating guide to diabetes management

Where to find a HAES health professional:

  1. https://www.sizediversityandhealth.org/
  2. https://haescommunity.com/search/
  3. https://www.intuitiveeating.org/certified-counselors/

Connect with Rebecca Website

Instagram

Facebook

Connect with Glenys Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

,

In today's episode, we'll explore the anti-diet approach to health, the 5 steps to genuine self-care Does adopting an anti-diet lifestyle mean not focusing on health?

For people who have adopted intuitive eating answering this question will be obvious: NO!

For anyone looking from the outside that doesn’t understand (or for may know of) what the framework of intuitive eating, the answer is not so clear: You mean not following a diet is healthy? Umm...

I get it... we live in a society that is not only laden with fatphobia but has a twisted perspective of what healthy eating should be. Health experts and diet gurus have led us to a false belief that in order to be healthy one must be on a diet.

The anti-diet approach to health starts with these 5 steps to genuine self-care.

The healthiest diet is no diet at all In fact, the healthiest diet that one person can be on is no diet at all.

Adopting an anti-diet lifestyle actually means choosing health first. It means learning to care for your body in all aspects: mental, emotional and yes physical.

Adopting an anti-diet lifestyle means choosing a self-care eating framework that teaches you to have a healthy and sustainable relationship to food: intuitive eating.

Adopting an anti-diet lifestyle means choosing to care for your entire body, not just your physical appearance and body weight from a place of love instead of fear.

It means moving your body from a place of joy instead of calorie deficit.

Practicing it means setting boundaries so you can sleep better and longer. It means choosing food that makes you feel good instead of cycles of restriction and overeating, it means consistency in your effort towards health.

You can’t hate yourself to health In the same way, you can’t bully your body into smaller weight, you can’t bully your body into health.

Your body isn’t broken or isn't more “disciplined”. Your body needs love, care, and kindness. The truth is, your current state of health is the result of a complex mechanism of adaptation your body has chosen to adopt in an effort to keep you alive.

From your body weight to your pain and disease: it was all created in an effort to keep you moving forward in the current environment.

Your innate body wisdom knows what you need to stay alive. If you can see this, you will then be able to trust and respect your body and strive to support it and care for it.

Health beyond dieting is possible. Health beyond weight loss is the future.

Achieving health isn’t possible Health can never be achieved once and for all. It is a state of adaptation and will ebb and flow with life. As a matter of fact, health will vary with each stage of life, event, and bacteria your encounter.

Health is a continuum and requires constant vigilance in monitoring and constant efforts in supporting your body's innate wisdom as it adapts and strives for your survival.

How you can best support your body is the real question you must ask yourself. Choosing self-care instead a rigid health tactic is the best avenue when it comes to human health.

Striving for Self-care Self-care is any activity that we do deliberately in order to take care of our mental, emotional, and physical health.

Self-care is “something that refuels us, rather than takes from us.” as Agnes Wainman explained.

It is not a set of rigid restrictions and activities that we dread doing and use our willpower to ensure we do daily.

Moreover, self-care isn’t a selfish act either. It is not only about considering only our needs but it's also about knowing what we need in order to take care of ourselves, being subsequently, able to take care of others as well.

As a matter of fact, self-care is realizing that if I don’t take enough care of myself, I won’t be in the place to give to my loved ones either.

Self-care means different things to different people because we are all different and our body needs different things. That is why there isn’t one diet for all humans...

It starts with a good relationship with self. For that, we must trust and respect our bodies in a space of neutrality so we can give it what it needs.

Health Mastery Program The Going Beyond The Food Health Mastery is a program designed to teach women how to help support their body and their health in a weight neutral and anti-diet perspective.

The Going Beyond the Food Health Mastery program is rooted in the Going Beyond The Food Method™️, a proprietary methodology that was created by Stephanie Dodier, Clinical Nutritionist. It is primarily designed to help women make peace with food and their body. It’s a five-step process that includes mindset, emotional regulation, mindfulness, body neutrality, and intuitive eating.

The outcome of the Going Beyond the Food philosophy is the empowerment of women in their ability to care for their body and health in a respectful and consistent way. Women are able to focus their efforts on health outcomes beyond dieting and weight loss. The Health Mastery program is rooted in a weight-neutral approach to health.

In today's episode of our podcast, we will discuss the 5 steps women must stake towards genuine self-care so that they can engage with their health in a space of consistency and love and ready to take their journey in mastering their health...

What you'll learn listening to this episode on the anti-diet approach to health: * The intention we must have towards our health to be successful in caring for our body * The one aspect of our health that we must accept * Why making peace with food and our body is required for success * The 4 key values you must have towards yourself * The tool that can help you implement self-care and health-promoting behavior

Mentioned on the show: Health Mastery Program

Podcast 208

Podcast 227

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore about Healthism: The Desire to Be Healthy Gone Wrong with Dana Sturtevant -Be Nourished

(Warning: Explicit Content) Healthism is a term new to most of us.

Healthism can be defined as the preoccupation with personal health as a primary focus for the definition and achievement of well-being; a goal which is to be attained primarily through the modification of lifestyles.

When I first read on healthism 6 or 7 years ago, I refute the concept. I thought it was my duty and the duty of all humans to do everything they could to be healthy.... that was my profession at the time. To motivate, push, and teach my clients to pursue health at all costs.

The Dark Side of Healthy Living The truth is when I first encounter healthism and health at every size, I was knee-deep in wellness culture. I had recently realized that diet didn’t work and traded my pursue of thinness for a more politically correct journey, “the pursuit of optimal health”.

For the last 25 years, I had dieted, controlled food, & exercised obsessively, lost and gain weight always to come back to the same point. The pursuit of health seems like the most logical option … if I’m healthy, I’ll lose the “unhealthy weight”.

I studied every branch of alternative health medicine, in the hopes of finding what was wrong with my health so that I could finally be healthy “inside and out”.

Obsessing about finding a solution that would unlock health, I spent thousands of $ in education, training, testing, and flying around the world to consult with health experts, cleanse, supplements, detox, etc.

Judging myself for not being as healthy as it was possible, I was in a “healthy battle” with my body. I was going to force my body into the health status that I thought was going my best life.

Healthism: Diet Culture Upgraded Version Healthism is in a way the upgraded version of Diet culture. Instead of judging people based on their “thinness”, it judges folks based on their health.

Healthism judges people’s worth according to their health instead of weight. It holds health as something that everyone should value and attain just like “thinness” or “healthy BMI”.

Healthism judges people based on their desire to attain health and their efforts towards attaining health. It believes it is one person’s duty to work hard to strive for health. If you are not doing so, there’s something wrong with you.

Healthism, just like diet culture uses guilt and shame in an effort to “motivate” people to work harder to achieve better health.

Healthism believes that health is the sole responsibility of the individual and says that a person’s health is based on their decision and behaviors. Just like I, Diet Culture see bodyweight as an outcome of one’s decision and behaviors.

Healthism completely disregards the many other determinants of health including inequality, access to healthcare, trauma, oppression, genetics, etc... again just like diet culture.

The solution is body trust My ill pursuit of health lasted 4 years. At the beginning of my forties, I realized that what I was really chasing for the last 30 years wasn’t going to come as a result of a thinner body or optimal health...

The thing that I was chasing was never going to be caught because it was already here. In other words, I had it within me all this time.

I was worthy right here, right now. My self-worth was never going to be a result of what my body looked like or how healthy it was. I was born worthy.

Today, I’m on a journey now of rebuilding a relationship of trust, respect, and neutrality with myself and my body.

Healthism: The desire to be healthy gone wrong with Dana Sturtevant In this episode of the podcast, we will explore the ramification of healthism with an expert in the topic, Dana Sturtevant.

Dana Sturtevant is the co-founder of Be Nourished, LLC. She is a registered dietitian, educator, and trainer whose work focuses on humanizing health care.

She co-founded and a co-creator of Body Trust®— a strength-based, trauma-informed, scientifically grounded healing modality that encourages movement towards a compassionate, weight-inclusive model of radical self-care to address body oppression, heal body shame and associated patterns of chronic dieting and disordered eating.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is healthism * How does healthism show up in day to day life * How can we sit with health uncertainty * Body Trust as a solution * How body trust is disrupted by trauma, weight stigma

Mentioned on the show: Health Mastery Registration

Body Trust Summit

How Healthism Impact Care Webinar

Body Respect Book

Intuitive Eating Get Started Guide

Supporting Articles: Nutritionism

Healthism

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore fat fertility & pregnancy with Nicola Salmon & Ashley Dorough It was a Tuesday night in early December and I was scrolling through my Instagram feed and started watching stories from my friend and client Ashley Dorough.

What I saw was highly disturbing... it sent a chill down my spine. Testimonial after testimonial of women’s fertility journey:

“I had to get a lap band surgery to be accepted in a fertility treatment”

“The fertility clinic is refusing to treat me because of my weight”

“I don’t want to go on a diet nor don’t I believe in intentional weight loss but I have no choice... no weight loss no baby according to the specialist”

“At every appointment, both the nurse and doctor shamed me because of my weight... they say I put my baby at risk because I’m not trying hard enough to lose weight... and this, while being pregnant.”

“I have PCOS and my specialist is refusing to do any treatment before I lose weight. No choice but to diet.”

Yes, all of these testimonials are 100% true... all of these are from real women.

... and yes, before you ask, these were from the year 2020.

Daily, women in “overweight” BMI body are refused medical fertility treatment because of their body weight and if they do get pregnant then they are fat-shamed once more because of their body weight.

When You’re Told You’re Too Fat to Get Pregnant As a good professional, I started doing my research... I googled fat fertility. I found this June 2019 article from Virginia Sole-Smith, "When you’re told you’re too fat to get pregnant."

‘Patients are told to lose weight to have a healthy baby. But it’s possible that by doing so, you may be at higher risk for complications than you were before.’- Dr. Legro

Dr. Richard S. Legro, a professor of public health services and chair of obstetrics and gynecology at Penn State University is quoted “I think we’ve been overexaggerating the benefits of preconception weight loss, in fact, a fixation on weight may be leading health care astray.”

The article was filled with research on fertility and pregnancy in higher BMI. Must read for every woman.

After much reading and research, I realized that I didn’t know much about this topic and I needed to educate myself. Most importantly, I needed to raise this issue and use my platform to bring awareness and resources to women struggling with this topic.

This is how this podcast episode was born.

In today’s episode, we have two experts on fat fertility and pregnancy. Being able to say “this is not my area of expertise” is essential in any health professional. Being able to refer to the expert is a sign of wisdom.

So, I sought two experts for today’s episode. One health expert and one lived experience expert.

Nicola Salmon is a fat-positive and feminist fertility coach and author of “Fat and Fertile”. Nicola is an acupuncturist & naturopath practicing in the UK and she supports fat people who want to get pregnant using her unique FAT fertility framework to find their own version of health without diets, advocate for their bodies, relearn how to trust their body and believe in their ability to get pregnant in their current body.

Ashley Dorough is a stylist and fashion blogger at the House of Dorough, the website on her recovery journey from chronic dieting and lived experience in fat fertility and pregnancy. She’s a mama of two.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Is it true that people in bigger bodies have difficulty getting pregnant? * How do you stay positive while trying to get pregnant in a fat body? * How do I stop focusing on my weight and what to do instead? * Proactive things to do when you want to get pregnant in a bigger body * How to Advocate for your body with doctors who won’t treat you. Can they legally decline you? * The risks of being pregnant in a bigger body? Any? * PCOS. Do you have to lose weight to ovulate? * Treatments for fertility in bigger bodies - Does IVF work for people in bigger bodies? * Fertility Diets. Should I cut out carbs?

Mentioned on the show: Going Beyond the Food Academy

New-York Time Article

Fat & Fertile Book

Nicola Free Resources:

Freebie - Fat Person's Guide to Getting Pregnant

Free Resource - IVF and BMI Research Summary

Connect with Nicola Instagram

Free Facebook Group

Website

Connect with Ashley Instagram

Website

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore about post-traumatic dieting disorder, the intersection between trauma and dieting with Irene Lyon For 25 years, I was stuck in fear mode when it came to food. I was obsessed with controlling my eating has this was the only way that I could control my body weight. I was on high alert about food and the way my body appeared to others.

Over time, I unconsciously disconnected myself from my body. In an attempt to self-protect, I numbed myself from feeling my emotions of shame, guilt, fear, and anxiety consistently triggered by diet culture.

If you look up PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder), you’ll find many similarities between this diagnosis and my 25 years of chronic dieting career side effects. Some health experts are describing this similarity as PTDD (Post Traumatic Dieting Disorder).

Post Traumatic Dieting Disorder (PTDD) Dr. Yoni Freedhoff was the first to coin the term PTDD in a 2014 article published in the Globe and Mail:

“Dieting is predicated on suffering and humans aren't built to suffer in perpetuity. Why, despite knowing better, do we blame ourselves when the nonsense fails? Could it be a case of suffering from post-traumatic dieting disorder (PTDD)? Because, really, what are modern-day diets, if not traumas?”

Recurrent restrictive eating may, indeed, feel traumatic and recovering from dieting—not just from emotional or binge-eating—may have lingering traumatic effects. The shame carried on by poor body image or weight stigmas (internalize or externalize) is felt in the depth of the nervous system and perceived as trauma to our body. A violation of our innate sense of worth.

PTDD is not a formal diagnosis rather at this time a collection of symptoms.

The part responsible for this collective of symptoms not being yet considered a condition is the fact that the medical establishment still believes in the due value of diets although research is clear that all diets have a 95% failure rate long term (5 years).

In my opinion, we are 20 years away from fully understanding the ripple effect of chronic dieting in the human mind, body, and spirit.

In today’s episode Our guest for this expert interview is Irene Lyon, a trained nervous system expert. She teaches people around the world how to work with the nervous system to transform trauma, heal body and mind, and live full, creative lives.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What trauma is and what it’s not. * How we relate to food and body impacts our nervous system * The impact of generational dieting * The concept of Post Traumatic Dieting Disorder * Traumatology: How to heal trauma

Mentioned on the show: Healing Trauma free video series

Going Beyond the Food Academy Registration

Dr. Yoni Freedhoff's ARTICLE

Connect with our guest Podcast

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore why intuitive eating isn't working for you I often get messages of this nature “… but intuitive eating isn’t working for me”

Or “Intuitive eating sounds good but it’s not going to work for me because....”

Is this you? I know it was me when I first encounter intuitive eating years ago. After years of chronic dieting, I was convinced that something was wrong with me that couldn’t be fixed by intuitive eating. In some way, I thought I was special...

The truth is you can’t fail at intuitive eating. You can feel “stuck” but in itself, intuitive eating is still working...

Beyond the fact that we were all born intuitive eaters and remain intuitive eaters until we encounter our first diet, intuitive eating in itself is a framework, not a pass or fail program.

And typically that the first reason why intuitive eating doesn’t work for women... we approach it as a diet, not as an eating framework.

Intuitive eating is a complete framework around the entire eating experience. From the thought we have about food, before even eating the food, to the actual eating experience, to the aftermath of eating and all the emotions around the eating.

In this episode, we are going to explore: * + The top 5 reasons why you are struggling with intuitive eating + 4 pillars that need to be present in your intuitive eating journey + 10 case studies from real women as to why they think intuitive eating isn’t working for them + What questions to ask to figure out why IE isn’t working for you

Mentioned on the show: FREE Self-Compassion Workshop

Going Beyond the Food Academy Registration

Get Started with the Intuitive Eating Guide

View Details

In today's episode, we'll explore about anti-diet movement with Christy Harrison Diet is quickly becoming the dirtiest word in wellness.

The anti-diet movement is growing very, very rapidly.

But what does it mean “anti-diet”?

Anti-diet means anti-diet culture. Diet Culture is the system of oppression that promotes thinness and equates it to health and moral virtue. It promotes weight loss as a mean of attaining a higher status and demonize certain ways of eating while elevating others.

However, anti-diet doesn’t mean anti-dieter. It doesn’t mean shaming people who diet. Dieter is, in fact, acting “as expected” in a society laden by weight stigma which marginalizes larger bodies.

The Anti Diet is a movement raising against diet culture, not dieters.

I think in many ways it’s a female fight because women are so often targeted by the diet industry. Women, especially, end up tying their self-worth to how they look, and the diet industry teaches us that that’s what matters most as a woman.

In today’s episode, we will explore the anti-diet movement with Christy Harrison, MPH, RD, CDN, an anti-diet registered dietitian nutritionist and certified intuitive eating counselor based in New York City. Christie hosts the podcast Food Psych and recently released Anti-Diet: Reclaim Your Time, Money, Well-Being, and Happiness Through Intuitive Eating book.

What you'll learn listening to this episode of anti-diet: * How Christy’s food journey led her to write this book * Why we have a diet culture epidemic NOT an obesity epidemic… * The history of diet culture * Why diet culture is morphing into wellness diet * Best buying interest (fear) versus detriment buying (love)

Mentioned on the show: Register Workshop

Get your copy: Anti-Diet

Going Beyond the Food Academy

Connect with our guest Podcast

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about diet culture antidote What is the most potent diet culture antidote?

Have you recently discovered that you have been under the spell of Diet Culture and want out? You are not alone, sister... In fact, there are millions of us looking for the solution.

The most effective countermeasure to the influence of diet culture is self-compassion. An antidote is defined as a drug, substance, or a chemical that counteracts (neutralizes) the effects of another drug or a poison. The poison here being diet culture.

Self-compassion is the most potent countermeasure we can choose against the suffering caused by diet culture.

Self-compassion is at the root of intuitive eating.

Moreover, it’s the attitude that will allow you to successfully make peace with food and body.

Self-compassion means relating to yourself with kindness, warmth, and understanding as you would with others even if you want to change something about your current situation.

That is to say, treating yourself as you would treat others who are struggling with the same situation. It means extending yourself compassion. Compassion is what motivates you to go out of their way to help the physical, mental or emotional pains of another and themselves.

It means acknowledging your own suffering, recognizing that your suffering is part of being human and extending yourself care and comfort rather than criticism.

You can’t beat yourself into peace and health.

Self-compassion is centric to any life-long change in your life.... it's like opting out of diet culture.

What you'll learn listening to this episode of diet culture antidote: * What is self-compassion * The research of Dr. Kristen Neff * 3 main components of self-compassion * Why we resist self-compassion

Mentioned on the show: Register for Diet Culture Workshop

Take the Pledge to Undiet2020

Going Beyond the Food Academy Registration

Dr. Kristen Neff research

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about the #1 nutrition trend of 2020 Back in 2014, I decided to explore and test Keto on myself. No one knew keto back then…there were no books and certainly no keto influencers. I made that decision at the peak of the paleo craze.

As a nutrition expert, I was at the forefront of new research and trend in the industry. I knew that paleo wasn’t going to last and that the next things were coming.

So, I wrote a book on keto, created a protocol for keto, supervised clients on keto protocol and interviewed the top keto leaders. Always seeking the “thing” that would make it all come together for me and my clients. As many of you know, I never found that “keto thing”… However, I found emotional eating, binge eating & body-shaming instead (another story for another day😂).

What’s next? So now that Keto is starting to decline… because it is...many of my friends who have written books on Keto have been declined further contracts because the publishers are seeing the decline.

It’s worth asking that question: What’s next? Because there will be another trend. Here’s my prediction and one of many others: The No-Diet Approach aka Intuitive Eating.

How are we going to help the keto dieters that have failed (95% of them do fail) deal with the side effect of such severe restrictions such as food obsession, carb cravings, binging...and the even lower self-esteem from yet another diet failure?

That’s why I strongly believe that Intuitive Eating is the next health trend… Indeed, it’s currently being called out as the #1 Nutrition trend but the next few years it will become the #1 health trend.

In short, we have no choice but to make the shift as a society.

The #1 Nutrition trend of 2020 and what to watch for... In today’s episode, we will explore the #1 Nutrition trend of 2020 and what to watch for... because we must be careful!

And so, I shared in the podcast the 10 questions to ask yourself when deciding if the health/wellness/nutrition marketing you are being exposed to is actually diet culture in disguise.

Questions created and article written by Sara Upson access here.

  1. Is it focused on weight loss, body shape or size?

  2. Is it restrictive/are there any foods or beverages that you’re not allowed to eat/drink?

  3. Does it encourage ignoring hunger?

  4. Do you have to eat at certain times?

  5. Does it label foods? (good/bad, healthy/unhealthy, clean, pure, etc)

  6. Does it have a start and an end date, or a certain length of time, e.g. 30days?

  7. Does it encourage cheat days?

  8. Can you “blow it”/ Does it make you feel guilty or ashamed?

  9. Are there before and after pictures involved?

  10. Does it make you think about food more?

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is the #1 nutrition trend of 2020 * The good, bad and ugly of this trend * What are the diet cycle and wellness diet * 10 questions to know if your “health plan” is a diet in disguise

Mentioned on the show: Register for the Anti-Diet Leadership Summit

Grab your FREE guide to Intuitive Eating

PROfessional Health Pro’s education free support

Article about health beyond weight loss

Article about diet culture

Nutrition Trend articles:

The Latest Diet Trend Is Not Dieting

Anti-Diet Books Are the New Diet Books

Smash the Wellness Industry

Sara Upson Article

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about binge eating and restricting.

Whenever somebody brings up the topic of how to stop binge eating, I vividly remember the day I caught myself binge eating. This story happens at the peak of my most restrictive dieting period.

It was a Friday, at 4 o’clock in the afternoon. My plans with my partner just fell through; he decided to accept an invitation from his buddies to watch a game. I was left alone with no plans on a Friday night.

I thought I’d just stop by the grocery on my way home, put on my PJ’s, and watch some movies. At the grocery store, I automatically gravitated towards the food I was restricting myself at the time: Carbohydrate, Dairy and sugar (hint, hint Keto!)

I grabbed a frozen family-size pizza, some fresh mozzarella, a bag of mini brownies, and a pint of Dulce Haagen Dazs ice cream. Food was going to be my companion as I hit the couch for a romantic movie night.

By the time the first movie was over, I was sitting there on my couch with an empty box of pizza, a half-empty bag of brownies, and an ice cream pint just about done…I wondered what just happened.

I suddenly felt the sting of self-loathing. Soon, I was beating myself up, calling myself names that I wouldn’t call my worst enemy. As I bullied myself, I quickly cleaned up and made all evidence disappear out of fear of anyone knowing.

I have been very hesitant about sharing this story with you...

But I want you to know that you are not alone. There is nothing wrong with you and you aren’t broken. There is a reason why you do this. Until you find it and work on healing it, binge eating will not go away.

What is Binge Eating? Psychologists define binge eating as eating more food than most people would in a specific amount of time under similar circumstances. It is characterized by a sense of lack of control and is associated with negative emotions. Binge eaters have difficulty regulating their emotions and use food to cope with them.

At the time, I knew that what I was doing was called binge eating or overeating, but I had no idea why I was doing it. I just thought something was wrong with me, so I kept it a secret. Afraid that others might judge me, I hid my shame and guilt behind a façade of strength. Then I punished myself by restricting food the next day.

I now know that I eat to numb the emotions I didn’t want to feel and because of the food restriction, I was imposing myself.

In today’s episode, we will explore how to stop the cycle of binge eating and restricting.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The spectrum of eating behavior * Disordered eating versus eating disorder * Overeating versus binge eating * How to end the cycle of binge eating and restriction * Diet Culture mindset in healing relationship to food * Support to help you in your journey

Mentioned on the show: Going Beyond the Food Academy

Self- Assesment relationship to food

Grab your FREE guide to Intuitive Eating

Intuitive Eating Blog

Canadian National Eating Disorder Information Center

Canadian National Eating Disorder Information Center Hotline: 1-866-633-4220

US National Eating Disorders

US National Eating Disorders Toll-Free Number: 1-800-931-2237

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about coming to terms with our body... now

Coming to terms with my body now was one of the hardest emotional events of my short life.

I had to grieve my fantasy body... the body that was going to bring me everything I didn’t have now.

Moreover, I had to grieve the thin ideal that diet culture had pushed into my core beliefs and that I was dreaming about since the age of 12.

I had to learn to be in my body now... not the one I thought I should have but that one I have now.

Body Fantasy We are indoctrinated very young to the thin ideal. I can remember, as young as 6 years, me playing with barbies and thinking about how I would look like her when I would be older. How I would dress my thin waist and be the admiration of everyone.

As we grew in my teens, I became obsessed with chasing this thin body. You see at 12 years old, I dieted for the first time. People told me to lose weight if I wanted to be beautiful.

As has my brain developed even more, I acquired in my core beliefs this notion that if I’m not thin I’m not worthy. That’s how I lived my life for the next 25 years truly believing that unless I was thin, I was not going to live the life I wanted.

Grieving the thin ideal And then after 25 years of working really really hard at chasing the thin ideal so I could have the life of my dreams... I had to give up.

It didn’t work and would never work.

That experience of coming to terms with my body was hard. I got stuck a few times and I cried a lot. Grieving our thinner bodies is like grieving the loss of someone close to us.

That’s what we will discuss in this episode of the podcast. How we have to experience the full grief cycle to be able to accept our body now. How to best navigate this phase of our healing and what does it look like.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is the body fantasy * Why the grief cycle is the same no matter what we lose * The 7 stages of grief * How to navigate each stage

Mentioned on the show: Take the pledge to UNDIET2020

Check out these podcast episodes: * 212 - Weight Loss Series Part 1 * 214 - Weight Loss Series Part 2 * 216 - Weight Loss Series Part 3 * 218 - Weight Loss Series Part 4 * 155 - 6 Stages of Transformation

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about how to get unstuck It’s illegal to discriminate based on sex and absolutely unacceptable in society.

It’s also illegal to discriminate based on race and absolutely unacceptable in society.

Now, it’s illegal even to discriminate based on sexual orientation and becoming rapidly unacceptable in society.

But...it’s legal to discriminate based on body weight and completely acceptable in society.

Whatttt? Yup.

Weight Discrimination Not only is weight discrimination legal, but the diet culture absolutely encourages it as well. Marketing campaigns use the think “before and after” weight loss picture to sell the latest diet.

“This picture will inspire you to achieve your goals and see what’s possible for you!”? What do you think would happen if a “before and after” skin whitening procedure picture was posted with this caption? First, get beyond the fact that it’s illegal and it would be the end of the company using that marketing technique.

Yet every day, ad agencies and weight loss companies encourage the use of pictures of women in their “before and after” bathing suit and it’s ok. That is to say, shaming people for their body weight is acceptable.

The Dangers of Weight Discrimination That’s weight stigma, a.k.a. weight bias or weight discrimination. In fact, weight stigma is a known danger to one’s health and a studied risk factor for adverse psychological and behavioral issues. That includes depression, poor body image, and binge eating.

“Weight stigma poses a significant threat to psychological and physical health. It has been documented as a significant risk factor for depression, body dissatisfaction, and low self-esteem. Those who experience weight-based stigmatization also:

  • Engage in more frequent binge eating
  • Are at an increased risk for eating disorder symptoms
  • Are more likely to have a diagnosis for binge eating disorder (BED)

Victims of weight stigma report physicians and family members are the most common source of weight bias. Among family members, weight-based teasing and diet talk are linked to binge eating, weight gain, and extreme weight control behaviors. Weight bias in health care is another important concern.

Research shows that healthcare providers, when talking to obese patients, tend to:

  • Provide them with less health information
  • Spend less time with them
  • View them as undisciplined, annoying, and noncompliant with treatment.”- Extract from the National Eating Disorder Association website

For this very important episode, I sought the help of an expert in weight stigma Kimmie Singh RD. Kimmie is a fat Registered Dietitian expert in weight stigma based in New York City. Kimmie presents and consults on weight stigma in dietetics. Her Health at Every Size private practice supports clients with eating disorders and disordered eating heals their relationships with food and body.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is weight stigma? * Weight bias & obesity bias * Internalize vs external weight stigma * The history of weight stigma and fat acceptance * Weight and stress relationship * How to cope with weight stigma * How to reduce weight stigma

Mentioned on the show: Take the pledge to UNDIET2020

Check out these podcast episodes: * 212 - Weight Loss Series Part 1 * 214 - Weight Loss Series Part 2 * 216 - Weight Loss Series Part 3

Research Weight Bias: A call to action

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about how to get unstuck Do you feel stuck? You desperately want to change an aspect of your life but you just can’t get yourself to take the leap.

Is the solution to get unstuck and move towards your goal simply to be harder on yourself? I know I think about that before. If only I could be tougher and have more discipline, I could reach my goals.

For that reason, I fantasized on that day when it would finally click... and I would get unstuck. Am I alone?

Our guest on today’s episode of the podcast says the solution is within our mind. That is to say, if we change our minds, our life will follow.

Her solution: Ditch your negative mindset, squash those limiting beliefs, and quiet the constant chatter in your head so you can finally live the life you desire, spark the change you want to see and feel better than you ever dreamed possible.

That sounds familiar, right? In fact, it’s so in line with the Going Beyond The Food method and there’s a good reason for that. My guest today is one of my dear close friends, Shawn Mynar.

Shawn Mynar is a holistic nutritionist and mindset coach. She’s on a mission to help women adopt a positive mindset as medicine on the path to total wellness.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Why Shawn closed her successful business voluntarily * Why are we afraid as women to do mindset work * The concept hard and how it’s all relative * Why mindset work isn’t eliminating negative thoughts * 5 unique steps to get unstuck

Mentioned on the show: Grab your FREE guide to Intuitive Eating

Take the pledge to UNDIET2020

Unstuck Podcast

Take Vibe Quiz

Energy Scale

Music Apps mentioned

Connect with our guest Website

Facebook

Instagram

Podcast

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about everything the BMI gets wrong Are you "overweight"? Am I "overweight"?

That single question creates more anxiety & stress to women than any other question. Being overweight implies that there’s a weight we should be at. In today's society, THAT weight is determined by BMI.

The Body Mass Index, the metric that uses to classify people in groups. Moreover, it’s the measure of "obesity" as per medical view and a simple calculation of 2 factors: weight and height. To convert the measurement to the unit of BMI in kg/m2, you must divide the weight in pounds by the height in inches squared, then multiply by 703.

My BMI Story For the purpose of this article, I did my BMI calculation using the official CDC BMI calculator. If you are between 18-24.9 you are deemed normal, 25-29.9 "overweight" and 30 or above "overweight". I bet you’re curious to know my result? 39. I’m considered a class 2 "obese".

As a matter of fact, for the longest, I can remember I was never not considered “overweight” based on BMI. During one of my many diet cycles in my adulthood, I remember hitting one of my lowest body weights, 180 lbs., body fat of 18% and wore size 8 p but when I calculated my BMI: "overweight".

I remember the day I did the calculation and seeing the result. It sent me down a spiral of shame and binging. I still wasn’t enough.

Not only was I healthy as ever but also had just received a full annual health check and no longer was considered pre-diabetic. My cholesterol was well below normal, my blood pressure was stellar, my inflammation blood markers were the lowest they could be... and overweight.

Is BMI an accurate measure of health? What happens if you are over-the BMI weight prescribe? Is BMI ratio an accurate measure of health?

Many experts disagree that just stating the fact that BMI ratio was never created with the intention of measure of health.

Recently, a 2016 study by researchers at UCLA published this month in the International Journal of Obesity looked at 40,420 adults in the most recent U.S. National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey and assessed their health as measured by six accepted metrics (not including BMI) blood pressure, triglyceride, cholesterol, glucose, insulin resistance and C-reactive protein.

It found out that 47 percent of people classified as "overweight" by BMI and 29 percent of those who qualified as obese were healthy as measured by at least five of those other metrics.

Meanwhile, 31 percent of normal-weight people were unhealthy by two or more of the same measures.

That means, we can be healthy and yet be considered "overweight". It bears the question: Over what weight exactly?

So, why do we worry about BMI?

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The history of the BMI * How to determine your health status * The many health impacts of weight stigma. * Health at Every Size & Weight neutral approach to health

Mentioned on the show: Start with our Intuitive Eating Guide

Study on Health Marker Beyond BMI

Body Respect Book

Tools for weigh-in at a doctor visit

  • What to say at the doctor's office?
  • For fat patients and their doctors

Connect with our guest Website

Facebook

Instagram

Ditch the Diet Facebook Support Community

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about Undiet 2020 Undiet 2020 is what I did last weekend. It’s a process of goal setting specialized for women wanting to make peace with food and their body.

If you think about how you feel right about your body: Do you feel stuck?

Do you deeply want to change the way you engage with food and your body but right away feel so overwhelmed?

The first steps in the process of change The first step in the process of change is to believe that change is even possible for us.

Believing in oneself is the outcome of having the intention of love, not fear. When we live in a state of fear, we repeat choices that make us feel safe and most likely keep us stuck.

As weird as this may sound, being stuck is the place we feel the safest... not the best but the safest. Crazy! Then, the only way for us to see this for ourselves is to take the time to reflect.

Setting time aside to sit quietly and ask ourselves … is my approach to life (replace with food or body) over the last 12 months resulted in me feeling better? Achieving what I wanted with my life?

That’s the power of reflection... realizing that what we did is or isn’t working for us.

Taking responsibility for oneself Life is so fast today that if you don’t intentionally decide to take the time to reflect on what has happened in your life and what we want to happen in our life next, we may repeat the same cycle...Forever!

In some way, I think it’s an expectation from society that we don’t reflect because if we did…would we continue to operate our world the way it is?

From that place, we can look forward to the space of time in front of us and decide if we should repeat or change our approach.

The hard truth is no one is coming to save us... we are the only one that can set a new path for our lives.

In today’s episode, I’m going to share what it looks like to reflect and set goals and undiet your life in the upcoming year and decade.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * I share my experience of setting goals for myself in 2020 * Why life happens TO us instead of FOR us * The power of self-reflection * Why taking responsibility for our life can be so scary * How the beliefs we hold impacts our goals * How the UNDIET challenge work * The questions you should ask yourself over the next few weeks

Mentioned on the show: UNDIET2020 Registration

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk set point

Think of your set point like a natural mechanism your body uses to maintain a natural weight. Just like your lungs manage the appropriate amount of oxygen for your body without you having to do anything or the way in which your heart manage your blood pressure.

Another fascinating analogy is how your brain automatically gets you back steady on a bike even if it’s been 10 years since your last ride…it just happens without you having to think about it. Set point manages your weight in the same way.

What is set point? In her book Health Every Size, Dr. Linda Bacon describes it as the Fat thermostat in our bodies. It acts just like a heat thermostat in a room. When set to a certain temperature, the thermostat will send a message to the heating system to activate when below a determined temperature. Your hypothalamus, the region of the brain that controls the system in your body that regulates your set point. It will send a message of hunger and fullness to manage your weight. This will make you think of the cookies in the cupboard and will also make you say no to the pizza when you’re full.

Our set point manages all the various components in the complex human body that create our body weight. Your set point is your ideal body weight, the bodyweight you manage naturally without food restriction, deprivation, over-exercise. Your set point is your weight between diet. The weight at which you can live a non-food or exercise-obsessed life. Set point is the internal system to maintain a healthy weight.

An example... One 1970s research study showed that the average weight of a sixty-year-old man was only four to five pounds more than the average thirty-year-old man. That kind of weight maintenance is no accident and not the consequence of dieting either.

Dr. Bacon has this very powerful example in her book Health at Every Size:

“Just consider a fifty-year-old woman who weighs about five pounds more than she did when she was twenty. If she eats about 2,000 calories a day, over the course of thirty years she takes in about 22 million calories. Since five pounds of body fat stores about 17,500 calories, that means that her body was just .08 percent off in balancing energy in vs. energy out. This amounts to a difference of about 50 calories per month—less than the calories in one egg!” -Bacon, Linda. Health at Every Size: The Surprising Truth About Your Weight (p. 12).

Our set point is our natural weight and it can fluctuate during our lifetime. Currently, research estimates the fluctuation to beta between 10-20lbs. Set point fluctuates so it can maintain homeostasis.

Homeostasis & happiness set point theory Homeostasis is the ability for the human body to maintain a stable environment is key to our survival. The magical ability that our body has to adapt to its environment given any condition is what is allowing to survive.

This ability to maintain balance is what maintains a stable body temperature, stable blood pressure, stable level of iron, blood glucose, and yes, body weight. All of these biological systems are focus on maintaining homeostasis, aka balance, so we can survive and thrive in our environment.

It goes beyond the human physical body. Homeostasis is also what creates your thoughts and your emotions. Your mind responds to its emotional environment as well.

The happiness set point theory is almost similar as the body weight set point theory. It suggests that our level of subjective well-being is determined primarily by heredity and by personality traits ingrained in us early in life, and as a result, remains relatively constant throughout our lives. Our level of happiness may change temporarily in response to life events, but then almost always returns to its baseline level.

For humans, homeostasis means survival and our body will do anything to bring us back to homeostasis so we can survive, including the dreaded weight gain.

Identifying and manipulating your set point Are you at your set point now? That’s a very good question which unfortunately is not that simple to answer. How much fat protection your body requires (your set point) is the result of a complex interplay of genetics and the lifestyle choices made today as well as in the past.

You see, at this time we do not have a tool that will allow us to determine an individual set point nor do we have the knowledge on how to manipulate someone’s set point either. The complexity of the human body and the number of elements involved in managing it exceed our scientific capacity as of today 2019.

So, to be clear sister, if you see a headline claiming to have the secret trick to lower your set point or what I have seen recently the 21 days set point reset detox… that 100% diet culture in action. It’s a lie, fraud. It’s just another gimmick from someone wanting to make money from your despair about your body weight.

What we do know is that if we want our body to settle at a natural weight that is effortless and healthy, we must make our brain feel safe. When the brain feels safe it will provide messages to the body that it is safe. Will you lose weight? We do not know… no one knows. But what we know is that health arises or is maintain in a safe physical and psychological environment.

Why is dieting not the answer Dieting or over-exercising is not a safe environment for humans. Point.

The human body perceives intentional weight loss as a threat. That’s why diets do not work. Your body will adapt to the starvation/ deprivation period during the diet with weight loss and as soon as you release the pressure of the unsafe environment (aka stop dieting or over-exercising). The body will come right back to your set point and in many cases higher to ensure complete protection from further weight loss threat.

What can we do? Based on all the current research, I’d like to suggest focusing on creating a relationship of trust and respect for the innate wisdom of our human body. Foster a safe environment both psychologically and physically that you and your body can not only survive in but thrive.

The best place to get started is to educate and understand what could be perceived by your body as unsafe especially when it comes to food and body weight.

I would encourage you to get started by listening to episode 214 of the Going Beyond The Food Podcast right up to the end where I saver with you a tool to help you determine what could be impacting your set point. A free checklist and resource to get you started on your journey to trust & respect for your body.

Our guest expert for this episode 214 is Chris Sandel, a UK-based nutritionist and the host of Real Health Radio. Chris’ approach to food and health is non-dogmatic. His areas of expertise are diet recovery, eating disorders, body image, hormonal health (fertility and thyroid issues), metabolism, habit formation, nutrition, eating habits, physiology, exercise, and movement.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is weight set point theory? * In what way does the body determine our set point? * How much do genetics influence weight? * How does the body keep us at our set point? * “calories in, calories out” is it true? * How could someone end up above their set point? * How trauma can affect set point * Next steps for you to reframe who you think about weight

Mentioned on the show: Chris overeating experiment podcast

Minnesota Starvation Study Podcast

ACES Study with Irene Lyon

Resources mentioned on the show: Dr. Linda Bacon Set point tool

Health at Every Size book

Body Respect book

Going Beyond the Food Academy

Conquer & Thrive Program

Connect with our guest Website

Facebook

Podcast

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about Women Food and Power Women Food and Power is the emotional story of a woman on a journey away from diet culture back into her power... in the hope that it serves as an inspiration to others.

My life was pretty good: I had food on the table, a home, a car, a great career that brought in enough money, cool friends, a supportive family.

I thought of myself as an independent fierce woman.

But I also wondered, “… is that what life is really about?”

I kept wondering if every other woman was as anxious as I was about how I looked. This was while by society standards I was doing all the right things. Were they as overwhelmed as me at the thought of not losing or worse gaining weight? Is it normal to feel this frustrated with food and not being able to eat like everyone else.

Everyone around me reflected that it was all ok, but secretly, I knew something wasn’t right. So, I kept going making sure I was checking all the boxes:

My partner: Making sure he was happy, satisfied, that he felt loved.

My boss: I was delivering the results expected.

My social circle: Making sure I was there for them and was pleasant.

My parents: Striving to be #1, working hard and making money to ensure my safety.

Society: being a good girl and kept striving for the female beauty standards of thinness

And then the forties came along It wasn’t one thing one moment… one day. It was a series of little things that collectively lead me to realize I was living the illusion of a happy life based on others’ beliefs.

That’s why I was eating...

I was years in the making. In fact, I was a pretty smart child and wasn’t afraid of speaking my mind. I played with boys as much as I played with girls. Certainly, a tough little girl.

But at 13, I was led to believe that I was too much. Too tall. Too big. That if I wanted to be a good girl from now on, I needed to be less. Smaller. Thinner and also quieter. To achieve this goal of being a good little girl, food was going to be the weapon of choice. Over the next few years, I learned to diet and that shrinking my body was the gateway for me to manage my “too muchness”.

By the end of my teenage years, I was fully indoctrinated into diet culture I learned that my power was food. I had learned that for society to accept women, she must conform to its standards. Unfortunately, I wasn’t born with a body & spirit that naturally conform to the norm so I had accepted that I would need to work hard at fitting in for the rest of my life.

That’s exactly what I did for nearly 27 years until my forties came along. I started to read self-improvement books and questioning the beauty ideal imposed on women.

Me Food and Power Up to then, my power was food (and the attempted control of weight) all to fulfill the illusion that being smaller would deliver better. I thought if I couldn’t control my height at least I could control my weight.

Continue the story by listening to the podcast...

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Why I believed that my power was food * The indoctrination into diet culture * Why our greatest enemy isn’t food but ourselves * The power of choice * How to overcome the fear

Mentioned on the show: Conquer & Thrive Program

The 4 Mindf*ck of Diet Brain Workshop

“... but I need to lose weight” article

Women Food and Mindfulness podcast

View Details

Me: “... but I need to lose weight”.

Her: “Ok... I can see how you can think that.”

Me: “Everything you are sharing with me makes so much sense and I can feel it inside of me, that it’s what I need [pause & sigh] … but I need to lose weight”.

The tears started to roll off my cheeks. Uncontrollably crying. The tears were coming from the depth of my gut. It was one of those moments when you want to stop crying because you really don’t want to cry in front of strangers but you can’t... it’s not in your control.

Her: “Stephanie, your desires to lose weight are valid. It’s normal that you want to lose weight. These desires are encouraged every day by the society in which we live in, an environment that is laden with weight stigma, body size discrimination, and fatphobia. It makes perfect sense that you want to lose weight.”

I was deeply confused.

Life is on hold until I lose weight

I was 38 years old and the last 25 years of my personal life had been a series pressing “pause” and “play”. I only allowed myself to “play” my personal life when I was at a weight that was recognized by others to be ok. If I was gaining weight or not working hard to lose the “not normal excess weight,” my personal life was on “pause”.

Her: “So, let’s work through this, Stephanie. Why do you want to lose weight? What do you feel will happen when you lose weight?”

Me: “ Uhhh.....”

No one ever asked me this question. I never asked myself this question either. My brain was stumped... blank.

Her: “It’s normal that you don’t know how to answer this question. You likely never thought of the desire to lose weight as optional therefore never considered why you were desiring it.”

She was right by that point it had been 27 years. Since my teens, I had lived on and off diets always chasing “another body”. The truth was my happiness was conditional to the way my body looked. Even when my body looked “ok” it was such a battle to keep it up that I didn’t have the mental space or time to fully enjoy my now “allowed happy life”.

Me: “I guess you’re right...”

Her: “Until we see each other again I want you to ask yourself these questions: Where is the desire to lose weight coming from? What do you feel will happen if you lose weight? Will you be treated differently? Will you feel beautiful? Worthy? Healthy?

As a good perfectionist, I did my homework. I had so many Ah Ah moments... many realizations. It took me a while to fully accept what these questions forced me to see: As a strong, independent & feminist woman, I had given away my power.

The journey back to my power

The social conditionings of the patriarchy of our modern society had kept me very busy dieting and chasing after the false currency of beauty instead of chasing my dreams. Being consumed by the fear of how my body looks was keeping me away from my power.

I found my power. My true power. The power to live my life now. I gave myself the permission to be enough unconditionally to what my body looks like or weight. I no longer needed to be perfect in “all the things” or to make choices to please others in fear of rejection

In today’s episode, we welcome a guest, Aaron Flores is a Registered Dietician with a private practice is in Calabasas, CA. He uses Intuitive Eating and Health at Every Size® in his work to help individuals learn how to make peace with food and their bodies. Aaron is a Certified Body Trust® provider and he also the co-host of the popular podcast, Dietitians Unplugged.

On this episode, Aaron and I answered the following questions:

  • Why do we feel the need to lose weight?
  • Is the pursuit of weight loss helpful?
  • Can we take a weight-neutral approach to health?
  • My doctor said I need to lose weight
  • How to manage our medical provider expectation and discussion with regards to bodyweight

Mentioned on the show: "So... You Want to Lose Weight?" Workshop

Grab your FREE guide to Intuitive Eating

Discussed in the episode: Jes Baker episode

Invisible Women book

Health Beyond Dieting article

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

Dietician Unplugged podcast

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about the wisdom of emotional eating Can we find wisdom in emotional eating behaviors? Or is emotional eating something to be demonized and eliminated?

The vast majority of society say ‘no’ to the first questions and say ‘yesss’ to the second one. Then, they ask next: What’s the trick to stop emotional eating?

What if I said to you there’s a gift in emotional eating... what would be your gut reaction? Likely doubts like most women. The truth is that yes, there’s wisdom, magic, and power in emotional eating. That is if we accept to do one simple thing:

Trade judgment for curiosity.

Empowerment & emotional eating The view we have on emotional eating is a direct reflection of our current relationship to food, weight, and body. In fact, most women are typically afraid of emotional eating. They are terrified to gain weight or not lose weight so they seek to end it.

Moreover, self-described emotional eaters are typically “stuck” in the diet cycle and adhere greatly to diet culture’s teaching. When you free yourself from the shackle of diet culture, you automatically shift your perspective on emotional eating.

Being in our power as women is the requirement to shift our perspective on emotional eating and being able to see the gift that it’s offering us. When we become empowered women, we have the guts to let go of diet culture’s expectation of our body. This enables us to come back into our truth, our intuition.

Simply said, taking back our power is the first step to end emotional eating.

Emotional Eating versus Binge Eating versus Overeating Emotional eating is a continuum. At one end, the simple act of choosing food to soothe ourselves from time to time and towards the end binge eating.

The primary criteria of binge eating involve eating a large amount of food in a short period of time. This is while feeling a lack of control over the eating episode as well as intense shame about the behavior. Where emotional eating is soft and also is described as mindless eating.

On the other hand, overeating is interesting. When you breakdown the word OVER EATING it means eating over a certain amount. What is the certain amount? Who determines it? The term overeating is 100% derived from diet culture in which the amount you are allowed to eat is pre-determined externally and must not be exceeded. Otherwise, you’ll not lose weight or maintain weight. Overeating is the term used to shame someone not following the meal plan, diet etc...

The gift of emotional eating Plainly said, emotional eating is the act of using food to soothe uncomfortable emotions. Usually anxiety, stress, fear, anger, boredom, shame, etc... these emotions are present in our life for a reason. Emotions have messages for us… Deep, life-changing messages.

Think of emotions as the radar for your life. Feeling good? Do more of xxx. Feeling bad? Do less of XXXX. Emotions are created from our thought and mindset. Emotions are then the secret message to let you know how you think and what you need to change.

That’s the gift of emotional eating... a window into our truth and growth.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Emotional Eating versus Binge Eating versus Overeating? * Why do we want to stop emotional eating? * What is the gift of emotional eating? * How to stop emotional eating? * Answer to the 4 questions from podcast listeners about emotional eating, binge eating, and overeating.

Mentioned on the show: Conquer 2020 and Thrive Program

Follow Stephanie on Instagram

Self-coaching article

Self-coaching podcast episode

Grab your FREE guide to Intuitive Eating

View Details

In today's episode, we'll talk about healing diet and intuitive eating I’m a health care professional trained in using food as a way of healing the physical body. Healing diet, restrictive and elimination food protocol is what I studied for years yet today I very seldom recommend it. Why?

I have seen and experienced too many situations that healing diets, restrictive and elimination food protocols actually caused more collateral damages than benefits. Furthermore, in most clinical cases what really was causing the health issue had nothing to do with food. So, why obsess about food?

If I can, I'd like to take you back in 2015...

Carole breaks down I was sitting in my clinic office talking to a patient seeking help with rheumatoid arthritis. She was in the middle of a major flare-up. All joints in her lower body were painfully swollen and she was in a 9/10 pain level. She wanted me to examine her AIP (auto-immune protocol) dietary protocol & supplement protocol and advise her on what she was doing wrong so she could get over the massive flare-up... she was desperately looking for me to find what she was doing wrong.

I read all her testing reports, looked over her medications, supplement and food journals. She was doing everything perfectly... she was eating on point and has been for months. I couldn’t find anything wrong with her diet or supplement or medication.

Then while looking at her, a little voice in my head told me to ask her about her husband.... with hesitation I did. “How your is husband doing, Carole?”

She crumbled on the seat in tears... and she cried for a solid 10 minutes barely taking a breath.

Her husband had asked her for a divorce 4 weeks earlier. Her flare-up was triggered by the divorce NOT the food... when she finally was able to breathe and talk, the first thing that came out of her mouth was: “So Stephanie, what can I do with my diet to help myself through this situation?”

“Carole, this is not about the food... you need help emotionally. This situation is very traumatic to you now and your body is flaring up because of it.”

“No... I know it’s what I’m doing with my food. It’s always the food. I’m not trying hard enough.”

“It’s not about the food: It’s about the relationship to healing.” - Jessica Flannigan, author of the Loving Diet Let’s reflect on your journey with healing diets. Are you currently participating in healing your health using food or are you wanting to use food to support your health? If so, how do you answer these questions:

  1. What’s my ‘why’ for using food for my health? My secret WHY? Is it weight loss or healing? Is it healing so I can finally lose weight?
  2. Have I looked at my health situation from all angles
    • 4 bodies: Mental, Emotional, Spiritual and last Physical.
  3. Do I really like this food? Am I forcing myself to eat food I do not enjoy because it’s good for me?
  4. Do I have any feelings of guilt or diet mentality around this food choice?
  5. Did I allow my nutrition knowledge to guide this choice for my health without sacrificing pleasure?
  6. Am I putting pressure on myself to be a ‘perfect’ healing diet participant?
  7. Is this choice coming from a place of self-care or self-control?

These are the same questions I ask myself as a practitioner when assessing a client’s ability to use food for healing their health. It will usually take 12-18 months of solid intuitive eating living before one is able to approach food with restriction without triggering the diet mindset.

Another way to see this is that it takes 12-18 months for women to finally accept their body image as is so they can separate health from body image and no longer seek to heal their physical body so they can lose weight.

In today’s episode, we'll interview Jessica Flanigan, Clinical Nutritionist, Co-Founder of The Institute of Spiritual Coaching and is the author of the first mind-body book about Autoimmune Disease, The Loving Diet.

Jessica has spent the last six years of her clinical nutrition practice focusing on working with clients in Autoimmune Paleo, but has since moved on to more advanced functional medicine-based gut restoration applications to remove restriction from her client’s protocols and work with clients struggling with disordered eating with her program, Transformational Eating™.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * The article that Jessica wrote that sent the AIP community in shock * The link between restrictive diet and disordered eating behaviors * Orthorexia: What is it and how it’s linked to AIP protocol * The danger of self-diagnosis * What you are likely missing in your protocol and why food alone isn’t working.

Mentioned on the show: Grab your FREE guide to Intuitive Eating

Study on low FODMAP and disordered eating

The silent truth about AIP, Restrictive Diet and Disordered Eating article

Connect with our Guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

Intuitive Eating and Hormonal Health Women love intuitive eating as a concept but often will refute it based on other advice they receive, found or read on the internet. One of the most frequent situations I encounter is with hormonal health. Women wanting to balance their hormones, perhaps heal their hormones, are being told that to achieve such goal they must restrict certain food, go on a reset hormonal diet or do an elimination diet; therefore they can’t be an intuitive eater.

“I love intuitive eating but I’m working on balancing my hormones and I read Dr. XXXX book and she says that I must restrict all grains and dairy. Maybe later I can become an intuitive eater.”

Is this true? Is food restriction the solution to hormonal health?

I’m not a hormone specialist, but I’m a health expert and knowledgeable enough to know that this statement isn’t totally true.

Is food a contributing factor to health: YES.

Is food the only way to “balance hormone”? NO.

Is hormonal balance even a possibility? Well yes and no. More on that later.

So, why then are we sold “hormone reset diet” as the only way to balance the female hormone? DIET CULTURE, sisters!

Wellness Diet and Hormones What is wellness diet? Good question. It’s the newborn of diet culture. Diet culture is the system of beliefs that thinner is better, smarter, and healthier.

Wellness Diet is the diet culture’s sneaky way of re-inventing itself to make it seem non-diety. It wants you to think it’s all about your health and wellness. It doesn’t promote itself as a diet, per se, but it might as well. It’s basically saying you’ll achieve health by eating what they recommend.

Just like diet culture tries to tell us. “Eat this, not that,” they say, and “you’ll balance your hormones.” Or, lose x amount of lbs or fat. The best example of Wellness Diet: how Weight Watchers recently rebranded themselves as a wellness company, “Wellness that Works”.

Or more the #1 New York Times bestseller on hormonal health from Dr. Sara Gottfried MD “The hormone Reset Diet- Heal your metabolism to lose up to 15 pounds in 21 days”. The secret is in the subtitle line... it’s about weight loss.

Why do want to balance your hormones or …? Let’s be honest with each other.... in most cases, it’s a secret desire to lose weight or maintain weight loss effortlessly. As smart women, we don’t want to say it’s a weight loss desire because we know it’s not “politically correct” but that’s what we wish for.

As I share in this podcast, I know I was there for many years... and spent $$$$$ trying to achieve “hormonal balance”. The so desired “hormonal balance” never materialized itself until I spot obsessing about food... yes, when I became an intuitive eater that’s when the “hormonal health” finally showed up.

Why did intuitive eating provide the environment for my body to be hormonally better? One word: STRESS.

That's what we'll cover in this episode: * What exactly is a hormone? * Hormonal imbalance in women * How to balance hormone * Stress and hormone * Inflammation and hormone imbalance * Hormonal health and intuitive eating * Weight-neutral approach to health

Mentioned on the show: Health Mastery Program

Grab your guide to Intuitive Eating

References for the podcast episode: Chris Kresser's article - Part 1

Chris Kresser's article - Part 2

Perceived Stress Scale

Psychological Stress creates inflammation

Sleep induced inflammatory response in the body

Dieting & food Restriction increase cortisol restriction

Impact of self-compassion on stress

View Details

Health Beyond Diet and Weight Loss For many of us in this community, our first encounter with dieting wasn’t a concern with health. Similarly, for me and all the women I work with inside of my programs, their first diet was strictly focused on being in a smaller body. That is to say, we dieted for aesthetic reasons, not health.

As women, we do not want to diet. Instead, we want to be in a thinner body.

Our modern society believes that being thinner is better, smarter, and healthier. In other words, all of us have been taught at a very young age that health = thinness but is it true or is it just an assumption?

What if health wasn’t the outcome of the weight on the scale? Would you still want to diet?

Does “Obesity” Cause One to Be Unhealthy? As of today in October 2019, there isn’t one study or research evidence that directly points to being overweight (BMI-based status) as a causative factor in diseases. That said, many studies will link/correlate obesity to health risks. In other words, weight status is never the sole factor in any health condition.

In this groundbreaking research on BMI and metabolic health, one-third to three-quarters of people classified as obese were metabolically healthy. Four health factors were measured and evaluated to achieve health status. These include blood pressure, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, triglycerides, and plasma glucose.

Moreover, when BMI categorized an individual as obese, this study showed that obesity did not affect the risks of cardiovascular diseases, stroke, and mortality. However, it did increase diabetes risk although cumulative incidence remained low in healthy people.

In fact, the problem with considering weight as the main factor to your health is our inability to lose weight and sustain the weight loss. Hence, 95-98% of dieters regain all of their weight loss within 1-5 years.

Dr. Traci Mann, a UCLA associate professor of psychology and lead author of this study said, “We found that the majority of people regained all the weight, plus more. Sustained weight loss was found only in a small minority of participants, while complete weight regain was found in the majority. Diets do not lead to sustained weight loss or health benefits for the majority of people.”.

Is Health Beyond Dieting Possible? The short answer is yes. Based on research, it would appear that health isn’t attributed to the weight on the scale, therefore, we can say that health is possible without seeking weight loss.

A 2016 study by researchers at UCLA published in the International Journal of Obesity looked at 40,420 adults in the most recent U.S. National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. It assessed their health as measured by six accepted metrics (not including BMI). The metrics include blood pressure, triglyceride, cholesterol, glucose, insulin resistance, and C-reactive protein.

It found that 47 percent of people were classified as overweight by BMI. Twenty-nine percent of those who qualified as obese were healthy as measured by at least five of those other metrics. Meanwhile, 31 percent of normal-weight people were unhealthy by two or more of the same measures.

So, if weight isn’t what ensures our long-term health, then what is? Studies that have actually controlled for fitness have found that it is more predictive for mortality than weight. This study defined ‘fit’ as 3-4 hrs/week of walking.

In this episode, we will cover how we can as women seek health beyond dieting and weight loss. Likewise, we will explore everything we can do today that can and will impact our health long term.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is health? * Does “obesity” cause one to be unhealthy? * Is health beyond diet and weight loss possible? * What is Health at Every Size? * What is a weight-neutral approach to health? * Body dissatisfaction & shame and health behaviors * Shifting from weight management to health behavior * What happens if we take the Going Beyond The Food Method™️ approach to health? * Who is the ideal candidate for The Going Beyond The Food Method™️ Health approach? * How to get started with a weight-neutral approach to health

Mentioned on the show: Register for the free workshop: 8 steps to health beyond dieting and weight loss

Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Links & studies mentioned on the show: Research on BMI and metabolic health

Cardiometabolic Disease Risk in Metabolically Healthy and Unhealthy Obesity

Promoting Public Health in the Context of the “Obesity Epidemic”

Research on Health Assessments on Adults Beyond BMI

Relationship between low cardiorespiratory fitness and mortality in normal-weight, overweight, and obese individuals

Impact of non-diet approaches on attitudes, behaviors, and health outcomes

Healthy lifestyle habits and mortality in overweight and obese individuals

Greater Weight Satisfaction Report More Positive Health Behaviors and Have Better Health Status

View Details

What is self-coaching? The word "coaching" is an identified process used to transport people from where they are to where they want to be. It's a form of development, a process of supporting someone towards a goal.

Self-coaching is when we become our own coach. We know what’s best for us. That’s the innate wisdom we all have. The same wisdom that directs our hunger and fullness cues within the framework of intuitive eating. This innate wisdom is how we are the expert in our own life.

Self-Coaching and Intuitive Eating Intuitive eating is the process to learn how to tap in the innate wisdom of our body to know what, when, and how much to eat. Tap into this innate wisdom that all of us have to feed ourselves.

Intuitive Eating is a proven and well-researched self-care eating framework that makes YOU the boss of YOU. Intuitive eating teaches us to have a healthy relationship with food empowering you to trust your ability to meet your needs, distinguish between physical and emotional hungers and ultimately developing your connection with your innate body wisdom. My mentor, Evelyn Tribole says it best: Intuitive eating is making YOU the Boss of You.

Intuitive eating is the process of learning to self-coach around food. With time and practice of intuitive eating, you become the boss of your own life.

On today’s episode, you’ll learn to self-coach toward intuitive eating. I’ll teach you a framework to coaching yourself.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * What is self-coaching? * Coaching versus training? * History of self-coaching? * Coaching versus self-coaching? * Research on self-coaching * How to do self-coaching?

Mentioned on the show: October 2019 Intuitive Eating Project Registration

Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Going Beyond the Food Academy Registration

Research on Coaching Oneself

Is Intuitive Eating Right For You?

Joseph Lucian Assessment on Self-Coaching

Graphic Reference

View Details

On today's episode, we'll talk about 'She's Beyond the Food Chapter 6-My Journey 2.0' From Shame to Fame.

That was the title of episode 101 of The Beyond The Food Show Podcast in which I shared my in-depth personal story for the first time. I asked one of my friends Sean Croxton to interview me. I gave him carte blanche... the result was amazing.

My Story 1.0 As a public figure, I had shared my origin story in occasion before mainly inside my programs or during my public workshop but never to this level of vulnerability of this interview. Certainly, I remember being very anxious before, during, and after the recording.

But the greatest gift came a few days after the interview when it hit me: I no longer need to hide my imperfections, my mistakes, my errors. That is to say, although I was scared of what people would say, the relief of being completely transparent was by far greater.

From Shame to Fame episode 101 of our Intuitive Eating podcast was just another chapter in my story...

She's Beyond the Food: My Life Story From that interview, I gradually became more confident in sharing the events in my life that brought me to the greatest learning. To synthesize the failure into learning. To process the lowest points in my life into inspiring stories that support my life’s teaching.

She’s Beyond The Food podcast episode series was born in March 2019 with Chapter 1 when I shared my business struggle. I shared with the audience how I faced a business failure and how I changed this event. It was by far one of the most well-received episodes because of the vulnerability I was willing to express and share. The lesson here: the teacher teaches best when not perfect.

So, I decided to build upon this impactful episode and released:

  • Episode 183-Chapter 2: I shared my life long struggle with exercise
  • Episode 187-Chapter 3: I shared my journey quitting Keto
  • Episode 190-Chapter 4: My experience gaining weight in public eyes
  • Episode 195–Chapter 5: My journey in accepting my body

She's Beyond the Food Chapter 6 Today’s episode is about She’s Beyond The Food Chapter 6-it’s my story 2.0. It’s a follow up to episode 101 From Shame to Fame in which I shared 7 lessons learned from my experienced life up to now. The stories that made me who I’m today. The stories that crafted the Going Beyond The Food Method.

  • Lesson 1: Weight stigma is real and freaking powerful
  • Lesson 2: Diet Culture is a powerful monster but it’s optional
  • Lesson 3: Repeat or evolve… my choice.
  • Lesson 4: It’s Beyond the Food
  • Lesson 5: Wellness Diet & healthy body
  • Lesson 6: You can’t hate yourself to happiness or health
  • Lesson 7: Intuitive Eating: gateway to health & happiness

Life happens to me or for me One of the biggest lessons I shared in this episode is the shift that I had to do in my late thirties where I stopped looking at life happening to me but instead life happening for me. I spent 25 years believing that I was the victim of the external circumstances and that life was working against me. In other words, I was in the victim mindset...

That victim mindset kept me going in circle for 25 years chasing one diet after another and with every failure I was angrier at the world and resentful of my life. In fact, I lost and gain large amounts of weight at least 12 times never learning anything from each failure but instead repeating the same formula the next time.

And then one day, every part of me collapsed. I hit my rock bottom and was forced to look at myself and my life from a different perspective. With faith and coaching, I gradually shifted to a mindset of “Life happens for me, not to me”.

I began the process of asking myself: What can I learn from this event? What is this person trying to teach me? With every question came learning, growth, and transformation. I took back my power and my life. I shifted to being in charge of my life instead of being the victim of life.

Are you willing to be uncomfortable? Knowing what I know today, what I’ve learned from my lessons and my teachers is that what was holding me back in the victim mindset, the life-happens-to-me-not-for-me mindset, was the unwillingness to be uncomfortable.

When you shift to being empowered, one thing becomes clear really quickly... things will get uncomfortable. Why? Simply because you have no one else to blame but you! You see when you assume full responsibility, you must be willing to be uncomfortable.

The willingness to be uncomfortable is what kept me stuck for 25 years but at the same time crafted the most beautiful journey for my life. It’s also what keeps some of my students from transforming when they start feeling discomfort, they disappear and go back to their comfort zone.

I hope that today’s episode She’s Beyond The Food Chapter 6 - My story 2.0 inspires you to begin the process of writing your own story. Of asking yourself “What is there for me to learn in this event? What is this person trying to teach me?

Mentioned on the show: Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

October 2019 Intuitive Eating Project Registration

Podcast Episode 101

View Details

On today's episode, we'll talk about cyclical living If our body is wise enough to know what to eat, when to eat and how to eat... what else can it do for us?

What else can we learn from our womanly body?

According to a study from the Archives of Gynecology and Obstetrics, fluctuations of hormones over the monthly menstrual cycle play a crucial role in our emotional status, appetite, thought processes, and so much more. Women reported high levels of well-being and self-esteem during the middle of the cycle in the study. Increased feelings of anxiety, hostility, and depression were reported before their period.

Cyclical Living Our egg wisdom is perhaps for us women another expression of our innate body wisdom. When I say egg wisdom, I’m referring to the wisdom of our female cycle. This wisdom that is our female cycle is wise enough to create life from… an egg and a sperm. What else can it do for us?

Over the last year, I became really acquainted with my female cycle and discovered a whole new world of intuition. The more I got familiar with how my body spoke to me through my cycle the more I realized that this is the extension of intuitive eating and also body neutrality.

Source: Cycle Synching

Body Neutrality & Cycle Synching Body neutrality teaches us to engage with our body as a whole and be grateful for all that it does for us... to care for our body. To build a relationship of trust and respect with our body and for all that it does for us.

As women, having a relationship with our cycle is part of body neutrality. Cycling is an exponential opportunity for us to connect with our body at a much deeper level. It’s no secret that at different stages of our cycle, we look, feel, and act differently. Observing our cycles and all that it creates in our bodies allows us to gather information and fully comprehend how symbiotic we are as women.

Intuitive Eating & Cyclical Living Intuitive eatingrequires us to shift from external cues to internal cues when it comes to eating and health. To eat intuitively, we need to be able to connect with our innate body wisdom just like with cyclical living.

Intuitive eating teaches us that we have this innate ability to know how to nourish our bodies via our intuition... what else can we learn from our intuitive food decision?

In my opinion, there’s a deep connection between cyclical living and intuitive eating.

The stepping stone to eating intuitively is to develop interoception, this ability to feel and tap into our internal body cues. In the case of intuitive eating, these cues are hunger, fullness, and satisfaction. Practicing cyclical living will enhance your ability to be an intuitive eater.

On today’s episode, Kate Northrup, an entrepreneur, bestselling author, speaker, and mother is going to teach us how to tap into the wisdom of our cycle to do less and improve our self-worth.

Kate has built a digital empire and is committed to supporting ambitious women to light up the world without burning themselves out in the process.

What you’ll learn listening to episode 205 of the Going Beyond The Food podcast: * How we’ve learned to seek self-worth externally * The impact of patriarchal society on women's self-worth * Why seeking self-worth externally is a forever never-ending loop * What is cyclical living and how you can implement it in your life * The deep connection between our cycle wisdom and body image * How to connect Intuitive Eating and cyclical living

Mentioned on the show: Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Get Kate's Book

The Secret Pleasure of Menopause

Rebecca Campbell Rise sister rise

Connect with our Guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

On today's episode, we'll talk about the BE DO HAVE formula for success That you want to change your health habits, stop overeating or make peace with your body, HOW you go about the process of transformation will determine your success.

The process that most of us have been thought to apply when wanting to create something new in our life has been the DO HAVE BE model.

In order to BE successful, for example, we need to first DO the things that HAVE the Success. When we DO enough of the “things, we hope to be rewarded by finally BEING successful.

DO BE HAVE in health transformation Take the example of the goal of being happy & healthy for women in today’s society. We are taught that in order for us, women to be happy and healthy, must HAVE thinness. We must fit in the proper BMI and have the “normal thin” body. In order for us to have the thin & a proper BMI body, we must DO diets (control food and / or exercise). When we have thinness and proper BMI, we will be rewarded by being healthy and happy.

Normal right? Perhaps normal to society standards but not right.

The problem is that it doesn’t work... I mean 95% of diets fail and dieters regain the weight which means that 95% of the population doesn’t have access to health and happiness?

DO HAVE BE keeps us stuck That model DO HAVE BE keeps us stuck in a state of depression, fear, guilt, and shame which leads us straight to a repeated cycle of failure. The results are that we are forever chasing health and happiness, but never getting “there”.

You’ve been there and perhaps are still there. I know I was for nearly 25 years. Stuck in a forever state of personal failure when it came to my weight, body, and food habits. But it wasn’t my fault just like it’s not yours either.

I was never taught how to actually create personal success in my life. I knew how to create success when it came to business and money but not personal behaviors.

BE DO HAVE model is the solution To be successful with human personal transformation, we must instead apply the Be Do Have model. What is the difference between DO HAVE BE versus DO BE HAVE?

In order to HAVE what you want, something that you currently do not have, you are going to have to do things you haven’t done before. You're going to have to do things differently. In order to DO the things you haven’t done before, you are going to have to BE someone you haven’t been before.

In this podcast episode, we will teach the most effective way of making changes in your health: The Be Do Have formula.

What you’ll learn today: * Why we self-sabotage on our way towards our goals * Why self-criticism doesn’t work as a means of motivation * DO HAVE BE versus BE DO HAVE * 3 steps toward any goal achievement using BE DO HAVE approach

Mentioned on the show: Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Free Workshop to discover the Academy

Academy Register directly for the Academy

View Details

On today's episode, we'll talk about the perfectionist paradigm shift Do you struggle in creating new long-lasting habits in your life? Particularly around food and health?

Maybe it’s exercise: you pay your new subscription to the gym with excitement and enthusiasm and plan to go 5 days a week before work.

Yet 6 weeks later, you’re not going to the gym anymore and your brain is going crazy with very self-critical thoughts as to why you once again failed yourself and all the things that are wrong with you.

Is that you? That was me until I learned to shift my paradigm about perfection.

Perfectionist, is that you? The perfectionist is a personality trait characterized by a person's striving for flawlessness and setting high-performance standards, accompanied by critical self-evaluations and concerns regarding others' evaluations.

Is that an accurate description of you?

Perfectionism is a trait of character present in many women that have been dieting for a long time. Our diet brain tells us that we need to be perfect at food & exercise if we hope to ever change our body... and diets reinforce this need for perfection via their food rules and need to be “on plan” all the time.

Worse, when we fail to achieve our diet goals, guess whose fault is it? Ours. The reason diet culture gives is that we are flawed... and if we were good enough aka had more discipline, it would have worked for us. So, we keep striving to be better and attempt to offset our flaw with a burning desire to be perfect.

Perfectionism and Habit Creation The problem with perfectionist fantasy is that we set ourselves up for failure, which results in a lack of integrity with ourselves.

And we feel bad about that, too! Not only are we flawed for not being able to diet successfully, but now we can’t even trust ourselves. So, we fantasize even more about our perfect meal plan and exercise regimen and hope that tomorrow will be the right day.

The problem is that in order to be able to create consistent long-term habits, we need to trust and believe in ourselves. We need to be able to start small to be able to grow big but diet brain hates that!

Minimum Baseline Minimum baseline is the anti-dote to perfection.

It is how you can recover from perfectionism and diet brain all in one.

Minimum baseline is how you will repair your integrity with yourself and begin a trustworthy relationship with YOU.

Minimum baseline is simple... too simple for our perfectionistic brain. It will be hard to manage your mind and all the self-critical thoughts that will come along.

In this episode, I teach you how to use the model of minimum baseline to successfully create new habits in your life when you have a diet brain! This model will shift your paradigm about needing to be perfect!

What you’ll learn today: * The relationship between us being a perfectionist and dieting * What needs to come first before creating new habits * The perfectionist paradigm shift to implement in your life * The key to consistent lifetime habits * What is minimum baseline and how to implement in your life

Mentioned on the show: Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Free Workshop

Academy Registration

View Details

On today's episode, we'll talk about stepping beyond the struggle In a way, this podcast is not just a message to those of you who are struggling, but it’s also a message to my former self.

It’s the advice I wish someone shared with me when I was struggling.

It’s the advice I wish I had when I went through so many dark times.

My struggle was my weight. Like most of you... for 25 years, that struggle occupied my life. It caused me lots of emotional pain, physical pain with crazy exercise protocols, tears, break up, missed relationship, the struggle of my body and weight caused a lot of drama in my life.

And for 25 years, I believed that the only way to stop the struggle to get over that pain was to lose weight.

Some say... but you did lose weight.

Yes, I did multiple times but here’s where it gets really crazy... when I did lose weight, you’d think struggle would be over right?

No, it didn’t. Instead, I just moved on to the next expression of the problem: saggy skin, soft skin on my belly, I'm still not thin enough for a partner to desire my body...

I was addicted to the weight problem... I was addicted to the drama it created in my life.

So, what did I do to step beyond the struggle? That what we will explore in today’s podcast.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is Diet Brain and how it plays within your struggle * How we get addicted to the problem at the center of our struggle * The importance of your mind in stepping beyond the struggle * How to step beyond the struggle

Mindset Model First model: become aware of your thought

Second model: reframe-change your thought

T: What is the trigger? What event typically or currently trigger the negative body self-talk?

T: What am I saying to myself in this situation? What are my thoughts? Before reframing...

F: How does this thinking make me feel?

A: How am I reacting (or wanting to react) behaviorally to this experience? What will be my new way of thinking about this trigger? New thinking, new choices, new decision.

Mentioned on the show: Academy Scholarship application

Academy registration for Fall 2019

Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

View Details

On today's episode, we'll talk about what's missing from your program As I shared on the last episode #200, we are in the midst of an epidemic and no, it’s not an obesity epidemic.

It’s the Diet Culture epidemic.

It has become completely normal to not like our body. It’s expected that we shame ourselves and our body if it doesn’t fit the “thin ideal”.

It has also become the norm to be on some kind of health programs that restrict the way we live our life. These same programs require that we disconnect from our body in order to be successful.

This has led us to no longer respect and trust our bodies. This is huge!

We live in an approximately 3 cubic foot space (our physical body) that we disrespect & doubt nearly every day. Without a healthy, respectful and trustworthy relationship, how can we expect our body to support us towards our goals?

There is one universal law that is common to all religions and spiritual beliefs that I’m aware of (and please correct me if I’m wrong😀): Love is always the answer.

In this episode, we dive deeper in what’s missing from your program and provide you with solution to fill the gap!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why it has become completely normal to ignore these 2 ”things” from nearly all health programs * What are the signs that something is missing from your program * 5 steps you can take to begin implementing to fill the gap in your life and health program * A quick exercise to help you shift your mindset around what’s missing on your program

Mentioned on the show: Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Power of Intention Part 1

Power of Intention Part 2

View Details

On today's episode, we dissect this concept of food labeling We are in the middle of an epidemic. One that is destroying the quality and longevity of our life.

It affects not only us but our children and their children.

While it’s been around for a while, it’s growing at an alarming rate. Not only here… but all around the world. You’d be hard-pressed to find a culture that isn’t struggling with it.

and no, it’s not Obesity. It’s our obsession with weight and diet.

97% of women surveyed by Glamour magazine in 2011 said they felt hatred towards their body at least 1x day and often much more.

8/10 women are unhappy with their reflection.

So we diet... and diet some more. Never really getting “there” and then at some point after decades of trying you think to yourself…

“That’s crazy I can’t do this for the rest of my life?” but then what?

There is a solution to help you stop dieting, a solution that will provide some structure around how you engage with food that will lead you to eat better consistently without restricting or being on a diet.

That solution is Intuitive Eating.

In this episode, we are going to the basics and sharing with you a FREE tool to get started with ending your relationship with dieting and starting a new one with your body.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * The latest “epidemic” that you need to watch out for * What is Diet Culture? * Why you have a choice to diet or not * 5 steps to gently start undieting and healthy beginning with Intuitive eating * Share a FREE tool that will be a game changer for you!

Mentioned on the show: Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Intuitive Eating Research

Intuitive Eating Book by Evelyn Tribole

Health At Every Size by Linda Bacon

View Details

On today's episode, we dissect this concept of food labeling Although we’ve learned to drop magical thinking when it comes to weather, crops or other natural phenomena, we still think of food as magical.

We label food in hopes that doing so will bring us closer to our desires and goals. The concept is that if we consume the “good” food will control our health and body unfortunately what comes along is shame & guilt when we do eat the “bad” food.

In today’s society not being able to control our food choices makes us weak people. That’s what we think as a result of being told so by diet culture and also according to all the health experts who want us to finally “release the unhealthy weight”.

But it’s true that there is such a thing as good food or bad food? If so, what are the healthy foods?

Here’s a sample of the myths we will cover: * What are the good and bad foods * Why are we so obsessed with food labeling * What motivates our need for food labeling * The side effect of food labeling * If there is an option to food labeling, what is it and how can we implement it in our life

Mentioned on the show: Get Started with our FREE Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Intuitive Eating Project

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about what intuitive eating is and is not Want to give Intuitive Eating a try?

These 13 misconceptions may make intuitive eating more challenging and increase the odds of you giving up.

Intuitive Eating is picking popularity over the last 12 months... In fact, this Anti-diet approach to eating has been called the next health trend to look forward to in 2020. Not surprising when we consider the 95% failure rate of traditional diets.

There no stopping Intuitive Eating and I couldn’t be more excited for what’s in store for 2020. And with every “trend” or popular movement comes questions, doubts, and naysayers.

On today’s episode, we are going to debunk 13 popular Intuitive Eating myths. 13 myths about intuitive eating, this proven and well-researched eating framework, that you should stop believing.

These 13 myths, we first are going to give them context and then bring facts forward as to why each one is false… or frankly said, bogus!

Here’s a sample of the myths we will cover: * Intuitive eating will make me gain weight. * Intuitive eating leads to binge eating. * Intuitive eating means I gave up on myself. * Intuitive eating is for healthy-minded people only. * Intuitive eating is unhealthy. * And 8 more super popular Intuitive Eating myths!

Mentioned on the show: Intuitive Eating Introduction Course

Research: Impact of weight cycling on risk of morbidity and mortality

Podcast Episode 171

The “Health and Wellness in Obesity” study

Intuitive Eating Studies

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about intuitive eating and cravings Is intuitive Eating not just a way of giving in to your cravings?

When women first get introduced to intuitive eating, their diet brain then ignites the thought that Intuitive Eating is a just a way to eat whatever we want and, in some cases, to validate laziness...

Intuitive way of eating is such a departure from dieting way of eating that it often ignites cognitive dissonance in women. You know that feeling of discomfort from the new information that is presented to you when it is opposite to the way YOU have been living your life?

You fight the new information! And come up with all good facts, science and reason why the new information is wrong...

On today’s episode, we answer that specific question. Is intuitive Eating not just a way of giving in to your cravings? If not, how do you manage cravings in the framework of intuitive eating?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * We answer the question, “Is intuitive Eating not just a way of giving in to your cravings?” * What is Intuitive Eating? * What exactly is considered a craving and when it’s “bad” * How we can “manage” our cravings with intuitive eating * The one word that can shift everything about cravings

Mentioned on the show: Intuitive Eating Free Course

Intuitive Eating Project

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about intuitive voice In the same way that Intuitive Eating teaches you to tap into your innate body wisdom to know what to eat, you can tap into this same body wisdom to be guided in all the other segments of your life.

The body wisdom we’ve been gifted by embodying our human body is awaiting us to notice her and engage with her with trust and respect.

Some will call this body wisdom intuition others will say inner voice... all the same.

When we do not engage and respect this wisdom, we tend to be engaged in perfectionism as a way to control life... control our life, control our future, control our body. Control so it can be the way it should be.

But it doesn’t work... and we try harder. Control more. And we fail harder.

On today’s episode, Kelly Covert, an inner voice coach will help us interrupt this pattern. Kelly has a passion for helping women believe and achieve their big vision by connecting deeply with the wisdom that is inside of them all while owning their worthiness each and every day.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is our inner voice? * Our intuition, what exactly is it? * How does intuitive voice show up in our day to day life? * How to hear our inner voice and learn from it. * Concrete exercise to practice tapping into our innate body wisdom or intuition.

Mentioned on the show: FREE Intuitive Eating Guide

Join our community to receive exclusive offers

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

Podcast

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about bathing suit confidence

Usually around April, we start hearing about “getting that bikini body” like it’s a thing we need to earn. After months of hibernation we are supposed to dust ourselves off and work really really hard to get a body that deserves to wear a bathing suit.

The truth I discovered through my own journey is that being confident in a bathing suit doesn’t require months of planning and buckets of sweat aren’t required.

We don’t have to earn the right to wear our bathing suit in public... we already have it. I just needed to find it!

So if you are struggling with enjoying the summer water because of how you feel in your bathing suit and perhaps wearing the bathing suit at all... you’ll want to listen to this!

On the episode today, I’ll share the 7 lessons I learned while getting back my confidence in a bathing suit and the exact steps I took.

Here’s a very powerful quote from Lindsay Kites from Beauty Redefined

“We don’t hate our bodies because they don’t look good enough, but because they’ve learned looks are all that matter." - Lindsay Kites, PhD.

And that ladies it the real issue we need to own up too when it comes to bathing suit confidence!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * You don’t need to earn the right to wear the dang bathing suit. * Wearing a bathing suit is simply practicality. * You can’t fool anyone… * Getting the right bathing for you makes all the difference. * Practice… yup, walk around the house with the dang thing on! * Pick your environment for your coming out party. * Invest in a good cover up.

Mentioned on the show: Join the Beyond the Food Community

FREE Intuitive Eating Guide

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about mindfulness One of the most impactful tools for reactive eating behavior is mindful eating.

One of the most powerful tools for reactive living (depression/anxiety) is mindful living.

Mindfulness is the basic human ability to be fully present, aware of where we are and what we’re doing, and not overly reactive or overwhelmed by what’s going on around us and within us including food.

Women Food & Mindfulness is an episode that has the power to change your relationship to food in a very easy way... I’ll share the Going Beyond The Food Method way to become more mindful.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is mindfulness and what it’s not! * Link between mindfulness and food * Why women could benefit more from mindfulness than men * How to be more mindful in your life * Easy way to incorporate mindfulness practice in your life

Mentioned on the show: FREE Intuitive Eating Guide

Mind-Body Connection article

Religion and Mindfulness

Going Beyond the Food Academy

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about people pleasing

“...but my priority is my family right now. I don’t have the time to do this work right now or to participate.”

We did a survey few months ago and asked our community members what is holding them back from doing the “work” meaning healing their relationship to food & body. People pleasing came in the top 3... specifically #2 . These are the women who knew they had people pleasing behaviors.

The funny thing is that the #1 reason holding back women from healing their relationship to food and body was: “I need to lose weight. I can’t bear being in this body right now. Got to fix that first before doing mindset work”. I say funny because that #1 reason is: people pleasing “in hiding”.

So people pleasing is a huge theme in our community! That’s what we are going to deep dive on this episode.

Our guest today is Sasha Heinz, PhD and a developmental psychologist. She is an expert in positive psychology, lasting behavioral change, and the science of getting unstuck.

She’s a working mom, she’s lived life on the front line of the battle with perfectionism. So, she is going to help us with that.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the disease of people pleasing? * How does it manifest in our life? * Why does it affect women more than men? * How to learn to say no? * How to let go of the opinion of others?

Mentioned on the show: FREE Intuitive Eating Guide

Intuitive Eating Project

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Goop Article

View Details

On today's episode, we discuss if healthy weight loss is possible and provide and answer, too!

Is it possible to lose weight in a healthy way?

When is gaining weight enough when I try to eat intuitively?

Is it wrong to still want to lose weight? I just want because I don’t feel comfortable in my actual one?

These are all super good questions and so valid considering the society we live in. We are surrounded by messages that we should want to lose weight and that we should aim to be in a smaller body. We have been taught from a very young age that:

  1. Health = Thinness
  2. Happiness = Thinner body
  3. That if we aren’t in society standards in our body size, we should be actively working really hard on getting “there” (aka smaller body)
  4. If the diet doesn’t work, it’s not the diet’s fault rather it’s our fault. We haven’t tried hard enough, exercised enough, or have enough will power, etc...

The desire to lose weight is completely and 100% normal.

Many of you know through your own experience that the proposed weight loss approach isn’t working so you are looking for an option, a healthy one.

Is there a healthy way to lose weight?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Is there a way to lose weight that is healthy? * Should we be tracking our weight? * How much weight do I gain eating intuitively before it’s enough? * I feel uncomfortable in my body, what should I do? * I feel unsexy in my body how to work through this?

Mentioned on the show: Beyond Keto Free Workshop

Free Intuitive Eating Guide

Waitlist Intuitive Eating Project

Fitness account to get inspired at any size: 1. Jessamyn Stanley- Everybodyyoga

Website

Instagram

Facebook

  1. Louise Green- Big Fit Girl

Website

Instagram

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about how to Unfuck Your Brain I wanted to lose weight so that I could be more self-confident.

95% of the women I work with want to or did want to lose weight so that they can be more confident.

We are taught by society that if we are thin, we will automatically be confident and ultimately happy.

Yet we lose the weight and we aren’t happier. We still don’t feel confident as we should. Then we regain the weight because, spoiler alert, diet doesn’t work long term. That’s until we repeat the cycle again looking for that “confidence”.

How many times do we have to repeat the cycle to see that confidence isn’t an external thing?? I did it for 25 years. You?

Our guest today, Kara Loewentheil, a Master Confidence Certified Coach with a B.A. from Yale and J.D. from Harvard Law is going to teach us how to become more self-confident today independent of our weight. The work is all in our mind!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How patriarchy and socialization thoughts impact our self-confidence * How to begin your journey into thought work * How to take massive actions and massive thinking in achieving your goals * How you can get yourself free access to the self-confidence challenge

Mentioned on the show: Self-Confidence Cheat Sheet

Body Acceptance Project

Intuitive Eating Guide

Connect with our guest Website

Unf*ck Your Brain Podcast

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about weight gain Yes, I’ve gained weight. I’m a nutritionist and I’ve gained weight. I’m a woman and I’ve gained weight.

I’ve gained weight and I’m ok with it.

Just 3 short years ago, I would have never considered writing this, recording this. I doing everything I could NOT to gain weight yet I was gaining weight. The more I try the less it worked.

On today’s episode, I’ll share my personal journey with weight gain and how I’m living through it. Some will say “coping with weight gain” and I would have said the same things just 2 short years ago. Today, I’m fully at peace with it. How can this be?

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * 9 lessons I’ve learned from gaining weight * My journey through dieting * Why and How my perspective on weight gain shifted * How I changed my perspective on weight & body

Mentioned on the show: Free Body Acceptance Challenge

Body Acceptance Project

Intuitive Eating Guide

Health At every Size Manifesto

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about how to liberate your body Only 4% of women will call themselves beautiful.

That statistics just broke my heart... The truth is I was part of that 96% not finding themselves beautiful for most of my life. To be real it’s almost an act of courage to accept your body in today’s world.

One of the most powerful agents in liberating myself from body shaming has been the studying of the concept of patriarchal beauty standard. The historical and economic reasons behind where we are with women’s body expectations in the year 2000. Fascinating and liberating experience and that’s what I want to share with you today.

Our guest today is Jess Baker, an author, international speaker and blogger with a background in mental health where she’s worked as a Psychosocial Rehabilitation Specialist. She described herself as an unabashed fat chick and a proponent of harnessing the magnificent power of shame resilience!

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * Why only 4 % of women will call themselves beautiful * How body insecurity hinders personal and professional productivity: * What are the patriarchal beauty standards and how they affect you today * Why we must engage in a holistic perspective of health to truly address the issue that is causing suffering * How using the word FAT is powerful act towards body acceptance

Mentioned on the show: Free Body Acceptance Challenge

Join the Beyond The Food Community and receive our free audio training

HAES podcast episode

Exercise Trauma podcast episode

Connect with our guest Book: Things No One Will Tell Fat Girls

Book: LandWhale

Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about Healing Body Image with Photography Do you struggle with seeing pictures of you?

Avoid them altogether maybe?

For all of us women who have struggled with body image, taming our self-image via observing our reflection on picture is a very important step in the process of healing body image. Taking pictures of ourselves and choosing compassion over self-critique is key.

On today’s episode, we are joined with a professional photographer who is using photography to heal her own body image struggle and the one of her clients in amazing body love photoshoots.

Our guest today is Ashley, a professional photographer from Toronto, Canada. Her work has been published in nationwide campaigns with international brands such as Air Miles, Mattel, and Bluenotes.

Ashley has also co-founded GRLCHILL which is a passion project about friendship, self-love, and womanhood.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * How to harness the power of photography to move forward with healing your body image struggle * How to coach yourself into confidence before taking a picture of yourself * Tips on how to take selfies in a powerful and authentic way and tame your self-reflection * Why family photos are so important and how to overcome the fear of taking them * The power of friendship in your journey towards self-acceptance

Ashley’s tips for getting in the mood to embrace your beauty Everyone loves taking a selfie when you’re feeling yourself, but what about when you don’t? Here are a few tips on how to get on that vibe:

  1. Find a few minutes and throw on your favorite song and just shut your eyes and let the moment take you. Jump, dance and sing your heart out. Nothing will make you feel sexier and empowered than moving to your power tune. Put on something you feel sexy and confident in and just have some fun taking some photos of yourself.
  2. Find your LIGHT! You don’t need a fancy ring light to snap a photo of your beautiful face. Find a window, face that window and let your energy shine through.
  3. Run your photo through a quick app to correct any colors that are off or play with some fun filters. You won’t find any Facetune over here. Some apps I like using when I don’t have my computer are: A Color Story, VSCO, and Lightroom CC Mobile. All of them are user-friendly and provide some great filter options to play with.
  4. Take your photo for no one other than yourself. As much as likes and comments make you feel good, take a photo to document YOU in this very moment. Having photos to look back on as we age and change will remind

Mentioned on the show: Join the Beyond The Food Community and receive our free audio training

Book a photo shoot with Ashley

GRLCHILL Project

GRLCHILL Instagram

Photography Apps A Color Story

VSCO

Lightroom CC

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

On today's episode, we discover why I quit Keto I’ve been avoiding recording this episode for nearly 2 years. I’ve been scared of the consequences, hesitated by fear of backlash, started recording it and stopped so many times. Something happened this week that triggered me to finally record this episode... It wasn’t just about me anymore. This episode needed to be recorded for you-the listeners, my clients, my patients and my students.

On today’s episode SHE’s Beyond The Food Chapter 3, I'll share with you my personal journey with food and diets... particularly the Ketogenic diet.

And today, I’m officially making it public: I’m calling it quits with keto and sharing the reasons that led me to make this choice.

This is not the type of quitting after just a few months of being keto or because I didn’t lose weight. This shift is way beyond this... I wrote a book about the ketogenic diet, lectured at professional conferences about keto, studied and researched ketosis and ultimately created an entire program about keto “The Keto Connector”. I was an expert on the ketogenic diet before keto became popular... so this is significant for me professionally and personally.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is the keto diet * How I came to keto personally and professionally * How I become angry at keto * Why I wouldn’t recommend keto * What I’m doing today instead of keto

Mentioned on the show: Intuitive Eating Project Registration

Going Beyond the Food Academy

Podcast Episode 161

Join the Beyond The Food Community and receive our free audio training

View Details

On today's episode, we discover intuitive eating

You are the boss of you, sister.... no one else. So hire, fire and promote accordingly.

I’m sure you wouldn’t tolerate anyone telling you what to do in your own house. You wouldn’t let anyone dictate who your date is, right?

Yet we let diets control our food choices and the way we feel about ourselves. That’s what we call diet culture.

Sisters, it’s time we stop letting diets control our lives. We must take our power back from the latest diet... including the latest keto expert!

It’s proven diets not only don’t work they lead to more weight gain. Diet is harmful to the female body.

Today, we discover intuitive eating, a proven self-care eating framework that puts YOU back in the driver seat of food choices, body, and health. This way of engaging with food (read here: not a diet) teaches you to be a team with your body.

Our guest today Evelyn Tribole, MS, RDN, CEDRD-S is the author of 9 books, with a nutrition counseling practice in Newport Beach, California. She is a co-creator of Intuitive Eating, a mind-body health process developed in 1995. Evelyn will take us through Intuitive Eating 101.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is intuitive eating and what it’s not. * The 10 Intuitive eating principles, why they exist, and how to apply them in real life * The Diet paradox and why diets don’t work * How intuitive eating and Health At Every Size work together * How to awaken the intuitive eater in you!

Mentioned on the show: Join the Beyond The Food Community and receive our free audio training

Conquer Emotional Eating

Going Beyond The Food Academy

Intuitive Eating Workbook

Intuitive Eating Book

Health At Every Size podcast episode

Connect with our guest Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about how to strengthen your intuition Do you wish to have more guidance in your life, to be more certain that you are making the right choices for you?

That knowing is accessible to you right now. This intelligence is inside you, me and all women: It’s called our intuition.

On today’s episode, we explore together the highest form of intelligence: intuition. We will learn how to connect to this superior source of intelligence and also how to strengthen it so you can be more confident.

Our guest today, Dr. Joy Martina is a Psychic Psychologist and a Channeler of Christallin Consciousness specializes in High-Level Intuitive Intelligence Training for entrepreneurs, business owners and celebrities. Dr. Joy will take us through her most recent best-selling book: How to use your intuition to transform your life.

What you’ll learn listening to this episode: * What is intuition and what is it not. * The 5 steps we must take to strengthen our intuition * Why being is a state of joy and happiness fuel our intuition * Dr. Joy leads us through an exercise to tap into intuitive eating power * How saying YES! 100x times can leads us towards our intuitive power.

Mentioned on the show: Book Dr. Joy Martina: How to Use Your Intuition

Free Self-Love Audio

Join the Beyond The Food Community and receive our free audio training

Register for the Spring Cohort - Academy

Connect with our guest: Website

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

On today's episode, we speak with Sheree Clark Are you at a “fork” in the road?

You know something needs to change... must change... has to change. You get the feeling that if you don’t make a choice now, life will make one for you.

For some, it’s an acute life event that forces them into making a choice... for me, it was collapsing on stage.

For other women, their body wisdom takes care of creating this fork in the road with aging and hormones. It’s called menopause. It’s the natural process that moves us from motherhood to coming of wisdom. Coming back to being “just” a woman... no longer the nurturer or caregiver. For many, that’s a hard transition.

In today’s episode, Sheree Clark talks about turning midlife crisis into mid-life awakening. Sheree will help you create a vision for your fork in the road creating opportunities for growth, fun, and achievement.

Sheree Clark is a midlife courage coach, TV show host, inspiring speaker and accomplished author.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * How Sheree found the courage to leave her successful career to find fulfillment. * “If I stay this way, life will eat me alive” feeling is real and how we can overcome it. * Sheree takes us through a powerful exercise to determine what fulfillment looks like for us. * How to approach the second phase of our life from a place of love instead of fear

Mentioned on the show: Join the Going Beyond The Food Community

Register for Sheree's 'It's Your Time' Event

Christian Northrup book

Connect with Our Guest: Instagram

Facebook

View Details

On today's episode - SHE’s Beyond The Food - Chapter 2: I'll share with you my personal journey with exercise, fitness and sports... and it’s been a wild ride.

Just like most of you, ladies that have a journey of dieting, exercise has been part of my life in a “not so fun way”... never willingly and because I desired to exercise rather because I HAD TO kind of way: to burn calories, to burn fat, or to punish myself for cheating on my diet and mostly because I needed to alter my body composition, ....

The result of this wild ride is trauma. As my mentor in trauma, Irene Lyon taught me “Trauma is in your nervous system not in the event”. I now can see it in most of my students too. We know we have to but for some “unexplainable” reason we can’t bring ourselves to do it. That “unexplainable” reason is trauma... it’s your nervous system protecting you from what has been in the past a very bad experience.

In fact, trauma can be healed. So does your relationship to exercise. With a load of compassion, acceptance and love, we can fall back in love with moving our body. Slowly & gently healing happens.

That’s SHE’s Beyond The Food Chapter 2.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Why ‘no pain no gain’ exercise is more detrimental than beneficial * What is trauma and how to determine if you have a traumatic relationship to exercise * Why I never call exercise... exercise * How to shift into an enjoyable relationship to movement

Mentioned on the show: Join the Going Beyond The Food Community

Going Beyond The Food Academy

SHE’s Beyond The Food – Part 1

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about Feng Shui Get the energy right in your home, closet, and fridge and everything else will follow. Yup, the energy that carries your home is impacting you right now... moving you closer to confidence or further away from peace with your food and body.

Imagine you and your home looking like Charlie Brown’s character, Pigpen. With debris and junk whirling around that “pretty” won’t fix. It is essentially putting lipstick on a pig.

Instead, let’s get your energy and your home’s energy in pristine shape so that when the “pretty” goes in, it uplevels every damn thing in your life.

Who doesn’t want that?

Today’s guest, Amanda Gates is a professionally trained Interior Designer, Feng Shui Practitioner, podcaster and award-winning blogger. She has seamlessly married interior design and Feng Shui for almost 20 years to help clients achieve spaces that feel as beautiful as they look.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * + How the energy in your home is expressed through the design and choices you have made in your home dĂŠcor. + The top 5 disruptors in your home design that sabotage the energy in your home + Amanda shares with us easy, applicable tips to change the energy in your home + How your closet and fridge carry energy that help you move forward towards being at peace with food and body

Mentioned on the show: Join the Beyond the Food Community and receive our free audio training

So... You Want to Lose Weight

Amanda’s website

Amanda’s podcast

Closet Blog

Feng Shui your fridge

Front door podcast

View Details

On today's episode, we talk about Healing Body Shaming Healing body shaming permeates through every aspect of your life... you finally stop chasing your worth and you get to find your innate female power.

You stop working crazy hours trying to prove yourself to your boss that you are worthy of the next promotion.

Reconciling yourself with your body finally gives you the power to stop pleasing everyone... become someone you don’t need anyone to tell you you’re worthy. You know!

Being confident leads you to attract the right lover... and have the courage to say no to the one that makes you feel like Sh*&%!

This is the first installment of “SHE’S beyond the food,” a new monthly episode. This coaching session will be me, me alone, sharing a very vulnerable moment of my life in which I coach myself to go beyond the food.

This is raw, uncut version of me, your host, Stephanie Dodier, the woman, not the expert.

In this episode, I share how healing another layer of body shaming led me through a massive transformation of my business.

What you'll learn listening to this episode: * Why I went on a 4 weeks hiatus from the podcast * How I turn a business disaster into a massive win * Why body shaming permeates through every aspect of your life... and why healing it guides you to find your strength. * How I surround myself to be successful * How to stop chasing my worth and you get to find my innate female power & wisdom

Mentioned on the show: Join the Beyond The Food Community and receive our free audio training

So... You Want to Lose Weight

Conquer Emotional Eating

View Details

Why do I need to go beyond the food to make peace with food and my body

That’s the one question I get and yes...

that’s a very valid question, and to be honest, a very good starting point for us to have a very powerful conversation.

We’ve been trained for years via diet culture to seek a solution to our food, weight and body issues with food and exercise. If we whip in shape our physical body, we will get result. Get thinner... and then, we’ll be happy and healthy.

yet it doesn’t work. We know that and hence why you and I are here...

Why doesn’t it work... because our relationship with food and body doesn’t stem from our physical body, rather it shows up in our physical body. It originates from our mind, emotions, and spirit.

That’s what I’ve found through my own struggle and later on what my training and education has taught me. The 4 layers of the human being is what we address in the Going Beyond the Food Method. It stems from a very old body of work - Holistic health.

In today’s episode, will deep dive into the emotional body particularly with Dr. Joan Rosenberg.

In show 177, we spoke about the mental body with Christina Hyland.

In show 178, we spoke about the spiritual body with Dr. Louise Swartswalter.

In show 179, we spoke about the physical body with Dr. Michelle Sands.

Finally, show 181 we’ll talk about a unique aspect of human that has a tremendous impact on why we urge to eat or self-destruct via body shaming: our nervous system with our resident expert, Irene Lyon.

In this episode I discuss * The role of the Emotional Body in relation to the holistic health model * The real purpose of our emotions * How having emotional strength is part of confidence, too: Developing emotional strength

Last episode was an interview with Dr. Michelle Sands and she talked about the role of the physical body in relation to the holistic health model.

She also shared her view why we cannot separate each of the 4 bodies from each other and the impact of menopause and perimenopause to women’s body’s overall health.

Finally, she detailed why suffering is optional when dealing with perimenopause and menopause and how the Physical Body plays as a vehicle to making peace with food and body. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Dr. Joan Rosenberg latest book: 90 Seconds to a Life You Love

Dr. Joan Rosenberg free gift

Take the Self-assessment to evaluate your relationship to food and weight

Free Audio Training

Episode 177: The Mental Body

Episode 178: The Spiritual Body

Episode 179: The Physical Body

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Holistic Approach to Making Peace with Food and Body Why do I need to go beyond the food to make peace with food and my body

That’s the one question I get and yes...

that’s a very valid question, and to be honest, a very good starting point for us to have a very powerful conversation.

We’ve been trained for years via diet culture to seek a solution to our food, weight and body issues with food and exercise. If we whip in shape our physical body, we will get result. Get thinner... and then, we’ll be happy and healthy.

yet it doesn’t work. We know that and hence why you and I are here...

Why doesn’t it work... because our relationship with food and body doesn’t stem from our physical body, rather it shows up in our physical body. It originates from our mind, emotions, and spirit.

That’s what I’ve found through my own struggle and later on what my training and education has taught me. The 4 layers of the human being is what we address in the Going Beyond the Food Method. It stems from a very old body of work - Holistic health.

In today’s episode, we’ll deep dive into the physical body particularly around perimenopause with Dr. Michelle Sands

In show 177, we spoke to the mental body with Christina Hyland.

In show 178, we spoke about the spiritual body with Dr. Louise Swartswalter.

Upcoming in show 180, we’ll talk about the emotional body with Dr. Joan Rosenberg. Finally, show 181 we’ll talk about a unique aspect of human that has a tremendous impact on why we urge to eat or self-destruct via body shaming: our nervous system.

In this episode I discuss * The reason why we cannot separate each of the 4 bodies from each other * The role of the physical body in relationship to the holistic health model * Perimenopause and menopause: their impact to women's body overall health * Why suffering is optional when dealing with perimenopause and menopause

Last episode was an insightful interview with Dr. Louise Swartswalter as we deep dive into the spiritual body and its impact on the way we engage with food and body.

She gave us a clear understanding of what energy medicine is and how to begin to heal our spiritual body. She also gave us practical situation how the spiritual body shows up in our day to day life.

Ultimately, she talked about how the Spiritual Body is key to making peace with food and body. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Register for The Perimenopause Summit

Stephanie’s favorite menopause book: The menopause wisdom:

Take the Self-assessment to evaluate your relationship to food and weight

Free Audio Training

Crave Cure Guide

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Spiritual Body to Making Peace with Food and Body Two questions that keep coming back from new members in our community:

What does it mean to Go Beyond The Food?

And then...

Why would I need to Go Beyond The Food?

These are GOOD questions and to be honest, a very good starting point for us to have a  very powerful conversation. 

To answer these 2 questions, we must first recognize that for most of us, women, we’ve been trained since a young age via Diet Culture to seek a diet solution to our “food issues, weight and body” within the constraints of our physical body. The solution being to a-beat our body into shape and b-restrict our food. Ultimately, we’ve been deeply trained to believe that getting a thinner physical body would bring us health and happiness.

Yet it doesn’t work. We know that and hence why you and  I  are  here... 

Why doesn’t it work? Because our relationship to food and body doesn’t stem only from our physical body. Our desire to eat and shame ourselves originate from our mind, emotions, and spirit.

That’s what I’ve found through my own struggle and later on what my training and education have taught me. The 4 layers of the human being are what we address in the Going Beyond The Food Method. It stems from a very old body of works in Holistic health.

Today’s episode will deep dive into the spiritual body with Dr. Louise Swartswalter and its impact on the way we engage with food and body.

In show 177,we spoke about the mental body with Christina Hylan.

Upcoming in show 179, will talk about the physical body and show 180, will discuss emotional body. Finally, show 181 will talk about a unique aspect of human that has a tremendous impact our why we urge to eat or self-destruct via body shaming: our nervous system.

In this episode I discuss * The Spiritual Body to making peace with food and body * How the spiritual body shows up in our day to day life * What is energy medicine? * How to begin to heal our spiritual body

Last episode was an insightful interview with Christina Hyland as she talks about the Mental body and its impact on the way we engage with food and out body. She talks about the reason why individuals develop eating disorder or problem and the process on how to come back to ourselves from our false selves through the 'feel to heal' approach. You don't wanna miss this episode in this series. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Dr. Louise Swartswalter's website

Mind Gems, 12 little exercises that balance the brain- soul!

Brain Soul Success Bootcamp

FREE webinar- The Five Secrets to a Beautiful Amazing YOU!

Take the Self-assessment to evaluate your relationship to food and weight

Free Audio Training

Crave Cure Guide

Essay on religion and the Going Beyond The Food Method

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Holistic Approach to Making Peace with Food and Body Two questions that keep coming back from new members in our community:

What does it mean to Go Beyond The Food?

And then...

Why would I need to Go Beyond The Food?

These are GOOD questions and to be honest, a very good starting point for us to have a  very powerful conversation. 

To answer these 2 questions, we must first recognize that for most of us, women, we’ve been trained since a young age via Diet Culture to seek a diet solution to our “food issues, weight and body” within the constraints of our physical body. The solution being to a-beat our body into shape and b-restrict our food. Ultimately, we’ve been deeply trained to believe that getting a thinner physical body would bring us health and happiness.

Yet it doesn’t work. We know that and hence why you and  I  are  here... 

Why doesn’t it work? Because our relationship to food and body doesn’t stem only from our physical body. Our desire to eat and shame ourselves originate from our mind, emotions, and spirit.

That’s what I’ve found through my own struggle and later on what my training and education have taught me. The 4 layers of the human being are what we address in the Going Beyond The Food Method. It stems from a very old body of works in Holistic health.

That’s what we will dive into today... We first going to talk about Mental body. Episodes 178-179-180 will address the other 4 bodies and 181 will talk about a unique aspect of human that has a tremendous impact our why we urge to eat or self-destruct via body shaming: our nervous system.

Let’s start today by exploring the mental body and its impact on the way we engage with food and body.

In this episode I discuss * The Mental Body: It's impact on the way we engage with food and our body * The reason why individuals develop eating disorder * The process on how to come back to ourselves from our false selves * What feel to heal means in relation to how you engage with food and your body

Last episode was an interview with a another holistic nutritionist who has a unique way of looking into meeting our daily needs.

That’s what Rachel Molenda refers to as filling your cup. Rachel inspires women to take action to meet their daily needs so that they don’t use food to fill the lack of self-care.

Rachel will inspire you in this episode by sharing how prioritizing your needs is instrumental to showing up the best version of you. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Offer from Christina: Free 30-minute consultation meet and greet. Email her: gutinstinctsnutrition@gmail.com

Live Events

Free Audio Training

Going Beyond the Food Academy - Coaching Program

Take the Self-assessment to evaluate your relationship to food and weight

Crave Cure Guide

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Fill Your Cup Are good are you at meeting your daily needs?

That’s what Rachel Molenda refers to as filling your cup. Rachel is a holistic nutritionist who inspires women to take action to meet their daily needs so that they don’t use food to fill the lack of self-care.

Rachel will inspire us today to make it happen. Prioritizing your needs to show up the best version of you.

In this episode I discuss * What "fill your cup" really means * The real reason why you should keep your cup full * How the "fill your cup" philosophy can be an instrument to developing intuitive eating

Last episode I talked about the elephant in the room... yes, I talked about weight loss. If you're one of those women who wanna lose weight, you are not alone. I was there for many years along with millions of other women just like you.

The truth is 91% of women are unhappy about their body and seek weight loss as a solution. It’s a basic human need to be accepted by our tribe and peers, therefore to be “normal”.

All we want to be “normal”, we want to be confident in our body and image. We are ready to do what needs to get done to feel “normal” in our body. For most of us in this community, this desire to be “normal weight” has gone one of two ways: we did lose weight at some point but it didn’t “stick” OR we haven’t yet attempted to lose weight because we are so afraid of failure and change.

Why is it that we can’t do what we deeply desire? Curious? You gotta listen to this episode. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Sign up for Rachel's Community

Live Workshop Replay

Going Beyond the Food Academy - Coaching Program

Want to know if our coaching program is right for you? Complete our Assessment

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

This is Part 2 of 2. Part 1 can be accessed here.

Do you want to lose weight?

If so, you are not alone. I was there for many years along with millions of other women just like you.

The truth is 91% of women are unhappy about their body and seek weight loss as a solution.

First, let’s level up on one fundamental point: No one wakes up one morning wanting to be fat, carry extra weight or not be able to lose weight.

It’s a basic human need to be accepted by our tribe and peers, therefore to be “normal”.

All we want to be “normal”, we want to be confident in our body and image. We are ready to do, what needs to get done to feel “normal” in our body.

For most of us in this community, this desire to be “normal weight” has gone one of two ways: we did lose weight at some point but it didn’t “stick” OR we haven’t yet attempted to lose weight because we are so afraid of failure and change.

Why is it that we can’t do what we deeply desire?

That’s what we will cover in this 2-part podcast series: episode 173-175.

In this episode I discuss * What you need to consider in your desire to lose weight * Why do we want to lose weight * Does Thinness equals Happiness? * How I changed my relationship to food from overeating, binging and emotional eating to food freedom

Last episode I talked about the elephant in the room... yes, I talked about weight loss. If you're one of those women who wanna lose weight,

you are not alone. I was there for many years along with millions of other women just like you.

The truth is 91% of women are unhappy about their body and seek weight loss as a solution. It’s a basic human need to be accepted by our tribe and peers, therefore to be “normal”.

All we want to be “normal”, we want to be confident in our body and image. We are ready to do what needs to get done to feel “normal” in our body. For most of us in this community, this desire to be “normal weight” has gone one of two ways: we did lose weight at some point but it didn’t “stick” OR we haven’t yet attempted to lose weight because we are so afraid of failure and change.

Why is it that we can’t do what we deeply desire? Curious? You gotta listen to this episode. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Going Beyond the Food Academy - Coaching Program

NEW- Live Workshop Registration

Readiness Assessment for Academy program - Quiz

Health At Every Size studies

Book - Intuitive Eating studies

Journal of Obesity study on impact of body image perception

So You Wanna Lose Weight - Part 1 can be accessed here

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Your Past Doesn't Define You Do you let your past failure define your today?

Perhaps you think you are limited in your future possibilities because of your past failure?

“I have tried so many diets and programs and failed; that I can't bear to go to my husband with another program, especially one that costs $800+. I simply can't go to my husband with yet another "magical pill" .... he won't understand; even if we could afford it." - Going Beyond The Food Academy scholarship applicant

This type of message is unfortunately very frequent when we open our scholarship program. It saddens me because so many of us let our past define who we can be in the future.

The truth is...

You are not the choices you’ve made.

You are not the child you once were.

No, you are not your failed marriage.

You are not the setbacks of yesterday.

Neither you are the bad things that have happened to you.

You can be that woman that wakes up tomorrow morning and that say I’m not doing this anymore…

I’m going to figure this out.

I’ll do this by my morale, my value. I’m going to be honest with myself.

Because I decided that this is me.

And because I decided I'm NOT my past!

You are the person who LEARNS from a great deal of her past experiences.

And because you are processing these experiences correctly, you’ll have the happier life, the health and the confidence to achieve what you want.

That’s what this episode is about... I’ll share with you the process that I use to NOT be my past!

In this episode I discuss * The Past Guides Our Choices — It Doesn’t Make Our Choices For Us * What happens IF you stopped beating yourself up * How to not be defined by your past diet failure: My 4 step-process

Last episode I talked about the elephant in the room... yes, I talked about weight loss. If you're one of those women who wanna lose weight,

you are not alone. I was there for many years along with millions of other women just like you.

The truth is 91% of women are unhappy about their body and seek weight loss as a solution. It’s a basic human need to be accepted by our tribe and peers, therefore to be “normal”.

All we want to be “normal”, we want to be confident in our body and image. We are ready to do what needs to get done to feel “normal” in our body. For most of us in this community, this desire to be “normal weight” has gone one of two ways: we did lose weight at some point but it didn’t “stick” OR we haven’t yet attempted to lose weight because we are so afraid of failure and change.

Why is it that we can’t do what we deeply desire? Curious? You gotta listen to this episode. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Going Beyond the Food Academy - Coaching Program

NEW- Live Workshop Registration

Readiness Assessment for Academy program - Quiz

Links to Free Resources - Podcast Episodes 149-People Pleasing: How to Stop Being a People-Pleaser

151-How Much Is the Desire to Control Your Food & Weight Really Costing You?

152-Finding the Courage to Do What’s Best for You with Jessica Tomasko

147: What Got You Here Won’t Get You There-You Can Be the Hero of Your Story

150-Boost Your Self-Confidence in 4 Steps

173-So You Wanna Lose Weight? Part 1

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Wanna Lose Weight? Do you want to lose weight?

If so, you are not alone. I was there for many years along with millions of other women just like you.

The truth is 91% of women are unhappy about their body and seek weight loss as a solution.

First, let’s level up on one fundamental point: No one wakes up one morning wanting to be fat, carry extra weight or not be able to lose weight.

It’s a basic human need to be accepted by our tribe and peers, therefore to be “normal”.

All we want to be “normal”, we want to be confident in our body and image. We are ready to do, what needs to get done to feel “normal” in our body.

For most of us in this community, this desire to be “normal weight” has gone one of two ways: we did lose weight at some point but it didn’t “stick” OR we haven’t yet attempted to lose weight because we are so afraid of failure and change.

Why is it that we can’t do what we deeply desire?

That’s what we will cover in this 2-part podcast series: episode 173- 174.

In this episode I discuss * What you need to consider in your desire to lose weight * Why your relationship to food now is simply a reflection of your relationship to yourself * How I changed my relationship to food from overeating, binging and emotional eating to food freedom

Last episode was an interview with a Type A woman, a graduate student of the Going Beyond the Food Academy, Susan.

Susan is just like you and she shares her journey. Her journey to find peace with food and body using the Going Beyond The Food Method. She openly shared with us how hard-working A-type women who are used to being in control can also achieve success with food and their body. Moreover, the role that our beliefs play towards achieving Food Freedom and success in all aspect of our lives.

Are you a Type A woman struggling with your relationship food and body? This interview is for you. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Going Beyond the Food Academy - Coaching Program

Free Info Session - Registration

NEW- Live Workshop Registration

Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Free Assessment - Quiz

Health At Every Size studies

Book - Intuitive Eating studies

Journal of Obesity study on impact of body image perception

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Type A Women Are you a type A- achieving women, successful in many aspects of their life: career, family, finances but they don’t feel as successful in one area of their life: food & body?

If that’s you, this episode is a MUST-listen. Susan is just like you and she shares her journey. Her journey to find peace with food and body using the Going Beyond The Food Method.

The Going Beyond The Food Method is designed to help women 40+ that are successful in their career, family and finance but feel unsuccessful with their body and weight remove the emotional blocks that keep them stuck: tunnel approach to their weight via diets and exercise, negative thoughts patterns towards their body, and low self-esteem finally stop sabotaging with food and engage with their body from a place of compassion so that they can be at peace and live fulfilling life right now!

What I’ve found over the years is that most women that are successful in most aspects of their lives except their body feel like they’ll never be able to lose weight. They’ve tried everything: all the diets, over exercising, personal trainers and nothing works. Frustrated, so they end up self-sabotaging with food in secret as a way to manage their feeling of guilt.

What they really want is to feel confident and healthy in their body, to be free from food obsession and live life on purpose and satisfied but most of them are stuck and feel ashamed.

So the mistake they make is that they attempt to control what they eat in hopes to finally lose the weight. They end up dieting and restricting even more which feels like self-punishment and self-loathing (brute force) themselves as a way to motivate themselves.

When in reality, what they only need to do is to remove the emotional blocks of self-loathing and worthiness that keep them feeling stuck: feeling worthiness and self-loathing and engage with body from a place of compassion instead judgment and finally stop sabotaging with food.

In this episode I discuss * Susan’s journey - from using food as a weapon to beat herself up to Going Beyond the Food and making peace with food and her body * How hard-working A-type women who are used to being in control can also achieve success with food and their body * The role that our beliefs play towards achieving Food Freedom and success in all aspect of our lives

Last episode was an interview with Molly Bahr, a Health At Every Size expert. She talked about the act of dieting as the greatest predictor of weight gain.

Most of us know diets have failed us and continue to fail us. The older we get, the worse it gets… it’s not just failing us physically on the scale but also emotionally and mentally. In fact, the side effect of food and exercise obsession is leaving us feeling overwhelmed, stressed and terribly anxious.

We want to be confident and healthy but we know diets don’t work… but we feel we have no other choice. Right??

Is there another choice other than dieting? This interview episode will rock your world. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Info Session - Academy Registration

NEW- Live Workshop Registration

Free Assessment - Quiz

Join the Academy - Register Here

Susan's essay on Christianity

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Health At Every Size The act of dieting is the greater predictor of weight gain.

Most of us know diets have failed us and continue to fail us. The older we get, the worse it gets... it’s not just failing us physically on the scale but also emotionally and mentally. In fact, the side effect of food and exercise obsession is leaving us feeling overwhelmed, stressed and terribly anxious.

We want to be confident and healthy but we know diets don’t work... but we feel we have no other choice. Right??

Is there another choice other than dieting?

Yes, there is... Chasing health instead of weight loss. Adopting compassionate and healing behaviors towards our whole self.

The truth is weight management isn’t a guarantee of health. What?!?!

Yup... and now enter Health At Every Size. A movement and scientific approach to health that isn’t focused on weight but instead what really drives health in humans.

In this interview, Molly Bahr takes us through the Health At Every size basic principles.

In this episode I discuss * What is HAES: Health At Every Size 101 * The collateral damage of dieting * 'What Conventional Health Books Get Wrong, Leave Out, and Just Plain Fail to Understand about Weight'

Last episode I shared my interview with one of the graduates of the Fall 2018 Going Beyond the Food Academy. It was a vulnerable one as she shared her personal journey going beyond the food and transforming her relationship to food and her body.

Indeed, her inspirational story proved that the journey to body confidence and peace with food and body image is possible and quickly achievable if you...

If you get committed and invest in yourself!

For Erin, the transformation led her to have peace of mind and body confidence... and yes, peace with food. She is now on her way to healing other parts of her life seeking the next best version of herself. Learn more about her story through this interview episode. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Info Session - Academy

Join the Academy

Free Assessment - Quiz

Molly's Instagram account

Resources: HAES

Manifesto: HAES

HAES book

Podcast Episode 117: Body Kindness

Intuitve Eating Guide & Body Image Guide for kids

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Body Confidence The journey to body confidence and peace with food and body image is possible and quickly achievable if you...

If you get committed and invest in yourself!

Commitment is the biggest component of the process. Commitment to YOU via commitment to your time, mental headspace, physical space, boundaries and financial.

Erin, a graduate from the Going Beyond The Food Academy Fall 2018 is sharing her inspirational journey with us which started with commitment... For her, it was commitment to not letting her fear get in the way of her transformation.

For Erin, the transformation led her to have peace of mind and body confidence... and yes, peace with food. She is now on her way to healing other parts of her life seeking the next best version of herself.

In this episode I discuss * Erin's inspirational journey Going Beyond the Food * What's on the other side of taking this journey of undieting your life and Going Beyond the Food * The possibilities of tweaking your relationship to food and to your body from a place of peace, love and compassion

Last episode I talked about how we set goals for the year in the Going Beyond the Food Academy. And yes, we do it differently... probably something you're never head before. In fact, we don’t seek weight loss, more money or a new house... Instead, we chase how we think we’re going to feel when we “get there”. We chase our Desired Feelings... because what’s really behind all “regular goals” is wanting to feel a certain way... We chase weight loss to be accepted, to be beautiful in the eyes of others, to not feel marginalized by society, to feel sexy.

I also explained the difference between motivation and inspiration and my top 3 tips to bring inspiration into your life and to hold the vision all year.

Get ready to hear some of my favorite inspirational quotes, too! Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Join the Academy

Free Assessment - Quiz

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

This time next year...

2019 is going to be the best year of my life.

I know this is true.

Each year is always better than the last.

I keep evolving and working on myself.

My goals keep getting bigger.

My heart keeps getting bigger.

My clients’ lives keep getting bigger.

In December, in the Academy, we write our goals for the year.

But we do it differently than anyone else.

We choose how we want to feel.

We chase our Desired Feelings.

because what’s really behind all “regular goals” is wanting to feel a certain way... We chase weight loss to be accepted, to be beautiful in the eyes of others, to not feel marginalized by society, to feel sexy.

We don’t really seek weight loss, more money or a new house... we chase how we think we’re going to feel when we “get there”.

I did this last year at this same time.

So, did all my #academysisters.

And this year we are celebrating all the successes.

I’m inspired by my students and clients every day to be the best version of myself.

I feel free.

I live in an abundance. Everything is possible.

I experience beauty all the time.

I have faith in what the universe has in store for me and my tribe of academy sisters.

How will you feel this year?

This time next year, will you tell me your success story?

I say yes.

Let's set your desire feelings for 2019.

Then, let’s make it happen together.

Join me in the Going Beyond The Food Academy.

In this episode I discuss * Motivation versus Inspiration * My top 3 tips to bring inspiration in your life * How to create an environment of inspiration * My top inspirational quotes

Last episode I shared why I decided to ditch resolutions all together 5 years ago. Like many women, I used to have resolutions every new year. Yes, some of them worked... until they didn't. Does this sound familiar to you?

Here’s cold hard truth about resolutions: 40 to 45% of American adult make one or more resolutions each year.

Now, I don’t chase regular goals... I chase desired feeling. Yes, goal setting with feelings.

You can too! Chasing feelings is the key to staying motivated all year and confident! I'll tell you how. Click here!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Food Freedom Challenge - January 1, 2019

Join the Academy

Get your Food Freedom Score

Don't Stop Believin': Everyman's Journey

Undiet Series 165-Body Acceptance: The Must-Have to Make Peace with Food

166-Strategies to Maintain Motivation and Consistency

167-How to Get Results: 5 Obstacles to Avoid

168-Goal Setting with Feelings

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Goal Setting with Feelings Did you make resolutions last year?

How did it work for you?

Here’s cold hard truth about resolutions: 40 to 45% of American adult make one or more resolutions each year.

Top new year's resolutions for 2017:
- Save money
- Lose weight / get in shape
- Have more sex

The following shows how many of these resolutions are maintained as time goes on:
- not even 1 month: 43%
- one month: 66%
- less than 3 months: 80%

Is that you? That was me for years.... until I decided to ditch resolutions all together 5 years ago. Once I’ve done that, I’ve achieved all of my goals.

Now, I don’t chase regular goals... I chase desired feeling. Yes, goal setting with feelings.

You can too! This is what we talk about in today’s episode. How to flip the resolutions model on its head and chase what really sits under traditional goals: a desire to feel a certain way.

Chasing feelings is the key to staying motivated all year and confident!

In this episode I discuss * Why you should ditch SMART goal setting * How to set goals that will stimulate your right brain: your feelings, emotions, creation and possibilities * Goal setting with feelings: step-by-step process

Last episode was all about how to get results when desiring to change some things in our lives. Some women go on to achieve their goal and others don’t. Why?

To be honest, it has nothing to do with your capacity as much as your mindset. Your ability to have an honest discussion with yourself and accepting what will need to change in your life in order to achieve your goals. And likely what needs to change isn’t what you think... because the truth is if you knew you’d already done, right?

The secret to achieving your goals resides in what you don’t know or what you don’t want to see or accept about yourself.

Click here and I’ll share with you the 5 obstacles that women face when desiring change in their lives.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Food Freedom Challenge - January 1, 2019: Podcast listener can use coupon code 50OFF until Dec 25th to get $50 off the registration price

Register to the Academy waitlist

Get your Academy Gift Card - until December 24, 2018

Get your Food Freedom Score

Undiet Series 165-Body Acceptance: The Must-Have to Make Peace with Food

166-Strategies to Maintain Motivation and Consistency

167-How to Get Results: 5 Obstacles to Avoid

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

How to get results All of us have goals. Goals like getting married or maybe having children. Taking the next step up in our career or for some, having more energy.

Making more money and losing weight are the top two goals people set in their lives... especially, new year’s resolution.

Some women go on to achieve their goal and others don’t. Why?

To be honest, it has nothing to do with your capacity as much as your mindset. Your ability to have an honest discussion with yourself and accepting what will need to change in your life in order to achieve your goals.

And likely what needs to change isn’t what you think... because the truth is if you knew you’d already done, right?

The secret to achieving your goals resides in what you don’t know or what you don’t want to see or accept about yourself.

In this episode of the podcast, I’ll share with you the 5 obstacles that women face when desiring change in their lives.

In this episode I discuss * The 5 obstacles to avoid to get results * Why the most powerful transformations HAVE TO feel scary * Why your 'Why' is soooo important

Last episode, I talked about one of the top 3 questions I get asked on open forums. “I get off track very easily and difficult to get back on track. Finding a way to be motivated every day is hard. What should I do?" Does this sound familiar to you? Have you asked the same question before?

The truth is maintaining motivation is a struggle for many as it was for me and is still when it comes to exercise. Here’s the secret... Motivation is not something you have or don’t have. It’s something you cultivate via your intention... your 'why'. What's yours?

Click here now and let's dive into the 5 strategies to maintaining motivation... this episode will rock your world!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Food Freedom Challenge - January 1, 2019

Register to the Academy waitlist

Get your Academy Gift Card - until December 24, 2018

Get your Food Freedom Score

Undiet Series Podcast Episode 165: Body Acceptance: The Must-Have to Make Peace with Food

Podcast Episode 166-Strategies to Maintain Motivation and Consistency

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Maintaining Motivation “I get off track very easily and difficult to get back on track. Finding a way to be motivated every day is hard. What should I do?

That’s one of the top 3 questions I get on open forums. Along with how to be consistent and how can I lose weight (I never answer this one anymore!).

The truth is maintaining motivation is a struggle for many as it was for me and is still when it comes to exercise.

Here’s the secret... Motivation is not something you have or don’t have. It’s something you cultivate via your intention.

Research and science are clear: Willpower doesn’t work. So, what then? Your big why, your intention, your higher purpose is what works to sustain motivation day in and day out.

Your 'why' is what we call an internal motivator and the key to maintain motivation is to be clear on your 'why'.

To set the intention based on internal motivators that will activate the right part of your brain and create the magic of motivation without having to resort to willpower and self-punishment as a force to make you do things.

And that, ladies, is in every part of your life... personal / career/ family... and yes your health. Motivation works the same way for everything. Everything!

Let’s dive into the 5 strategies to maintaining motivation... this podcast will rock your world!

In this episode I discuss * Internal motivator versus external motivators * 4 strategies for maintaining motivations * Changing relationship to food and body: what you need to do

Last episode, I talked about the must-have to make peace with food... Body Acceptance. More than a must-have, it’s essential.

We think that we can delay accepting our body until we get our relationship to food OK. Most of us are ready to do the work with our emotions but when it comes to doing the work with our body image... we resist. And we resist hard!

The truth is.... you can’t make peace with food without making peace with your body right now as is!

Yet we think that we can avoid accepting our body. The pain and suffering associated with non-body acceptance is the cause of many emotional eating roller coaster, binges and diet cycle... Click here to learn the 3 things you can do now to start accepting... yep, no-cost involved.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Register to the Academy waitlist

Get your Academy Gift Card

Get your Food Freedom Score

Check out podcast episode 162: All or Nothing Mindset Trap

Podcast Episode 70: The Illusion of Perfection

Podcast Episode 157: The Secret Fear of Success

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

We think that we can delay accepting our body until we get our relationship to food OK.

Most of us are ready to do the work with our emotions but when it comes to doing the work with our body image... we resist. And we resist hard!

The truth is Body Acceptance is the must-have to make peace with food. More than a must-have, it’s essential.

Can’t make peace with food without making peace with your body right now as is!

It’s like trying to heal a splinter without removing the foreign object. Crazy right? You never think of not removing what causing the infection, the pus, the pain, the inflammation...

Yet we think that we can avoid accepting our body. The pain and suffering associated with non-body acceptance is the cause of many emotional eating roller coaster, binges and diet cycle.

In this episode I discuss * Body Acceptance: the definition * What happens when we don't accept our body as is * The 3 things you can do now to start accepting... yep, no-cost involved

Last episode, I shared my Holiday Survival Guide cause I know the holidays can be tough and can cause more anxiety than pleasure for many. So, I've gathered my tools and shared it with you, my community to help you thrive during the holidays and focus on things that really matter in this special time of the year.

The Beyond The Food Holiday Survival guide will move you from self-destructing eating habits during the holiday to thriving and loving the holidays altogether!

and Yes, it’s possible...

As with anything we teach here, a few tweaks in your mindset and how you approach certain situation or event will be needed to move from shriveling at the idea to anticipating the holiday with excitement. Click here and enjoy the holidays!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Register to the Academy waitlist

Get your Food Freedom Score

2013 Journal of nutrition study body acceptance consequence

Podcast Episode 135: Body Neutrality

Podcast Episode 157: 7 Lessons From Accepting My Body

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Holiday Survival Guide Surviving the holidays can be tough. Thriving in the holiday nearly impossible for some.

Perhaps the holiday period is causing you more anxiety than pleasure. The anticipation of seeing certain family members might be causing you to be in an emotional eating rollercoaster.

Perhaps the business of it all drives you to completely forget about yourself and by the time you get to Christmas, you’re completely exhausted and completely lost control on any healthy habits you might have in place just a few weeks before.

The Beyond The Food Holiday Survival guide will move you from self-destructing eating habits during the holiday to thriving and loving the holidays altogether!

and Yes, it’s possible...

As with anything we teach here, a few tweaks in your mindset and how you approach certain situation or event will be needed to move from shriveling at the idea to anticipating the holiday with excitement.

In this episode I discuss * The #1 cause of emotional eating loop * My personal advice on how you engage with food and weight during the holidays * How to deal with negative family members

Last episode, I shared why smart women don't diet and what they do instead. I know exactly based on my personal experience... after 27 years of dieting, I’m clear on one thing… diets don’t work. We think that a “thin” body is going to unlock our happiness, our acceptance, our joy.

The stats are clear...

91% of all women are unhappy about their body and resort to dieting.

And 95% of all dieters regain their all weight within 1-5 years.

Yet we keep dieting. We keep hating our body. We keep judging ourselves for our inability to be in freaking control… yet neuroscience is clear: WILLPOWER is a limited resource.

Still dieting? You gotta listen to this, smart woman! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Holiday Survival Guide: 5-part series: Get started with any article... Teaching Good Holiday Eating Habits to Kids

The critical importance of self-care during the holiday period

Must do during the holiday: Stress Management and dealing with negative family members

How to survive the holiday parties

My top 5 healthy baking tips

Making Healthy Holiday Easy: Negative Family Members video

Get your Food Freedom Score

Register to the Academy waitlist

Subscribe To Our Coaching Newsletter

Register for the 2019 Retreat

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Why Diets Don’t Work Smart women don’t diet... they do THIS instead.

After 27 years of dieting, I’m clear on one thing… diets don’t work.

91% of all women are unhappy about their body and resort to dieting.

We think that a “thin” body is going to unlock our happiness, our acceptance, our joy.

And 95% of all dieters regain their all weight within 1-5 years.

Yet we keep dieting. We keep hating our body. We keep judging ourselves for our inability to be in freaking control… yet neuroscience is clear: WILLPOWER is a limited resource.

"The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting different results."- Albert Einstein

The question is… are you?

After making peace with food and my body by going beyond the food as a nutritionist and looking at what was really driving our desire to eat and judge our body, today, I help women do one thing: Transform your relationship to food and body so you can….

*FEEL BETTER about YOUR body as it is today without having to lose anything.

BE HEALTHIER in your body and mind as you make aligned choices.
Finally no longer being controlled by food instead, having the power to say yes or no.

*Being able to release the emotional blocks that keep you stuck.

*Be at peace with your body, eating and most importantly, yourself so you can be happy NOW… not conditional to losing something.

If you’re not sure if you need more peace around food or your body OR if you are the right fit for the food freedom challenge, I have the perfect thing for you…

Get Your Food Freedom Score Today, we are going to find out how you fare on the scale of food freedom (10 questions only). Are you “normal eater” and have no emotional attachment or control issue with food? Or are you a woman that is being controlled by food?

… And worst-case scenario, you’ll spend 90 seconds seeing what could be possible for you that maybe you aren’t ready for in your life or maybe you’ll have a realization that what you thought was a healthy relationship to food isn’t?

Who knows what will be the outcome of this 90 secs assessment score?!?!

Get Your Food Freedom Score

In this episode I discuss * The real reason why smart women don't diet * Why I don't talk about weight loss and my programs are not designed * Why your intention is key in changing the way you eat * The truth about why diets don't work

Last episode, I talked about the "All or Nothing Mindset" trap. This absolutist thinking is one of the most common denominators in our Going Beyond The Food community. It’s the source of many emotional eating loops, overeating weekends and restricted food binges.

In fact, this all or nothing mindset is a negative thought process also known as cognitive distortion. Everything- from food to your views of yourself to professional life– is divided into black or white terms. Everything is either success or failure.

So, this episode focused on defining this mindset and providing you with a step-by-step solution to the "black or white" mentality.

You don't wanna miss this episode. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Get your Food Freedom Score

Register to the Academy waitlist

Get Thrive Special Offer

Subscribe To Our Coaching Newsletter

Dr. Charlotte Markey's book

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Do you say things like “I’m on track”, “I’m having a good or bad day” and the ultimate “on and off the wagon”?

Absolutist thinking is one of the most common denominators in our Going Beyond The Food community. It’s the source of many emotional eating loops, overeating weekends and restricted food binges.

The truth is the all or nothing mindset is a negative thought process also known as cognitive distortion. Everything- from food to your views of yourself to professional life– is divided into black or white terms. Everything is either success or failure.

The consequences of this way of engaging with food and, quite frankly, life are anxiety, stress, self-doubt, low self-esteem, feeling of failure and shame and long-term distorted relationship to food. Most critical, it affects our ability to have a healthy and balanced life experience.

To add fuel to the fire, the fact is that diets are built around the all or nothing framework. We start the diet, we restrict food and it works until it doesn’t. Then, we try harder and feel that we need to be 100% to get results… we feel deprived… we cave in having “bad food” … as a result, we feel ashamed of ourselves… and it goes on and on.

The Solution to the "All or Nothing Mindset" The solution is to learn to live in the grey… to separate your self-worth with how you engage with food or your weight. You are so much more than the way you eat or what you weigh.

Step 1 The first step, instead of trying to suppress your hunger and cravings, seek to understand why you desire to eat. Shift the focus from bad and good to compassion and acceptance.

Step 2 The second step is to learn to manage your emotions with something else than food. We teach using your breath (The Crave Cure Formula) to ride the wave of your emotions. Some use tapping… many other solutions... just got to program your subconscious mind to seek something else than food.

Final Step The last step is to tap into your intuition to know what to know, what to eat instead of diet rules. We call this intuitive eating, your internal nutritionist. Yes, every human was given one at birth!

I used to be the Queen of “All or Nothing”… extreme in everything. At 36 years old, it came to end. My body couldn’t take the stress anymore and shut down. That’s why I’m so passionate about my work and what I teach.

In this episode I discuss * The truth about the 'all or nothing' mindset * The real consequence of the absolutist thinking to the women of the Beyond the Food community * The solution to the 'black or white' mentality

Last episode, we answered a number of questions about sugar addiction with Bitten Jonsson, RN and ADDIS/SUGAR Certified and a Sugar Addiction Specialist. I also gave her carte blanche to use my own assessment to explain and help you understand addiction.

In this episode, I also shared my personal take on the labeling of 'addict' and how I view my addictive behaviors which paved the way for the creation of the Going Beyond The Food Method. The Going Beyond The Food Method was born from me hitting rock bottom and seeing the story repeating itself in my patients. It's about shining the light on your possibilities by acknowledging and having compassion for your darkness.

The Going Beyond The Food Method is what healed my sugar addiction at 38 years old. But it also what allowed me to stop nicotine too at 36 years old... I just didn’t know that’s what I was doing! You don't wanna miss this episode. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Get your Food Freedom Score

Subscribe To Our Coaching Newsletter

Register to the Academy waitlist

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Are you a sugar addict?

Is sugar addiction even real?

What’s the difference between sugar addiction and emotional eating?

If we’re addicted to sugar, what should we do?

These are all the questions we will answer with Bitten Jonsson, RN, ADDIS/SUGAR Certified and a Sugar Addiction Specialist. I gave her carte blanche to use my own assessment to explain and help you understand addiction.

If you look at the medical definition of addiction… I’m an addict. Throughout my life, I have been addicted to many substances and activities: started with sugar then moved on to drugs and nicotine and then human co-dependency and work. As Bitten described, I have an addictive personality.

But I don’t like the label of addict. To be honest, I don’t like labeling altogether. I find labeling to be very disempowering. When I labeled myself as an addict, which I did in my twenties, it made my addiction worse. I thought I was powerless.... that the substance had more power than I could ever have over my own addiction.

For me, my addictive behaviors are a message from my soul... once I understood this concept of addiction, it allowed me to recover as they say in the word of addiction. Instead of recovery, I say I surrendered.

Surrendering to my addictions created the Going Beyond The Food Method. The Going Beyond The Food Method was born from me hitting rock bottom and seeing the story repeating itself in my patients. It's about shining the light on your possibilities by acknowledging and having compassion for your darkness.

The Going Beyond The Food Method is what healed my sugar addiction at 38 years old. But it also what allowed me to stop nicotine too at 36 years old... I just didn’t know that’s what I was doing!

That you are watching on video or listening on the podcast I hope my vulnerability in sharing my story will help one of you... to see the light and what is possible.

In this episode we discuss * The definition of sugar addiction * A quick tour to your brain - the three types of brain * I also shared my own addiction assessment that Bitten completed

Last episode I talked about a superstar student of the current semester of the Going Beyond The Food Academy is seeing so much results in a short 4–week period that she feels the duty to share our method with people in her life that need it.

She wanted to know if we have an episode of the podcast she could share with people that would encapsulate our approach and what to do to get started… we didn’t have one. Well, that’s not true. We had many that dissected one point but none that recaps our approach at a higher level. One designed for beginners.

So, I created it… Practicing the basics is just that! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Bitten Jonsson's website

Get your Food Freedom Score

Take the Food Freedom Challenge

Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

View Details

One superstar student of the current semester of the Going Beyond The Food Academy is seeing so much results in a short 4-week period that she feels the duty to share our method with people in her life that need it.

She wanted to know if we have an episode of the podcast she could share with people that would encapsulate our approach and what to do to get started... we didn’t have one. Well, that’s not true. We had many that dissected one point but none that recaps our approach at a higher level. One designed for beginners.

So, I created it... Practicing the basics is just that!

In this episode I discuss * What is the Going Beyond The Food Method * The Framework that guides our approach * When are you ready to for the Going Beyond The Food method * How to get started

Hope this serves many of you!

Last episode was an episode recorded via Day 1 Wrap-up session of the Going Beyond the Food Project 2018. We answered questions submitted about the talks of the day. It was a 'nothing-is-off-limits' kind of episode.

The Going Beyond the Food Project is an annual online conference that I host where I gather 21 experts from around the world that I handpicked to teach you what you need to know to finally be at peace with food and body. I also shared quick tips on how not to get overwhelmed with all the information from an online conference like this one. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Webinar with Bitten: My Sugar Addiction

Show 101 My Story

Show 155: Cycles of transformation

Visit our website

Read: Diet Mindset

Article: Overcome Emotional Eating

Link to Stop Self-Sabotage article

The Food Freedom Map Training

Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

The last time we did a live recording, the episode quickly went to the top chart! That live Q&A session on Facebook was almost a year ago! There’s so much fun to do...

We are well overdue for another one... Just like the last one, we recorded this one over a Facebook Live during our yearly Going Beyond the Food Project online conference.

In this episode I discuss * The questions received from the talks of Day 1 of the Going Beyond the Project 2018 * How to get started with your transformation by going beyond the food * How not to get overwhelmed with all the information from an online conference like this * The fundamental aspect that you should focus on to bring about permanent change to your life

Last episode, I talked about an article that was published by Huffington Post on September 19th, 2018 that sent shock wave in the world. The article titled “Everything You Know About Obesity Is Wrong” by Micheal Hobbes is controversial... is challenging all of our societal beliefs around obesity all of them.

From obesity is the #1 enemy of health to dieting throws it all in the air... and also explains why we suffer so much when stigmatized with weight issues.

Is it all true? Almost... Although I agree with most certain elements just encourage even more victimization and more suffering. You gotta tune in to this episode! This will rock your world! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Resources discussed while answering questions: Get Started Step 1: Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Step 2: Ebook with bonus food journal

Step 3: Emotional Eating program

Step 4: Join the waitlist - Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get Your Upgraded Package now! Mold Resources Test Bridgit recommended for mold testing

Free online conference

Bridgit's free support Facebook group

Trace mineral for reverse osmosis water

“Everything You Know About Obesity Is Wrong”... Almost!

Best menopause book

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

An article was published by Huffington Post on September 19th, 2018 sent shock wave in the world. The article titled “Everything You Know About Obesity Is Wrong” by Micheal Hobbes is controversial... is challenging all of our societal beliefs around obesity all of them.

From obesity is the #1 enemy of health to dieting throws it all in the air... and also explains why we suffer so much when stigmatized with weight issues.

Is it all true? Almost... Although I agree with most certain elements just encourage even more victimization and more suffering.

In today’s podcast, we are going to look at this article and dissect what is right and what is wrong... and most importantly, what to do with this information.

In this episode I discuss * The reason why how we've handled obesity is wrong * Why fat-shaming isn't only not cool, but also doesn't work in weight loss * The importance of addressing the issue why we gain weight * Why Weight and Health are not perfect synonyms * Fatphobia can come from medical providers. Yes, statistics prove it! * The reasons why intervention or approach to change weight should be guided he HAES

Last episode, I revealed to you some of our experts that will be speaking at the Going Beyond the Food Project 2018 starting October 8 to 19, 2018!

Take a listen to this episode and learn what the speakers are presenting and sharing with us during the conference that will surely blow your mind! From the power of positivity, how toxins are making you fat, the impact of trauma to your health to how chronic pain is actually a problem of the brain, not the tissue... this online conference will surely rock your world and challenge what you know about your relationship to food and your body. Get a sneak peek now! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the online conference: Going Beyond The Food Project 2018

Everything You Know About Obesity Is Wrong by Huffington Post

Sign up for the podcast live coaching

Studies Beauty is good stereotype study

Effect of weight stigmatization

1 in 124 women 0.8% obese women attaining normal range

One-third to three-quarters of people classified as obese are metabolically healthy

Unfit skinny people were twice as likely to get diabetes as fit fat people

Doctor have shorter appointment with obese patient

We shame our own kind

Health At Every Size study

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Tired of fighting with your body and food?

Exhausted of being in a constant struggle with yourself and willpower?

Did you know that it doesn’t have to be...? You can change your relationship to food and your body and finally be at peace.

Our yearly online conference is back to support your journey to Make Peace with food and body.

The Going Beyond The Food Project is a free online conference starting Oct 8-19th 2018. During this event, you’ll have FREE access to over 22 talks from experts from around the world that I have handpicked to teach you what you need to know to finally be at peace.

You can register here!

In this event, you’ll learn: * Identify the root cause reason WHY you eat * Learn new approaches How to eat consciously * Transform your relationship to your body * Move beyond body image struggles * Overcome binge eating behaviors naturally * Discover how to stop overeating easily * Change your emotional eating behaviors to serve you * Understand why weight management is not the solution to be healthy * Discover cutting-edge approach to be healthy beyond diet * Leverage the power of neuroscience to change your mindset * Transform your mindset to claim your food freedom

After 25 + years of dieting and suffering, what I’ve found is that if food hasn’t been going the way you’ve planned, know this: It’s not your fault, you aren’t broken. I can help you Go Beyond The Food for solutions!

Last episode, I talked about my journey towards accepting my body. It has been hard but one of the most rewarding difficult processes I have ever done. I have learned many lessons in this journey and I found that body acceptance is possible for all of us.

So, let me share the 7 life lessons I have learned and that have seeped through my whole life. You gotta listen to this! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the online conference: Going Beyond The Food Project 2018

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

My journey towards accepting my body has been hard but one of the most rewarding difficult processes I have ever done. I have learned many lessons in this journey which I’ll be sharing with you in this episode. 7 life lessons I have learned and that have seeped through my whole life.

But I want you to know something... right now!

Body acceptance is possible for all of us. That is, accepting our body for what is. Taking the focus on what your body looks like and instead focusing on what it’s capable of.

Rather than telling yourself you hate the fat on your belly, it’s appreciating the child it created.

Body Neutrality is the proprietary method I teach within the Going Beyond The Food Academy. Lesson 7. The most impactful life-changing module.

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

Body neutrality will lead you to: * Overcome black and white thinking * Gain more self-love and compassion * Being more mindful… in all aspects of life * Decrease anxiety, stress, and feeling of hopelessness * Be more motivated to make the right choice

What I’ve found is that body shaming is the most potent reason why we emotionally eat, binge eat, compulsively eat and obviously, diet.

Last episode, I talked about a fairly common experience among women who want to change yet can’t get started or perhaps have started the process of change and it’s not getting her where she wants to be. It's all about being stuck.

In fact, I break down the stages of changes and why no one in this community is in stage one, which means everyone is engaged in the process of change. You're all in between stages 2-5... And maybe 6.

Moreover, we’re also going to hear from someone who is in stage 4 which is where most of my students are. Ready to engage in stage 5-6! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the online conference: Going Beyond The Food Project 2018

Enroll in the Body Neutrality Course

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

HAES - Health At Every Size Community

Live coaching sign up for

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Do you feel stuck?

You want to change yet you can’t get started or perhaps you’ve started the process of change and it’s not getting you where you want to be?

I hear a version of that everytime I engage with a new client. I mean, I’ve been there myself. There is a part of my life in which I’m there right now.

There is a reason why you are stuck and no, it’s not because something is wrong with you or the program you're on. In fact, the reason is in between your two ears. The solution is in your mind... and your heart.

In this episode, we are going to break down the stages of changes and why no one in this community is in stage one, which means everyone is engaged in the process of change. You're all in between stages 2-5... And maybe 6.

Moreover, we’re also going to hear from someone who is in stage 4 which is where most of my students are. Ready to engage in stage 5-6!

In this episode I discuss * The reason why you're stuck and the actionable strategies to make profound and steady changes in your life * Why you view change as a process of giving something up rather than a means of gaining benefits * Perfection is a goal-killer: What not to expect in the process of making changes * The 6 stages of changes - with focus on stages 1-4 where many women are

Last episode, I talked about what most women in my community usually ask: how to stop binging cycles. First of all, I discussed the definition of binging. In addition, I highlighted how binging cycles happen as well as the brain mechanism behind it - the reason why your brain leads you to binge cycles and where it comes from.

Ultimately, I shared the solution to stop binging cycles. The solution that is within us. If you're one of these women who's asking the same questions, I encourage you to listen in! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the Online conference: Going Beyond The Food Project

Free Workshop: Food Freedom Map -4 Steps to Overcome Emotional Eating

Claim Your Food Freedom

Register for the next semester of the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Diet the Diet Mindset article

Stop Self-Sabotage article

Overcome Emotional Eating article

Jacquie’s story video

Live coaching sign up form

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Binging is defined as a period, usually short, of excess something. In the case of binge eating, it’s excess eating. It's usually done alone and or hidden from our environment.

My approach, as always, is based on taking responsibility. It’s an empowering model of transformation.

The solution is within us.

If you are looking to blame something out of you to resolve binge... like food, sugar, what people did to you... this is not the right podcast for you.

Feeling empowered resides in the fact that you know you have the power to change things. You can only change what you create. Most of us create the desire to binge... that’s the framework in which we will explore this.

This is only for the women who are ready to transform permanently...

Because transformation CAN only happen when we feel empowered over our problem that we want to transform.

In this episode I discuss * What is Binge Eating? * How binging cycles happen... the brain mechanism behind it. * Why your brain leads you to binge cycle... where does it come from? * The solution to stop binge cycles

Last episode I talked about a very sensitive subject… and let’s say very controversial - food addiction. It’s one of these subjects that get people very polarized. It’s either one way or the other.

I used to see addiction, food addiction being one of the possible addictions, as this black or white subject. For instance, sugar is addictive and should be avoided for the rest of my life. All forms of sugar were dangerous… like viciously dangerous.

But then, I evolved… I opened myself to different viewpoints. Educated myself. Researched. I realized via education and life experience (my own addictions) that it’s not black and white.

So, if you are the same as I was, I highly recommend that you listen to this episode as I share my viewpoints, the facts of research and solution here that we teach at the Going Beyond the Food Academy. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

How to Stop Binge Eating: 3 Expert Solutions article

Episode 54: Overeating and Binge Eating: Interview with Dr. Carolyn Ross

Claim Your Food Freedom

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Food addiction is a very sensitive subject... and let’s say very controversial. It’s one of these subjects that get people very polarized. It’s either one way or the other.

I used to see addiction, food addiction being one of the possible addictions, as this black or white subject. For instance, sugar is addictive and should be avoided for the rest of my life. All forms of sugar were dangerous... like viciously dangerous.

But then I evolved... I opened myself to different viewpoints. Educated myself. Researched. I realized via education and life experience (my own addictions) that it’s not black and white.

So in today’s episode, I’m going to share my viewpoints, the facts of research and our solution here that we teach at Going Beyond the Food Academy.

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * The definition of addiction and its types * My personal journey towards addiction healing * What causes food addiction or any addiction * How does addiction work in the brain * Solution to Food Addiction

Last episode was a special bonus edition of The Beyond the Food Show podcast, I shared a powerful case study that will show you how transforming your relationship to food is not only possible without willpower but also transforming your entire life: kids, partner, work and all!

I showcased the story of one of the members of our Academy community, Jessica Tomasko. Jessica is in her 40’s, a mother of 2, wife and a professional who, in her words, says she has spent her whole life binging and dieting. She was desperate, miserable and scared that if nothing changes, she would spend the rest of her life suffering.

Jessica is a source of inspiration for all women. Jessica agreed to do this to impact other women... like you. Listen up! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Claim Your Food Freedom

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Podcast Episode 54: Overeating and Binge Eating: Interview with Dr. Carolyn Ross – Crave Cure Series

Podcast Episode 99: How to Stop Binging & Overeating in 5 Steps

Dr. Carolyn Ross: A Manifesto for Recovery from Food Addiction

Gabor Mate: In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts book

Gabor Mate’s quick read article

Studies and Research Article from The Journal of Nutrition

Article from the Department of Psychiatry, University of Cambridge, Cambridge, UK

Article on highly palatable food not being addictive

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Finding the Courage to Do What’s Best for You In this special bonus edition of The Beyond the Food Show podcast, I’m sharing a powerful case study that will show you how transforming your relationship to food is not only possible without willpower but also transforming your entire life: kids, partner, work and all!

To kick off this new segment of the podcast, I’m showcasing the story of one of the members of our Academy community, Jessica Tomasko. Jessica is in her 40’s, a mother of 2, wife and a professional who, in her words, says she has spent her whole life binging and dieting. She was desperate, miserable and scared that if nothing changes, she would spend the rest of her life suffering.

Jessica is a source of inspiration for all women. Jessica agreed to do this to impact other women... like you.

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * Why is it worth your time and money to do the Going Beyond the Food Academy * How the Going Beyond the Food Academy can help you not only as an individual but also as a mother * The reasons why the Going Beyond the Food Academy is different from other weight loss programs * Why we need to stop fearing our emotions * How eating intuitively will help your body seek nutrition naturally

Last episode, I talked about how much is your desire to control your food and weight is really costing you. I was hesitant at first because I know the values and beliefs that many of us have around money and how sensitive it is for many women. However, after months of thinking, I’ve decided to speak publicly.

Cost and money are the #1 reason why women do not take their knowledge to the next level, thus, creating changes and transformation in their lives. Nothing will ever change if we continue doing the same thing that resulted in our current situation. That applies to anything…

If you are one of the women who's hindered by money to be able to create changes and transformation in your life, this episode is for you. Listen up! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Academy Curriculum

Academy FAQs

Academy Student Reviews

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

How much is the desire to control your food costing you I’ve decided to write and speak about this topic of “Cost” after a lot of reflection. I was hesitant because I know the values and beliefs that many of us have around money and how sensitive it is for many women.

After months of thinking, I’ve decided to speak publicly. Cost and money are the #1 reason why women do not take their knowledge to the next level, thus, creating changes and transformation in their lives. Nothing will ever change if we continue doing the same thing that resulted in our current situation. That applies to anything...

The truth is we live in a world that requires an energy exchange of some type when it comes to almost anything including learning. That form of energy is money... the problem with money and eating behaviors is this:

We’ve spent a lot in the past to lose weight, to change eating behaviors, to stop binging, etc... and it didn’t work. You see your weight, body and it’s clearly a fail.

It’s now later in your life... 30-40... with what you believe to be dozens of failure under your belt and you are afraid of spending more. Low self-esteem, low self-confidence drive your belief that you’ll waste your money once more and you can’t justify this to your family, husband... or bank account.

Think about this for a minute: If your car had a problem starting in the morning on your way to work and it made you late. You went to your car mechanic, he quickly fixes the starter, you pay him and you’re on your way with your car operating well. A week later again the car doesn’t want to start... you go back to your mechanic, quick fixes on the starter and the car starts again. All seems good... for 2 weeks. Again, Monday morning 2 weeks post-last repair the car still doesn’t want to start... What would you do?

1- say to yourself… the car problem... it’s not worth me paying again for it. I’ve spent enough money trying to fix the problem already... I’ll just give up and walk to work instead. There’s no point!

OR

2- say to yourself... maybe my mechanic isn’t good... maybe he isn’t really fixing the problem. Maybe the quick fix isn’t the answer... I’ll try a different mechanic and ask to take a different approach? I need to have consistency and be able to start my car daily.

Say you picked #2, you go to a new mechanic, who, instead of using old ways of car fixing, use a diagnostic tool. He finds out that the issue isn’t with the starter... instead it’s your engine. Would you give a shoot to fix the engine or say... well it’s too scary, I'll just stay with a car that doesn’t start 1 out of 2 days?

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * How much is the desire to control your food costing you * The real reason why many women have the desire to control food * How the desire to control your food impacts your relationship with your partner * Do your beliefs around controlling food and weight directly affect your children? Listen to some case studies.

Last episode, I talked about something that many women wished they've been blessed more with: self-confidence so that they can achieve their goals. Many think that if they had received the gift they too would be where others are.

The good news is that self-confidence is a learned skill. Meaning, you can learn how to improve self-confidence. With the 4 steps that I shared in the episode, you’ll be able to practice and foster an environment that will lead you to improve and boost self-confidence.

Take a listen to this episode and learn the 4 steps to boost your self-confidence. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the Academy Open House

Register for the Waitlist - Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Studies Mentioned in the Episode: Food and Emotions: 90 percent overlook key to weight loss, survey finds

Stressed Out Kids More Likely To Overeat; How Parents Train Their Kids In Emotional Eating

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Many women wished they had been blessed with more self-confidence so that they can achieve their goal. Thinking that if they had received the gift they would, too be where others are.

Here’s the good news, ladies... self-confidence is a learned skill. Meaning, you can learn how to improve self-confidence. With the 4 steps that we will review today, you’ll be able to practice and foster an environment that will lead you to improve and boost self-confidence.

One thing to understand first is that self-confidence and self-esteem aren’t the same. Self-Esteem is an evaluation of one’s own worth, whereas self-confidence is more specifically trust in one’s ability to achieve some goals.

What we will focus on today is self-confidence, however, know that in the areas of self-care and eating behavior, self-confidence is intertwined with self-worth especially when it comes to body image.

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * The difference between self-confidence and self-esteem and why they don't always go hand-in-hand * The transformative concept we teach in the Going Beyond the Food Academy to boost self-confidence * How to improve self-confidence in 4 steps 1. Speak well to yourself. 2. Visualize yourself as a confident person. 3. Give yourself permission to not be perfect. 4. Practice being kind to yourself: self-compassion

Last episode, I answered a listener question on the topic of 'people-pleasing'. Are you are a people-pleaser? If you want to learn more about this behavior - the definition, different behaviors associated with people-pleasing, its origin and why it's critical to healing it and the side-effects of this behavior, this episode is for you. Ultimately, I talked about the solutions on how to stop being a people-pleaser.

If this is you, and you want to stop focusing on others and making you a priority without feeling guilty. You gotta listen to this episode. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy Waitlist

Boost Self-Confidence in Your Body article

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

How to Stop Being a People-Pleaser Are you a people-pleaser? Where did that come from? How did you become one?

These are the questions you have to ask yourself to be able to know how to stop being a people-pleaser.

But, what is a people-pleaser? A people-pleaser is one of the nicest and most helpful people you know. They never say “no.” You can always count on them for a favor. In fact, they spend a great deal of time doing things for other people. They get their work done, help others with their work, make all the plans, and are always there for family members and friends.
That’s the mother who says “I don’t have time to implement this change in my life because I have to take their activities and competition on the weekend. It’s just doesn’t fit in my schedule.

So far this sounds like a good thing. Right?

Unfortunately, it can be an extremely unhealthy pattern of behavior. It leads to shying away from expressing themselves, and ultimately, not taking care of themselves...

If this is you, and you want to stop focusing on others and making you a priority without feeling guilty. You gotta listen to this episode.

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * What is people-pleasing? * What does a people-pleaser look like? * The origin of people-pleasing of an individual and why it’s so critical to healing it * The side effects of people-pleasing to you * The 5-Step solution on how to stop being a people-pleaser 1. Remind yourself that most other human beings can cope with opposition, emotions, and viewpoint. 2. Realize what people-pleasing is costing you and others 3. Work on your self-confidence. 4. Realize that avoiding problems is just another form of self-sabotage. 5. Work on self-acceptance.

Last episode was a case study on Carol's, the recipient of the last term's Going Beyond the Food Academy scholarship. journey beyond the food and how it resolved her food issues. She answered questions on how the Beyond the Food Method has changed her perspective on food and how it impacted her life in general including her relationships to others and, most importantly, to herself. She also shared the top 5 things she learned in the Going Beyond the Food Academy that were pivotal to her mindset shift and transformation.

Take a listen to this insightful interview and understand the power of investing in yourself and taking action to create meaningful transformation toward your goal and improve your quality of life. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Article about making more time

Article to help with family not collaborating

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Case Study: How Carol's Journey Beyond Food Resolved the Food Issues Is it possible that talking about food in an attempt to resolve food issues could be the wrong approach?

Is it possible that the more we focus on food the more we cause ourselves to have issues with food?

Today, we will look at a case study. Case study is defined as a process or record of research in which detailed consideration is given to the development of a particular person, group, or situation over a period of time.

The case study presented today is not a case of research, instead, a clinical observation of one of the students of the Going Beyond The Food Academy program.

In this case study, we look at one client journey to see how The Going Beyond The Food Method was effective in resolving the food issues. This student is Carol and she is a typical student we see coming through the Going Beyond The Food Academy with typical results.

Hope this helps you know if the Going Beyond The Food Academy program is for you or not.

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * How Carol's journey beyond food resolved the food issues * The top 5 things Carol learned in the Going Beyond the Food Academy program * How going beyond the food impacted Carol's overall perspective in life and improved her relationships with herself and with others * The power of investing in yourself and taking action to create meaningful transformation toward your goal and improve your quality of life

Last episode was a quiz. It's a series of questions I asked my one-on-one clients to assess where they are in their journey toward transforming their relationship to food. I designed that episode to give you an idea if it's time for you to take the non-food/non-diet approach. Have you ever tried it? Chances are you haven't since you're still on the lookout for the solution that will bring you sustainable and long-term results.

If you are unsure of whether to get off the fence or not, this episode will bring you some clarity to make the best decision for you. Plus, I included a downloadable PDF of the quiz! Listen to the episode now. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Listen to episode 147 and take the Quiz!

Enroll in the Claim Your Food Freedom program

Register for the waitlist - Going Beyond the Food Academy

Going Beyond the Food Academy Curriculum

Going Beyond the Food Academy Reviews

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Is It Time to Stop Dieting? "Have I ever done anything else than dieting? Could it be why I'm constantly failing? Should I be trying something else? Is it time to stop dieting?"

Do you ask yourself these questions, too? If you do, this episode if FOR YOU!

As we've all heard Einstein's famous line, "Insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results."

So, perhaps it's time you try the non-food/non-diet approach. But what is it?

Let's imagine your car's engine light starts blinking. What would you do? Would you, A- Open the dashboard, take the light bulb out and say to yourself, "Hah! I've resolved the problem. There's no more engine light blinking." Or B- Will say to yourself, "There's something going on. Let me get into my mechanic and have him assess the issue to fix the root cause of the blinking engine light."

I want you to think of dieting as situation A. Dieting, restricting anything about food is like taking the light bulb out of the dashboard. You're controlling the input of food in your body. It doesn't solve the problem. All it does is stop the light from blinking.

So, how do we go about addressing the reason why we crave food?

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * The reason why you should stop dieting and try the non-food approach * An informal assessment you can use to know where you are in your personal journey towards your relationship to food * Why the traditional approach does not work and what you should do instead * The Beyond the Food Method and why it has the power to transform your relationship to food

Last episode was a beast of an episode... likely one that will upset many... but also one that will help many. I answered a listener question, "How do you deal with your weight struggle?" At first, I’ve got to be honest, I took offense… then I reflected. Why is this offensive to me?

Because I know that answering this question is going to ruffle feathers. My viewpoint on weight is significantly different from most health experts’. I live it every day… since the age of 14.

If you are one of the hundreds of women who have the same struggle, you gotta listen in! You might just find something you've been looking for to start your transformation. Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Download the Quiz now!

Scholarship Application for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Diet Mindset: Ditching Dieting for Sustainable Weight Loss

Stephanie's Book

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Overcoming Weight Struggle As A Nutritionist Stephanie, how do you deal with your weight struggle?

This was the starting point of this episode. A podcast listener submitted this question, and I sat on it for weeks.

At first, I've got to be honest, I took offense... then I reflected. Why is this offensive to me?

Because I know that answering this question is going to ruffle feathers. My viewpoint on weight is significantly different from most health experts’. I live it every day... since the age of 14.

To answer this properly, I also I had to answer these 2 questions:

Why do you think you need to answer people who challenge your weight?

People who say harming yourself by not dieting?

So, this is a beast of an episode... likely one that will upset many... but also one that will help many. I knew that in writing this episode, a hundred one women would have their AH AH moment that would enable them to start their own transformation.

Are you going to be one of them?

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * My personal journey from my dieting years towards transforming my life to what I am today * What drove me toward my transformation * Why investing in yourself is key in developing a healthy relationship with yourself * The many reasons why I ditch the diet mindset * How I deal with people who challenge me with my weight

Last episode was a very special episode of The Beyond The Food Show podcast. I teach the Food Freedom Map 4 steps process. This Map will move you from being a victim of your food habits to eating when hungry and stopping when full. Yes, eating normally.

If you are tired of dieting, over-exercising, and yet another fad program... Or, you are overeating or binging and wish you could just be a normal eater, and are fed up by these scenarios, you gotta listen in! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Listen to Episode 101 – From Shame to Fame: My Never-Before-Shared Personal Story

Research linking eating disorder and low self-esteem:

  1. Wade TD, Bulik CM. Shared genetic and environmental risk factors between undue influence of body shape and weight on self-evaluation and dimensions of perfectionism. Psychol Med. 2007;37(5):635-644.

  2. Wilksch SM, Wade TD. An investigation of temperament endophenotype candidates for early emergence of the core cognitive component of eating disorders. Psychol Med. 2009;39(5):811-821.

  3. Tyrka AR, Waldron I, Graber JA, Brooks-Gunn J. Prospective predictors of the onset of anorexic and bulimic syndromes. Int J Eat Disord. 2002;32(3):282-290.

  4. Klump KL, Strober M, Bulik CM, et al. Personality characteristics of women before and after recovery from an eating disorder. Psychol Med. 2004;34(8):1407-1418

Listen to Episode 097: Can You Be Fat and Healthy?

Health At Every Size Research

Listen to Episode 135: Body Neutrality: A Safe Bridge Between Shame and Positivity

Stephanie's Book

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Sign Up for the Claim Your Food Freedom

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

The Food Freedom Map Do you eat for other reason than hunger? Eating because you are stressed, frustrated, bored, or because you deserve it? Do you believe in eating more intuitively and would love to trust yourself, but are losing self-respect because you aren’t following through?

Are you tired of dieting, over-exercising, and yet another fad program? Or, are you overeating or binging and wish you could just be a normal eater? Who wouldn’t be fed up by these scenarios?

Do you feel stuck with your eating and body?

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

You’re not alone! If food hasn’t been going the way you’ve planned, know this: It’s not your fault, you aren’t broken.

It’s about transforming Why you eat NOT What you eat. Health and Well-being, Self-Confidence, Satisfaction, and Success are all by-products of looking Beyond The Food to unlock your food freedom.

Maybe you failed before, or you trust yourself to be consistent, if only you can only be “tougher on yourself, or you’re afraid of losing control. If that’s the case . . .

In this very special episode of The Beyond The Food Show podcast, I'm going to teach the Food Freedom Map 4 steps process. This Map will move you from being a victim of your food habits to eating when hungry and stopping when full. Yes, eating normally.

Are you ready... listen in now!

**If you are in a hurry and just want to get to the point and have me teach you can opt out of listening to the podcast and jump right into action mode by clicking this link: Get Started Now

In this episode I discuss * Where to start to end the dieting cycle and why everything the “experts” are teaching isn’t working for YOU. * Stop wasting money on tricks, gimmick, and shakes that don’t work * Build a relationship with your body while you learn how finally trust yourself * Avoid “falling off the wagon” and eat all the junk foods and enjoy your meals

Last episode I featured the mindset shift of industry leaders, women who have successfully changed how they relate to food and what they did. Those are simple yet so powerful tips and advice from women like you about changing our relationship to food. Go ahead and click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: The Food Freedom Map Live Workshop - Saturday Registration

(Available on August 1, 2018) The Food Freedom Map Training Video Training

Stephanie's Book

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Visit Stephanie's website

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

What is the ONE mindset shift we must do to change our relationship to food?

I asked industry leaders, women who have successfully changed how they relate to food, what they did. It's simple yet so powerful tips and advice from women like you.

Most of the time "life-changing experiences" are generated by mindset changes not from food. The challenge is that we are being taught by weight loss and diet industry that changes will come from food and exercise. The truth is: IT'S NOT the case. That's why we struggle.

I want you to end the struggle, stop feeling frustrated with your body, and no more anxiety. Can you do that? Change your mindset.

So, let the ladies inspire you... and also I'll share mine!

Enjoy!

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

In this episode I discuss * The real key driver of your food behavior * What industry leaders say to be successful in changing how to relate to food * What the weight loss and diet industry is really teaching us * How to end your struggle, stop feeling frustrated with your body and eliminate anxiety

The Mindset Shift of Successful Women " I made the switch from caring about what my body looks like to being the healthiest that I could be." - Shawn Mynar

"I had to think about food for my health, not as a way of making me happy." - Kristie Sullivan

"Bad body thoughts aren't truths... they are just learned perspectives" - Dr. Jillian Murphy

"Moving from "I have to do this" to "I get to do this" was so rewarding and life-changing." - Kyndra Holley

"Allowing ourselves to get and experience the results that we want to have" - Vanessa Spina

"I have to treat myself with love and compassion the way I would others." - Leah Williamson

"My mindset isn’t separated from the emotional, physical and spiritual set." - Samantha Gladish

"My body is a vehicle that allows me to experience my life." - Leanne Vogel

Read More: 048 – Mindset Shift: interview with Alexandra Covucci

Last episode was a special episode of The Beyond The Food Show Podcast… It’s all about my favorites things. The things I love, the things I use daily and the things I can’t live without

The question of what my favorite things came in from many people wanting to know about my personal life beyond the food. I also included a downloadable document in the post where you can print all my favorite things along with the links and referral! Go ahead and click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode: Shawn Mynar website

Kristie Sullivan website

Kyndra Holley website

Dr. Jillian Murphy website

Dr. Jillian FREE 7 Day Body Image Masterclass - 7 Days. 7 Stories.

Vanessa Ketogenic Girl website

Vanessa Free Ebook

Leah Williamson

Leah's podcast

Samantha Gladish

Healthy Hormones for women podcast

Leanne Vogel website

Leanne freebie

Stephanie's Book

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Visit Stephanie's website

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Visit https://www.stephaniedodier.com/podcast-episodes/ for complete show notes of every podcast episode

This is a special episode of The Beyond The Food Show Podcast... It's all about my favorites things. The things I love, the things I use daily and the things I can’t live without!

This question came in from many people... you wanting to know about my personal life beyond the food lol! So here it is! You will find a downloaded document in this post where you can print all my favorite things along with the links and referral!

Hope you love it!

In this episode I discuss * The apps I couldn't live without... basically, what I use in my business! * How I do shopping and why I prefer it done that way * My health, movement and meditation favorite companions * Some quick and easy tips for traveling... something you may want to check out when you travel, too! * My beauty favorites and essentials and how I use them to nurture my skin

Read More: My Natural Beauty Routine

Last episode, we had Cristina Curp of the Castaway Kitchen in the show talking about her inspiring story with weight loss and body shaming. In that interview, we both get real about being honest with ourselves, body image issue especially with those with scars… and self-care and how challenging it can be. This is a heart to heart between two women that have been there too!

Hope it inspires you as much as it inspired me! Go ahead and click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... and I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Download Stephanie's Favorite Things here!

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Visit Stephanie's website

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

You have to be honest with yourself and really clear with your intention behind changing your food habits. Are you playing the internal game " Oh it’s for health …." when really secretly what you want is to lose weight? You got to stop that! This kind of game is mayhem for your mind...

In this interview with a friend of mine, Cristina Curp, we get real... both of us about being honest with ourselves, body image issue especially with those with scars... self-care and how challenging it can be. This is a heart to heart between two women that have been there too!

Hope it inspires you as much as it inspired me!

In this episode I discuss * How to reconcile with your body when you have an autoimmune disease * What she did to reconcile her body and body neutrality! * Living with emotional and physical scars and what Cristina did to heal her emotional baggage * How a practice of self-love manifest change: She shares one of her tools in the interview!

Read More: 077 – How to Put Yourself First Without Guilt

Last episode, I talked about using discipline towards yourself as a motivator. Do you do the same thing? Where did we learn this concept? That harsh discipline is the best behavioral change method… likely how we were raised, right? Is that the way you were taught to be a good girl?

We keep shaming ourselves, beating ourselves up or punishing ourselves for “bad” behaviors in the hopes that it will finally work. If this is something you know for a fact that you do, you've got to listen to this episode. Go ahead and click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Free Two Self-Care Challenge

Cristina's website

Cristina new book

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Are you using discipline towards yourself as a motivator? Or at least hoping that it will motivate you?

So many of us have been using that motivational "stick" for years... maybe even decades... without really being successful. We keep trying and say to ourselves: If I can be tougher on myself, it would work..." Or "I'm just too soft... if only I could be tougher"… and we keep trying. We keep shaming ourselves, beating ourselves up or punishing ourselves for "bad" behaviors in the hopes that it will finally work.

Where did we learn this concept? That harsh discipline is the best behavioral change method... likely how we were raised, right? Is that the way you were taught to be a good girl?

Let's be real honest here... How's that "being tough" on yourself working for ya? Not so good right... so, what can we do instead?

In this episode I discuss * What self-loathing and self-criticism really do to you * Where the belief "I need to be tougher on myself" come from * How your parents or caregivers impact the way you deal with your own behavior changes * What science says about the behavior of self-loathing and self-criticism * The real effective methods in behavioral change that you should be adopting

Read More: 106 – 5 Common Behaviors That Lead Straight to Self-Sabotage

Last episode, we had Steven Ozanich on the show, author of The Great Pain Deception where he shared with us the work of Dr. Sarno and TMS approach to pain... particularly, low back pain. It was a very insightful discussion as it revealed a concept that is not very popular. Here's the thing... this approach to healing pain requires no surgery, medication or expensive treatment. The solution is within you right now... If you haven't checked it out, go ahead and click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Study on Self-loathing

Study from Brene Brown

Listen to Episode 120 Self Compassion

Study from Kristin Neff

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

View Details

Back Pain: Game-Changing Approach Chances are you are one of the 31 million Americans experience low back pain at any given time. Low back pain is the single leading cause of disability worldwide, according to the Global Burden of Disease 2010.

When I asked my community members what the top reasons were why they eat beyond hunger, chronic pain came in second. That feedback motivated me to share my own journey with pain in episode 138 "Things I'm afraid to tell you" but I hadn’t share with you how I healed my low back... that's what I'm going to tell you in today's episode.

Steven Ozanich, author of The Great Pain Deception will share with us the work of Dr. Sarno and TMS approach to pain... particularly, low back pain.

Here's the thing... this approach to healing pain requires no surgery, medication or expensive treatment. The solution is within you right now...

In this episode I discuss * What TMS is and how it could possibly change the way you interact with chronic pain * Why TMS is not public as a method of treatment * The surprising reason why pain could be a gift to you * What you can do if you have chronic pain today * What is the most destructive force in our lives

Read More: Mindset: The Missing Link to Sustainable Weight Loss

Last episode, I answered a question submitted by a community member, Kacie, about food anxiety by looking at how we create food anxiety and what we could do instead to still care for our health via our nutrition but not stress about it! If you haven't checked it out, go ahead and click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode The Great Pain Deception Book

Steve Ray Ozanich website

Get started with the Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Visit Stephanie’s website

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

"I just want to be able to eat a damn piece of cake of my B-day without feeling like I'm going to die!"

How to get over a lot of the food fear we have developed over the years of dieting or partaking in nutrition education or food philosophy diet?

What about fructose and fruit... should I feel like I'm killing myself by eating an orange?

Or what about eating a croissant with white flour... why do I feel so terrible about myself for wanting one?

Today, we answer Kacie's question about food anxiety by looking at how we create the food anxiety and what we could do instead to still care for our health via our nutrition but not stress about it!

In this episode, I discuss * What is food anxiety and how do we solve it? * The root cause of food anxiety * What role does perfectionism play in your life? * What is the 80-20 rule and where can you apply it? * The different ways to look beyond food anxiety

Read More: Find Freedom from Food Cravings for Good: A 4-Step Solution

Last episode was a vulnerable one. I shared with you the things I'm afraid to tell you. I took me time to put this episode together because of me being afraid of your rejection... being afraid of losing you. But this 'things I'm afraid to tell you' episode is for you, for me, for us to have a deeper more meaningful relationship. So that I continue my own healing journey and that you do yours.

If you haven't listened yet, go ahead and check this episode! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Links mentioned in the episode Audio Training: How to Change Any Eating Habits

Visit Stephanie’s website

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

There are some things I'm afraid to tell you... things I know I have to share with you but have been afraid to do so. Afraid of your rejection... being afraid of losing you.

This is my left brain fighting my right brain. I know sharing will be nothing but positive and will make us closer. You, the listener, the reader, the follower... but at the same time, my left brain is telling me: Are you crazy?... You can't tell them that! What are they going to think of you!... NO!

So, I have been having this internal battle for some time now and I took a leap a few weeks ago in show 135 and share with you my body image challenges and publicly shared a picture of me in a bathing suit... and I survived. Actually, I thrived. Your support, feedback, comments were awesome. Not one negative word... I love you guys!

So, today's episode is a continuity of this... fueled by you and your reaction to my sharing my body image challenges. The impact that me sharing my truth had on some of you... the while #bodyneutrality movement we have created. The empowerment of you showing in putting your first bathing suit on for 30 years, or you that went to your family party, which you refuse to go at first, and then decided to go and had a wonderful time with your family or you who for the first time wore a tank top in Texas summer instead of a cardigan... and there are dozens and dozens more stories that came out of me sharing my body images challenges.

So, this 'things I'm afraid to tell you' episode is for you, for me for us to have a deeper more meaningful relationship. So that I continue my own healing journey and that you do yours.

I know that rejection is a possibility and that's ok!

In this episode I discuss * The things I'm afraid to tell you and why it scares me to share these you with you * Why taking time for self-care is not easy for me even if I know how important it is * The impact of being raised in scarcity has had on me which may resonate with you, too * How I view the things that challenge me and how you should view your personal challenges, too

Read More: 081 – The Secret Fear of Success

Last episode, I talked about one of the most common objections I face with new clients and patients - “I just don’t have the time to xxxx”. To answer this objection, I shared 4 important concepts to help you reframe your relationship to time so that you can self-care. You'll also discover in this episode why shouldn’t you be really proud of having the “busy badge” – Is this you? If yes, then, you shouldn't miss listening to this episode! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Enroll in the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Going Beyond the Food Academy Curriculum

Going Beyond the Food Academy FAQs

Visit Stephanie’s website

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Finding Time for Self-Care Problem One of the most common objections I face with new clients and patients is "I just don’t have the time to xxxx". Fill in the xxx with any activity that is exclusively focused on you or your well-being.

You feel like you don’t have the time to get IT all done let alone self-care... seems so far-fetched. How to find time for self-care, movement, and relationship and improve yourself.

Here's the thing... if you, just like me years ago, you think you don’t have the time to care for yourself and health, think again because it’s not a question of having the time; it’s a question of making it.

This one single realization could be the key to finding the time to care for yourself and maybe, just maybe have the time for self-improvement.

In this episode I discuss * The 4 important concepts to help you reframe your relationship to time so that you can self-care * Why shouldn't you be really proud of having the "busy badge" - Is this you? * The real reason why you're not making time for self-care * Where you should really put your self-worth and value to know where you should spend your time * How perfectionism affects your decisions and life overall * How you should really view time to achieve your goals and change your life

Read More: 5 Steps to Make More Time for Your Health

Last episode was dedicated to those women who think that being perfect is still the best strategy in their attempt to reach their goal; those women who have been trying to be perfect and are tired of striving for perfection. If you are one of those women, I highly recommend you listen to this episode because here, I will teach you why being perfect shouldn’t be your goal and what you should aim for instead. And most importantly, the 3-step process to overcome the need to be perfect! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Register for the Thursday Workshop - 5 Mistakes Even Smart Women Make When Trying to Change Eating Habits

Register for the Saturday Workshop - 5 Mistakes Even Smart Women Make When Trying to Change Eating Habits

Enroll in the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Going Beyond the Food Academy Curriculum

Going Beyond the Food Academy FAQs

Visit Stephanie’s website

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

If you think that being perfect is still the best strategy in your attempt to reach your goal, you need to listen to this audio. If you have been trying to be perfect and are tired of striving for perfection... You too need to listen to this audio.

For years, I've attempted to be perfect in all parts of my life... work, relationship and weight. Did it work? Well in part: Work: yes; Home: yes... Relationship: no; Weight: no

And then one day, I realized via a lot of self-development work that I was perfect as I was right then and there... now. It was a journey to unlearn the thinking pattern but it worked.

That’s what I'll share with you today: Why being perfect shouldn’t be your goal and what to aim for instead. And lastly, the 3-step process to overcome the need to be perfect!

In this episode I discuss * Who must give you permission to be imperfect? * What to do when you feel fear of being found out? * Where the feeling of fear of being imperfect come from and how they impact our relationship to food and life * The 3-Step Process to Body Neutrality - the bridge between shaming and positivity 1. Self-Acceptance 2. Cease Comparison - Stop comparing yourself to others. 3. Being Brave - Burry the picture of the perfect _____ (insert your word) and uncover yourself!

Read More: 087-Perfectionism: Reverse engineering 4 steps

Last episode, I talked about the photo of myself in a bathing suit that I posted on Instagram last week and wrote a short post on my thoughts… Never expecting what happens next. This opened up a whole new discussion on body image.

And in this episode, I talked about Body Neutrality. It is a liberating new concept in which you accept your body for what it is without judgment and hoping for better. Not good, aka body positivity; NOT bad, body shaming. In the middle. Neutral. Grateful for what your body does for you without wanting to brag about it. Curious how it can actually help you? Note: This might just change your life! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

135-Body Neutrality: How to Be Fat and Still Wear a Bathing Suit

101 – From Shame to Fame: My Never-Before-Shared Personal Story – Stephanie Dodier

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

I posted this photo of myself in a bathing suit on Instagram last week and wrote a short post on my thoughts... Never expecting what happens next.

Body Neutrality is a concept we teach in the Going Beyond the Food Academy. It’s a liberating new concept in which you accept your body for what it is without judgment and hoping for better. Not good, aka body positivity; NOT bad, body shaming. In the middle. Neutral. Grateful for what your body does for you without wanting to brag about it.

For most women, body shaming is what they have learned from their own mothers or families and what they are being told by social media so that's all they know. That's all I knew.

I used to swim with a big t-shirt and shorts because I accepted that my body was ugly and I needed to hide it.

Body neutrality is wearing the bathing suit in which you feel comfortable going swimming and having fun. Living your life without feeling shame for your body. It's acceptance without judgment.

Today, we are going to break down this concept and how you can start being neutral with your body so that you can live your life like everyone else!

In this episode I discuss * What is Body Neutrality? * How Body Neutrality can change your outlook on your body, overeating and food cravings * What body shaming really do to you and your eating behavior * How healing your relationship to your body impacts that of your children * How body shaming brings about a cycle of self-sabotage

Read More: Mindset: The Missing Link to Sustainable Weight Loss

Last episode, I answered a question from Instagram, "Why do I continue to do things when I know they’re going to cause me grief?" In this episode, I talked about the powerful role your subconscious mind plays in all your food decisions, how important is self-love in decision-making towards doing things that can cause you grief and why your “Why” is so important. You don't wanna miss this. This might just change your life! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Register for the Live Workshop - How to Stop Overeating Without Willpower or Discipline

Enroll in the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Check the Instagram Post here

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Why do I continue to do things when I know they’re going to cause me grief? I 've asked myself this question for years and thought something was deeply wrong with me. I wasn't able to stop eating chips... It's like my mind was possessed by someone else. I would do it knowingly I was to regret it after and wished I didn’t do it. Why is that?

I found the answer to my question and I felt so relieved that it wasn’t actually something wrong with me but instead it was because of my subconscious mind and that I could fix it!

That’s the same question Rain sent me... Ready? Let's dive into why we do things we know will not help us achieve our goals and what we can do about it.

In this episode I discuss * The powerful role your subconscious mind plays in all your food decisions * How your current situation is serving you in some way – Is it the ‘more’ beneficial way? * How important is self-love in decision-making towards doing things that can cause you grief? * Why your “Why” is so important

Read More: Self-Sabotage: What Drives Your Behaviors + 3 Tips to Overcome It

Last episode, I discussed most women experience today - night time eating problem. I talked about the causes of nighttime eating and find a solution to address this problem. If you are wondering how to we stop it, prevent it and cope with night time eating desire (aka cravings), I highly encourage you to listen up! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Reserve your seat for the Live Workshop - How to Stop Overeating Without Willpower or Discipline

Get a chance to win the Academy Scholarship - APPLY NOW!

Check out the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Night time eating is real. You aren't alone! Night time cravings are something that most of us had experienced if not experiencing right now! Night time eating is such a problem these days that it's actually been made into a disease: The Night Eating Syndrome (NES). Crazy, right?!

How do we stop it, prevent it and cope with night time eating desire (aka cravings)?

With anything we need to "heal", I apply the same formula... Find the root cause(s) (the reason why IT is occurring) and find a solution to address the cause(s) in this case of night time eating.

If you are looking for x tips to suppress your nighttime cravings... this is not what this is going to be about. We are going to understand what causes night time eating and then help you "heal" that so that nighttime eating is not an "issue" anymore.

Ready?

In this episode I discuss * Why night time eating is classified as a disease * How resisting your physical hunger will only worsen your night time eating * The importance of respecting and listening to your hunger * The relationship between your emotions and night time eating * Why having a nightly wind-down routine can help lessen the desire to eat * The more effective way of balancing and regulating your hormones

Read More: Find Freedom from Food Cravings for Good: A 4-Step Solution

Last episode, I discussed the 5 steps on how to follow through and how to stick with it. This episode will surely make a difference for you if you are one of those who find it hard to follow through with your goals like stopping a bad habit or changing an old behavior.

In our world, it maybe about stopping overeating… or eating at night. You want it so bad but after a couple days it gets harder and harder… And then, you don’t follow thru.

If you find it hard to follow through with your decisions and goals, I highly encourage you to listen up! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Get a chance to win the Academy Scholarship - APPLY NOW!

Check out the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Listen to Episode 124: Emotional Hunger Versus Physical Hunger- What’s the Difference?

Be a guest on the podcast: Get coached!

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

How many times have you tried making a promise to yourself to change an old behavior in some way, and then didn't follow through?

From the bottom of your heart, you want to make a change. You are really tired of X and enough is enough. You make the decision to change X negative habit and start doing X instead.

In our world it maybe about stopping overeating… or eating at night. You want it so bad but after a couple days it gets harder and harder... And then, you don't follow thru.

Are you aware that not doing what you say you want to do is generally due to what I call Self-Sabotage?

In this episode I discuss The 5 Steps on How to Follow Through and Make You Stick with It * Understand that it’s normal to not follow through at first. It’s self-sabotage! * Accept and be Compassionate - to not fall in the downward spiral of shame and guilt * Understand the Intention behind what you’re trying to change that needs follow through. Is it from a place of lack or abundance? * Recognizing yourself when you actually do it – Do you positively reinforce yourself? * Prioritize Yourself. Make time for yourself in the spirit of change for your own self-improvement and development

Read More: Emotional Eating: Everything You Need to Know to Stop It Permanently!

Last episode, I answered Emma's question, "I can’t figure out why I overeat and it’s so frustrating." Most women have a good handle on food. More often than not, we make the best choices possible in selecting food and determining how much we should eat. Yet, we still overeat despite knowing the reason why we do it. But, is the reason that we are thinking the real cause of our overeating? You are probably thinking, “If it’s not the real reason, then how do I figure out why I overeat?”

In this coaching episode, you will learn how to find the root cause of overeating. This is very important because only you can know what they truly are. In fact, the answer is easy and it’s inside of you. There are tools to help you find this answer…

I highly encourage you to listen to this insightful episode and be empowered. You have the key! Click here.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Get a chance to win the Academy Scholarship - APPLY NOW!

Check out the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Read: 5 Steps to Make More Time for Your Health

Listen to Episode 70: The Illusion of Perfection

Be a guest on the podcast: Get coached!

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

"I can’t figure out why I overeat and it's so frustrating". This question of Emma is a very common question. The answer is easy and it's inside of you. There are tools to help you find this answer...

Most women have a good handle on food. More often than not, we make the best choices possible in selecting food and determining how much we should eat. Yet, we still overeat despite knowing the reason why we do it. But, is the reason that we are thinking the real cause of our overeating? You are probably thinking, “If it’s not the real reason, then how do I figure out why I overeat?”

In this coaching episode, you will learn how to find the root cause of overeating. This is very important because only you can know what they truly are.

In this episode I discuss * What is overeating and how to find the reason why we overeat? * What are the four bodies of a human being and which ones are often neglected when it comes to overeating? * The reasons why we only look at our physical body when dealing with food * The technique to truly connect with yourself so you can get your body’s message?

The six questions to ask yourself so you can find your own imbalances? 1. Is there a certain time of day or physical location where I binge or feel intense cravings? What does this time or location represent for me emotionally? 2. I eat when I’m not physically hungry, it’s because… 3. What is my inner-critic telling me [specifically] before, during, and after eating? 4. What would I say to someone who wanted advice who had eating habits similar to me? 5. If I eat to cope with X, where does the X go? 6. What am I craving in life (beyond food) that I’m using food to fulfill?

Read More: Mindset: The Missing Link to Sustainable Weight Loss

Last episode, I had a very powerful conversation with Dr. Elsbeth Meuth. We talked about why the level of satisfaction and pleasure we find in our sexual life has a direct impact on our desire for food. Dr. Meuth taught us a process to raise our feminine essence that will lead to a more fulfilling sex life and less cravings... for chocolate! You gotta check out this episode!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here. For a podcaster like me, reviews are like a fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Enter here to get a chance to win the scholarship!

Check out the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Be a guest on the podcast: Get coached!

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

If I say that there is a close link between your cravings and love, every lady would agree... but what about our sexuality? Dr. Meuth explains why the level of satisfaction and pleasure we find in our sexual life has a direct impact on our desire for food... at least for emotional eaters which most of us are. Dr. Meuth will teach us a process to raise our feminine essence that will lead to a more fulfilling sex life and less cravings... for chocolate!

In this episode I discuss * The relationship between sexuality and emotional eating * The importance of sexual pleasure and intimacy to women * What is feminine essence and why women try to suppress it * The reason to reconnect with our sexual feminine selves and how to do it * Why our relationship to food should not dictate our sexuality

Last episode , I had a very insightful conversation with Dr. Kari Anderson. We talked about food insecurity and how it directly affects our relationship to food. She also explained how the simple thought of deprivation can set a chain reaction in your brain that will drive cravings, binging or overeating. Ultimately, she takes us through step by step how this happens into our mind and provides one of the most efficient solutions to not only prevent but heal food insecurities. I highly recommend you listen to this powerful episode!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Awaken Your Feminine Essence

Check out Tantra Nova Institute

Study demonstrating relationship between sexual cravings and emotional eating

Be a guest on the podcast: Get coached!

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Food insecurity is the state of being without reliable access to food not just lack of quantity but also of choices and nutrition. It doesn’t have to be real... the simple thought of deprivation can set a chain reaction in your brain that will drive cravings, binging or overeating. Dr. Kari Anderson is taking us through step by step how this happens into our mind and provide one of the most efficient solutions to not only prevent but heal food insecurities.

In this episode I discuss * Brain & Eating: The neurological and biological reasons why we turn to binge eating * Food Insecurity and how it affects our relationship with food * How we can solve overeating and binging by Mindful Eating * The best source of motivation for a lasting sense of accomplishment * What is Body Neutrality and how it will make a positive impact on your personal goals

Last episode is a live coaching session with Dana, a high performing lady in most areas of her life, but food and body. That area of her life is filled with ups and downs and her goal is to find balance. Through self-awareness and intuition, Dana will discover her own solution but starting with getting clear on your intention behind the choice you make is key in understanding your triggers. Check this out!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Visit the Green Mountain Center

For the show listeners, mention "Beyond the Food Podcast" and receive 10% off on your next visit.

Get a copy of Kari's book

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

This coaching call is about understanding what triggers your individual ups and downs so you can better manage these situations. Many women who struggle with their relationship to food and body are high performers in most areas of their lives but food and body. That area of their lives is filled with ups and downs. Through self-awareness and intuition, Dana will discover her own solution but starting with getting clear on your intention behind the choice you make is key in understanding your triggers.

In this episode I discuss * Learning the method of achieving balance with life's highs and lows and enjoy life more * How reconnecting physically to your body is key in achieving balance in life * How you can use the highs and lows to your advantage * Why you should treat your relationship to food as if it's your relationship to a person * Practical tools to stop going down the negative spiral and how to use them

Last episode, I talked about solving the overeating problem and the solution that many find too easy to be true. It's not surprising because we were programmed that the solutions cannot be that easy because our problem is "complicated". Learn what creates spark of transformation in our food behaviors and the 4-step process on how to recognize the sensations and get acquainted with your body to finally eliminate craving, binging and overeating. You don't wanna miss this episode!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Register for the VIP Wait List of the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Solving the overeating problem comes down to one thing and one thing only: Feeling. Feeling the emotions that are present in us and resisting the urge to fight the emotions. I know it seems too simple to be true..., but it is...

In this episode I discuss * The real reason why we binge, overeat and crave * What is the real solution to overeating * The key element behind your solution to overeating * What creates the spark of transformation with our food behaviors * How the "feel don't fight" method make emotions go away * The 4-step process on how to recognize the sensations and get acquainted with your body to finally eliminate craving, binging and overeating

Last episode , I had a live coaching session with Karen and we find a solution for her question, "How do I handle people who seem to purposely sabotage me?" I highly recommend you listen in because this can also be the solution to your problem with dealing with people around you who don't seem to understand what you're working on and seem to sabotage your efforts towards your goal. Check it out now.

If you'd like to get a chance to have a FREE live coaching with me through The Beyond the Food Show podcast, you can fill out the application form here and we'll contact you once you are selected. This is the perfect opportunity for you to ask your question around your relationship to food.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Visit Stephanie’s website

Listen to Episode 116 – Ask Me: What I resist persists… Why is it so?

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Solving the overeating problem comes down to one thing and one thing only: Feeling. Feeling the emotions that are present in us and resisting the urge to fight the emotions. I know it seems too simple to be true..., but it is...

In this episode I discuss * The real reason why we binge, overeat and crave * What is the real solution to overeating * The key element behind your solution to overeating * What creates the spark of transformation with our food behaviors * How the "feel don't fight" method make emotions go away * The 4-step process on how to recognize the sensations and get acquainted with your body to finally eliminate craving, binging and overeating

Last episode , I had a live coaching session with Karen and we find a solution for her question, "How do I handle people who seem to purposely sabotage me?" I highly recommend you listen in because this can also be the solution to your problem with dealing with people around you who don't seem to understand what you're working on and seem to sabotage your efforts towards your goal. Check it out now.

If you'd like to get a chance to have a FREE live coaching with me through The Beyond the Food Show podcast, you can fill out the application form here and we'll contact you once you are selected. This is the perfect opportunity for you to ask your question around your relationship to food.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Visit Stephanie’s website

Listen to Episode 116 – Ask Me: What I resist persists… Why is it so?

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Do you feel like the world has a mission to sabotage you? Just like your partner does it on purpose to bring home this ice cream cake… Karen had this same question for me: How do I handle the people around me who either A: don’t seem to understand what I’m working on or B: seem to purposely sabotage. I talked it through with Karen and find the easiest solution for her…

In this episode I discuss * Perception… and how it can make a dramatic change in every aspect of your life * How you should treat difficult life experiences and people rather than as an enemy * Understanding self-compassion versus people-pleasing and how they can impact your behavior and how to handle people around you * The reason why you need to ditch the “good little girl” syndrome * Powerful tools on how to handle people who seem to sabotage you * How to practically use the tools to shift your actions towards achieving your goals

Last episode , I taught you how to differentiate emotional hunger from physical hunger. This episode is truly essential in understanding the reasons of our cravings and stopping overeating and binging before they even start. And most importantly, I shared with you my secret formula to banish your cravings in minutes! I highly recommend you listen in! You won’t hear this anywhere else. Check it out now.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here’s a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. – Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE – Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Download the Crave Cure Guide to get the Crave Cure Formula

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie’s Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie’s next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Emotional Hunger versus Physical Hunger- What's the difference? I answered this question from one of my students while teaching in a retreat in Spain. We are going to identify 8 signs that will make it easy for you to know what is what and I'll also share with you my secret formula to dissolve emotional eating.

In this episode I discuss * The 8 signs that make the difference between emotional hunger versus physical hunger * Why the fitness industry's idea about hunger doesn't really work for you * The reason why hunger was not to be feared * The secret formula to dissolve emotional eating that really works!

Last episode, I had a high-powered discussion with a New York Times bestselling author, Geneen Roth about her newest book, This Messy Magnificent Life. If you see yourself as “broken” and feel that you consistently have to "fix" yourself, then this is the episode for you! This will surely change your perspective to end the cycle of self-doubt forever. Check it out now.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

This is an interview with the New York Time best seller, Geneen Roth is golden for all of us on the path of fixing ourselves... It will forever change your perspective. Do you feel like you are broken and no matter what you try and how much you fix part of yourself it's never enough? Our culture demands that we criticize and suffer so that we can be better..., but it is the only way to get "there"? Do we really have to suffer?

In this episode I discuss * The one thing that you are so afraid to do that you divert your attention instead to self-criticism and losing weight * Why your effort in weight loss is actually just a cover-up to your true purpose * The real reason behind your belief that you need to fix your "broken" self * How you can finally stop thinking that something is not right with your body and focus on the things that make you happy instead

Last episode , I gave you the Self-Sabotage 101 where I taught you why self-sabotage happen, how to stop being a victim of it and most importantly, how to see self-sabotage as something positive in our lives? Sounds crazy, right? I highly encourage you to listen to this insightful episode. You might just find what you are looking for to finally achieve your goal! Check it out now.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Visit Geneen's website

Get your copy of Geneen Roth's Newest Book: This Messy Magnificent Life

Check out Geneen Roth's book: Women Food & God

Visit Stephanie’s website

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Self-sabotage doesn’t have to be... it’s a choice. We choose to self-sabotage, first, because we do not even know we are self-sabotaging and second, we let ourselves be led by the #1 driver of self-sabotage: Fear. Pay close attention to this episode it has the power to change your life! I'm serious ... let's do this!

In this episode I discuss * How self-sabotage happen * The reason why self-sabotage happen * Is self-sabotage a way of self-protection? * How to stop being a victim of Self-Sabotage * How can Self-Sabotage be something positive in your life?

Last episode , we had Susan in the show and she asked, "How can I release control when I have none?" We did live coaching and went in depth by asking her some questions that may be key to her current issues. I highly recommend you check this insightful episode. You might just learn from her personal story and challenges! Check it out now.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Listen to episode 119-Emotional Eating:5 Mistakes Women Do When Trying to Stop

Listen to episode 066–Self-Sabotage: How to Stop It Permanently!

Visit Stephanie’s website

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

How can I release control when I have none? That's the question from Susan today. The real question is: Is control the way for her to get the results she wants? In this live coaching call, we explored the possible root causes of her lack of control when it comes to eating and what releasing control on eating really meant for her. Listen to this live step-by-step conversation on how Susan managed to look at her life in a totally different perspective with guided questions and powerful coaching on how to proceed.

In this episode I discuss * How to release control when you have none * How to deal with or ‘fix’ our emotional relationship to food * Why revisiting childhood can be key in understanding our current mindset and self-image * Powerful tools you can use to tackle emotional eating * How to manifest freedom in our lives in true ways BEYOND THE FOOD

Last episode , I gave you a powerful message on self-compassion. We explored what self-compassion is and why it’s so important to the mastery of our relationship to food. I highly recommend you listen to this insightful episode. You might just need more self-compassion! Check it out now.

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Visit Stephanie’s website

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

What does it even mean to be self-compassionate? We give compassion to others without difficulties, however, when it comes the time for us to be more compassionate towards ourselves... that's a struggle. Today, will explore first what is self-compassion and why it's so important to the mastery of our relationship to food.

In this episode I discuss * The 3-step process to Self-Compassion * How Self-Compassion Impacts our relationship to food, weight and self-worth * The real reason why you struggle to have self-compassion * What you need to do to shift your thinking to have self-compassion * How to Practice Self-Compassion

Last episode , I discussed the 5 big mistakes even smart women do when trying to stop emotional eating. Not just the mistakes, but we also explored the reasons why make those mistakes, the lessons and the possible solution for you to eventually achieve your goal. I highly recommend you listen to this powerful episode. Check it out now!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Check out Dr. Kristin Neff free resources and exercise

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

You are a smart woman and results in your life show it, however, your relationship to food is still a challenge. You know you shouldn’t be eating every night when chilling in front of the TV or hiding to eat your chocolate, so your partner doesn’t see you. The reason why you are still challenged with food is likely because you are making one of the same 5 mistakes that took me years to learn... but so easy to fix!

In this episode I discuss * 5 big MISTAKES even smart women do when trying to stop emotional eating + We want the quick fix + We are insane! + We are suppressing + Being perfectionist + We let fear lead us * The REASONS why we commit those mistakes when addressing emotional eating * The LESSONS we need to learn to approach emotional eating the right way * The possible SOLUTION for you to guide and help you with your journey of eliminating emotional eating

Last episode , I answered another community question which is from a type A woman. I discussed the characteristics of type A personality and also cited examples of what this personality is so prone to doing. Don't get me wrong, we're not talking about negative personality here. We're talking about driven and successful women in almost everything. But let me tell you this... the way this personality does it in any other aspect of her life does not prove successful when it comes to food. You're wondering why? Listen to the episode now! You wouldn't wanna miss it!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Enroll for the Stop Self-Sabotage Course

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

“I can’t figure out why I make excuses…” or “ If I could only control my food the same way I do with the rest of my life THEN, I could lose weight and have the perfect life.” Then you would be good enough… You are successful everywhere else in your life except in one area: Food aka weight. Guess what, you may be one of those type A women!

There is only one problem: You’ll never be successful with ” food & weight” using the same approach as you do with the rest of your life. You need to do this instead…

In this episode I discuss * The definition and characteristics of type A women * The reason why food is such a struggle for type A women * Why control does not work with food * The real solution to your food struggle * What you need to learn to overcome your food problem and achieve your goal!

Last episode , I had a powerful discussion with Rebecca Scritchfield, RD where she teaches us to use radical self–acceptance and how to soothe ourselves with Body Kindness instead of food so that we’ll never have to diet again! You wouldn’t wanna miss! Check it out now!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here’s a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. – Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE – Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Take the Personality Test

Register for the FREE Live Workshop: How to Stop Overeating Without Willpower and Discipline

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie’s Coaching Newsletter

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie’s next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Imagine a graph with two lines. One indicates happiness, the other tracks how you feel about your body. If you’re like millions of people, the lines do not intersect. But what if they did?

It's normal to feel and experience an array of emotions which sometimes trigger a downward spiral. What if instead of reaching for food we practice Body Kindness. From downward spiral to upward spiral, Rebecca Scritchfield, RD teaches us to use radical self-acceptance and Body Kindness to never diet again!

In this episode I discuss * Why you should focus on well-being, not weight * The real reason why we keep searching for the solution that will fix our "body" * What's wrong with some of the popular diets * What is Body Kindness? * The concept of Spiral down versus Spiral up

Last episode of Ask Me, I answered a question from a Facebook follower, "The more I focus on losing the last X pounds the harder it becomes. Why?" In this powerful episode, I discussed the #1 reason why the more we work hard on getting rid of something or change what we think of as negative about us just becomes bigger and hard. You wouldn't wanna miss! Check it out now!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Register for the FREE Live Workshop: How to Stop Overeating Without Willpower and Discipline

Reach Rebecca

Rebecca Scritchfield's Body Kindness book

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

What you resist persists - Carl Jung. This quote inspired a Community member to bring this question forward: "The more I focus on losing the last X pounds the harder it becomes. Why? " Sometimes it appears that the more we work hard on getting rid of something or change what we think of as negative about us just becomes bigger and hard. Here's the fact.... it's a fact: What we focus on becomes bigger including the more undesirable things we want to change about us. Let me explain...

In this episode I discuss * Why is it that the harder you focus the worse it gets - what you resist persists * The role of quantum physics in the human life * What we really are as human beings * The solution to that one thing you want to change the most about you * The major emotion that directly impacts your behaviors and situation * Where and how to find your happiness

Last episode of Ask Me, I answered another listener question, "I've tried everything, but nothing works!" In this insightful episode, you will discover why you should stop blaming yourself and the importance of understanding the concept of mindset and the matrix of knowledge and awareness. You don't wanna miss this!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Register for the FREE Live Workshop: How to Stop Overeating Without Willpower and Discipline

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Dr. Pillay's book

Study on weightlifter and power of visualization

Listen to Podcast Episode 063 – The Biology of Belief: Interview with Dr. Bruce Lipton

Listen to Podcast Episode 095 – The Biggest Secret the Food Industry Doesn’t Want You to Know About Your Food with Robyn Openshaw

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

I’ve tried everything and it’s not working! So listen, I get it… it’s disheartening, devastating and depressing all at once. You’ve tried everything that YOU KNOW to achieve your goals and it’s just not working. It maybe even getting worse… The solution is right there. Right in front of you. You just can't see it. YOU JUST DON'T KNOW WHAT YOU DON'T KNOW.

In this episode I discuss * Mindset: which one to ditch and which one to embrace * why you should stop blaming yourself * where to find the solution to your problem even if you think, "I've tried everything." * the matrix of knowledge * why it's important to understand the concept: "you don't know what you don't know" * the number one reason why you should GO BEYOND THE FOOD

Last episode of Ask Stephanie, I answered the #1 question we received in the survey we did in the last 2 weeks, and it was: "Why do I keep overeating when I know better?" I shared the one thing that the fitness, diet and medical industries do not want you to know about overeating and self-sabotage. This is another powerful episode you wouldn't wanna miss! Check it out now!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Register for the FREE Live Workshop: How to Stop Overeating Without Willpower and Discipline

The Matrix of Knowledge pie chart

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Why do I keep overeating when I know better? We did a survey last 2 weeks and this is the #1 question you asked. I get it... this used to be mine, too. There is a reason and it's pretty easy... thought much secret because it's never talked about. It doesn't fit in the traditional weight & fitness model. In one way you can say, "It’s not your fault... yet!"

In this episode I discuss * The one thing that the fitness, diet and medical industries do not want you to know about overeating and self-sabotage * My personal story how I overcome overeating and the feelings that go with it - terrible, frustrated, shame... You name it! * The whole science behind why do I keep overeating * What causes you to self-sabotage * The #1 reason why willpower, discipline and restriction do not work to achieve long-term success

Last episode, Samantha Gladish, the hormones Fixer-Upper, Registered Holistic Nutritionist and weight loss coach talks about the master influencer when it comes to your hormone & hunger and shares with us her 3-step process to heal your hormone BEYOND THE FOOD and live a life we love. Check it out!

Leave me a review, if you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work, leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say!

Here's a quick tutorial on How to leave a review.

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Links mentioned in the episode Register for the Live Workshop: How to Stop Overeating Without Willpower and Discipline registration (registration starts Feb 9th 2018)

Visit Stephanie’s website

Join Stephanie's Coaching Newsletter

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

Get started with the FREE Crave Cure Guide

Support me by leaving a review about this episode

Submit a question for the next episode If you want to submit a question for Stephanie's next episode, click here and join our free and private community.

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

*For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

In my 6 years of practice as a Clinical Nutritionist, 80% of the women I work with all want to heal their hormones because they believe it is one of the main reasons why they can’t achieve their goals. I used to think just like them - that if we ever get our hormones “under control,” life will be perfect. Samantha Gladish, the hormones Fixer-Upper, Registered Holistic Nutritionist and weight loss coach shares with us her 3-step process to heal hormone & hunger and live a life we love.

In this episode I discuss * What's the connection between your hormone & hunger * The role of hormones in your moods, cycle, and cravings * The big thing that impacts your hormones * The master influencer when it comes to your hormone & hunger * The 3-step process to heal your hormones BEYOND THE FOOD

Previous Episode: Eat the Energy You Want to Become

Show Sponsors Health I.Q. - Life insurance for conscious people

MUSE - Meditation headband

Related Links Healthy Hormone Program

Use Coupon Code for $$ savings:beyondthefood

Samantha's Free Meal plan offer

Register for the Going Beyond the Food Academy

The Crave Cure Guide

Submit Your Question!

Leave a review about this episode

How to leave a review

Reach Stephanie Website

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Email

Join our free and private community *For your information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so is no additional cost to you, but helps me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so*

View Details

Food, color, and Chakra. All intermingle with the word energy. The food we eat brighten us than just calories, but also an energy level that contributes to our mood, mindset, and thoughts. Ancient medicine refers to these energy center as chakra and modern medicine as our endocrine system. Dr. Deena Minich teaches us on to use color in our food choice to balance our mind and emotions. What if the solution is to eat the energy we want to become?

Chakra Chakra is derived from Sanskrit and essentially means "wheel." It relates back to Ayurvedic medicine and many mystical East Indian traditions in which they noticed that there were a lot of activities in the body in certain places. If you look in Western medicine, you would see that the Chakra system is very much aligned with the neuroendocrine system.

We've got the Root Chakra or the Adrenal gland, the place of fleeing or being frightened. Then, the Sacral Chakra which is all about reproduction that is the ovaries and testes. The Solar Plexus Chakra is the pancreas which is an endocrine organ that fuses out a lot of enzymes that help us digest and transform. Another one, the Heart Chakra which is connected to the thymus. The Throat Chaka is connected to the thyroid gland. Then, we have the Third Eye Chakra which is the pituitary gland which hangs in the middle of the head. We also have a small gland called the pineal gland which I associate with the Crown Chakra. It's the center of light and how our body regulates light in the finer energies of the day, of the seasons, of the planet. Dr. Deanna Minich calls them the 7 systems of health.

Color When people eat a certain way, it separates them from other people. Diets seem to be dividing. They are not unifying. What is unifying no matter what our eating preference is? Color is a unifying force. Color is creativity. It's around us and serves as an environmental stimulus. It impacts our physiology and psychology. Color is physical and psychological. It's powerful and has the ability to change people's patterns.

Hence, if we eat food of different colors, our different bodily systems will catch on with the vibration of that color and feel better as well.

Last week's episode, Jamie Lerner taught us how to reinvent ourselves by changing our storyline to change our lives. I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here .

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here  . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here's a quick tutorial on " How to leave a review   "!

Links mentioned in this episode : Advance nutrition course : http://deannaminich.com/rainbow-foods-supplements/

The Rainbow Diet Book: http://deannaminich.com/meet-deanna/the-rainbow-diet/

Going Beyond the Food Academy: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/academy/

How you can reach Stephanie: Website: http://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you'd like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

http://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond the Food Academy

End Food Obsession

*For you r *information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

Statistics reports that only 10% of new year resolutions stick all year. We chase goals outside of ourselves: weight on a scale, cars, promotions, etc. and that's where we surely guarantee to fail plus we chase the goals with the same attitude as we did the year before... Another sure guarantee to fail. We must reinvent ourselves in the process of desiring new goals, otherwise, we will only repeat the same results as before. Jamie Lerner has a completely different perspective on how we can do just that... Reinvent ourselves by changing our storyline, so that we can change our life... Changes that can be done from the inside that will impact the outside!

Reinvent Yourself How do you reinvent yourself? That is the question that would normally pop up after hearing and knowing that reinventing is the key to changing our lives the way we want it to be... It all starts in the mind.

It’s our thoughts that can fix our problem. When you quiet the mind, you’ll hear those messages. You’ll feel those messages. Hopefully, you’ll allow yourself to trust them. People generally get an inkling and a signal, and they don’t listen to themselves.

We create everything with our thoughts. We are the most amazing manifesters. Hence, wanted or unwanted thoughts create our reality. If we could be conscious of creating what we want with our thoughts - only what we want, we would be having the most glorious lives. How can we choose our thoughts and direct them to create and manifest today? That’s part of the whole reframing to eventually reinvent yourself.

Law of Attraction We attract everything into our experience vibrationally through our thoughts and our feelings. It’s a really interesting concept when you wrap your mind around this because you can begin to understand how you can use the contrast. Contrast is everything that you are not wanting so that you’re launching all these rockets of desire. You know want you don’t want and you know what you do want. It’s how you focus all of that attention to create just that.

Last week's episode, I shared with you the Mastering Your Food Craving talk that I did at the Low Carb Universe conference held in Mallorca, Spain. It was voted #1 and most appreciated talk in the conference, so I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here's a quick tutorial on "How to leave a review "!

Links mentioned in this episode: Website for Jamie: www.jamie-lerner.com

Free chapter book:http://www.jamie-lerner.com/media/The_Ever-loving_Essence_of_You-Ch4-Alignment.pdf

Discover Abraham Hicks: https://youtu.be/uBQHJo81QpM

Going Beyond the Food Academy: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/academy/

How you can reachStephanie: Website: http://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

http://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond the Food Academy

End Food Obsession

*For your *information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

The Low Carb Universe is a unique international event. As much focus is brought forward to nutrition as it is to mind and body approach to health. It’s more than a conference. It's a retreat... luxurious hotel, small group workshop, one-on-one interaction with speakers. This event is perfect for me to teach at as it models my beliefs... Mind, body and soul experience. Mastering Your Food Cravings was the main talk I performed at the event... and was voted #1 and most appreciated talk! You get to listen in for free...

Mastering Your Food Cravings - The Low Carb Universe Conference 2017 It was truly an honor for me to be invited to deliver my signature talk - Mastering Your Food Cravings at the Low Carb Universe conference. The talk that touches people’s hearts when I’m on the road, when I’m at conferences or when I meet people for the first time. Normally, I am not allowed to share those talks because they are proprietary to the conferences that I speak to, but the organizers of the Low Carb Universe, Hanna and Bitte did me a huge favor and allowed me to share this with you on this podcast. This a live recording of the talk that I did. It had a phenomenal reception during the event that so many people came to me a day or two after secretly pulling me aside and told me how the event and how my talk had changed their lives.

Mastering Your Food Cravings is about teaching people what it means to go beyond the food, how we go about healing and crushing our craving by addressing our thoughts, mindset and emotions and the whole science behind it.

Have a look at the photos I took during my recent speaking engagement there.

View from the drive to the Hotel...

No more to say...

Another speaker and my friend, Sean Mynar...

Street view beside the hotel

This is the hotel EsplĂŠndido... view from the port!

Amazing view from the hotel...

And me... delivering Mastering Your Food Cravings at The Low Carb Universe Conference 2017

Next Event: KetoLadies If you register to the event as a listener of the Beyond the Food Show, I’ll do a special workshop just for you as I go back to the beautiful island of Mallorca for another speaking engagement at the gorgeous hotel on March 8-11, 2018. It’s a retreat which is very intimate which gives you access to the speakers. It’s a one-of-kind event which you can give as Christmas gift from you to you!

Last week's episode, we were joined by Isabel Foxen Duke and she talked about the OTHER reason why we overeat and binge. This episode will surely rock your world. You don't wanna miss this one! You can listen to the episode here.

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here's a quick tutorial on "How to leave a review "!

Links mentioned in this episode: Ketoladies event 2018: https://ketoladies.thelowcarbuniverse.com/

Going Beyond the Food Academy: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/academy/

How you can reachStephanie: Website:http://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

http://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond the Food Academy

End Food Obsession

*For your *information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

We shouldn’t avoid emotional eating because when we turn emotional eating into something to avoid as much as dieting, we fall in the trap of diet mentality and all its negative side effects such as overeating and binging. Isabel Foxen Duke is a brilliant leader in the Health At Every Size movement and this interview will rock your world! Must listen!

The Reason Why We Overeat and Binge Perfectionistic expectation will absolutely lead to rebellion. When applied to food, it will lead to binging and overeating in the same way that perfectionistic expectation to work will lead to burnout. We cannot uphold those expectations. It's impossible to keep it up all the time, so we end up crashing. We crash in proportion to how rigid we were trying to hold on. And it's important to understand this concept if we really want to understand the reason why we overeat and binge.

The more you attempt dieting, the less you are likely to stick to one. Historically, we’ve always been emotional eaters. When we look at the evolution of the human being, we’ve eaten emotionally, socially, so we cannot cut it off. So, when we try to cease emotional eating from existing, we end up being on the wagon, off the wagon, on the wagon a.k.a. yo-yo dieting. The problem with most people is that they haven’t addressed the diet mentality that's why they fail to understand the reason why we overeat and binge.

Looking from the Inside Diet mentality goes more than just a relationship with food. It’s the way we approach life in general. We often look at our happiness through a solution that is external to us instead of looking at finding happiness, joy, and fulfillment from inside. In the same way we relate to diet, we think that controlling our external environment a.k.a. our food will lead us to happiness instead of looking from the inside. If you think that you are going to find happiness by eating a certain way, not only you aren’t going to find it there, but you are probably going to fail at it, to begin with. What’s interesting is that, when we put perfection to our food, chances are we also apply perfection in many other aspects of our lives because we lack trust in ourselves.

What does your body want you to eat? That only solves half the problem. The other half of the problem is how we think. It’s how we talk to ourselves. Are we living in diet mentality? Are we approaching food like is a thing that we should be careful around?

Body Image Issues I’m overweight, but I’m healthier than 90% of the people out there. The reason is because it has nothing to do with weight. Weight is not a causal effect of health, just a by-product. This desire for weight loss beyond health is what we call the body image issue.

Ninety-nine percent of food issue boils down to body image issues. Majority of disordered eating behaviors start
with “I don’t think my body is enough and I feel like I should try and change it by restricting my food.” If you never had the thought, “I wish I was thinner,” you would never have gone on a diet, you would never deal with this binge eating, emotional eating problems. Emotional eating is heavily correlated with dieting. The more you diet, the more you restrict, the more you’re going to turn to food for comfort and that clearly gives us a better perspective on the reason why we overeat and binge.

Health at Every Size “It’s a lot easier to stop obsessing about food when we feel good about ourselves.”

There is a whole movement that is trying to demonstrate that beautiful people come in different shapes and sizes. There’s a ton of evidence that if you are exposing yourself to body diversity visually on a regular basis, it will actually start to change your brain. It will change the way it looks at bodies including your body, thereby, transforming how you tackle body image.

Last week's episode, I talked about the 6 powerful benefits of gratitude and how it can change everything. Yes!... including food obsession. I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here's a quick tutorial on "How to leave a review "!

Links mentioned in this episode: Stop FightingFood : a free 3 part video series from Isabel Foxen Duke:http://stopfightingfood.com/

Health at Every Size book: http://amzn.to/2kyNVlB

Going Beyond the Food Academy: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/academy/

How you can reachStephanie: Website:http://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

http://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond the Food Academy

End Food Obsession

*For your *information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

Still not practicing gratitude? Maybe you think this is just another woo-woo trend and you rather spend more time researching real stuff why you can’t achieve your goals. If this is you, you’ve got to listen to this episode… gratitude has been researched with more than 40 studies (as of 2012) with nothing but positive benefits on us, human beings, even more especially when it comes to changing our mindset and relationship to food... The incredible element of gratitude practice is that: It’s free and no negative risk associated with it!

Why Practice Gratitude? Is it possible that if you carry that day-to-day throughout the year, you would have the same feeling and the same mood. Research and studies have looked at the benefits of gratitude and gratefulness practice and how it can help us. I’m going to look at those studies from the perspective of changing our relationship to food, craving, emotional eating and binging and how it can help us.

I know it does, but many people think that this is just woo woo. They think that this is not real stuff, that what can help me or give me results is a new set of calorie-counting, macro or diet. Well, let me tell you, this is not the reason why you are overeating, obsessing about food, why you are eating on the couch at night. It has to do with your emotions! The crazy thing about gratitude is that it can regulate our emotions. For those of us who overeat, crave and emotional eat, we use food to regulate our emotions. What about if we were to use gratitude to prevent our emotions getting all out of whack, can it really help us?

Let me share with you 6 powerful benefits of gratitude how it can help you regulate your mood, prevent binging, overeating and emotional eating, but will make you healthier and help you achieve your goals.

6 Powerful Benefits of Gratitude 1. Gratitude makes us happier. A five-minute a day gratitude journal can increase your long-term well-being by more than 10 percent. That’s the same impact as doubling your income! When you write down things that you’re grateful for, it brings the positive aspect of your life top of mind and you carry that throughout the day.

  1. Gratitude makes us more likable. Gratitude generates social capital – in two studies with 243 total participants, those who were 10% more grateful than average had 17.5% more social capital. It means that people like them better. Gratitude makes us nicer, more trusting, more social, and more appreciative. We know that we don’t like to be associated with people who are negative, pessimists and those who are always complaining.When we have good social relationship, we eat less.

  2. Gratitude makes us healthier. This is where you hit the jack pot when it comes to data…There are several studies that show how gratitude has a physical impact on your body. 16% fewer physical symptoms, you can have better sleep and the list goes on…

  3. Gratitude increases self-esteem. A 2014 study published in the Journal of Applied Sport Psychology found that gratitude increased athletes’ self-esteem, an essential component to optimal performance. It makes us worth it and able to receive better because we know we are worth it. Everyday, as we practice gratitude, we see how good our life is.

  4. Gratitude improves psychological health. Gratitude reduces a multitude of toxic emotions, from envy and resentment to frustration and regret. It was found to increase happiness and decrease depression.

  5. Gratitude increases mental strength. For years, research has shown gratitude not only reduces stress, but it may also play a major role in overcoming trauma. Recognizing all that you have to be thankful for, even during the worst times, fosters resilience.

Take the Challenge Are you convinced yet to practice gratitude in your life, so you can regulate your emotions at the root and not use food to control emotion? I am speaking based on my personal experience. The idea of gratitude came to me at the point in my life where I wanted to stop overeating and craving. I have tried everything for my physical body. I was left with this other thing and since I have nothing to lose, I just dove in and tried. It was a 30-day challenge to write 3 things that I am grateful about and why. I did this every morning when I woke up. But remember that it is critical to know why we are grateful. Now, my mindset has changed and I am reaping the benefits of gratitude in my life.

If you are not yet practicing gratitude in your life, I challenge you to take a pen and a notebook. Put it beside your bed and write 3 things that you are grateful for and why. Take 5 minutes every morning when you wake up and do this exercise for the next 30 days.

Be amazed at how gratitude can change your life!

Last week’s episode, we had Christina Grenga and she talked about the surprising link between faith and health. I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here’s a quick tutorial on “How to leave a review “!

Links mentioned in this episode: Article including 26 studies about gratitude: http://happierhuman.com/the-science-of-gratitude/

Counting Blessing versus Burden studies: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12585811

The Crave Cure: https://stephaniedodier.com/cravecure

Beyond The Food Community: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

How you can reachStephanie: Website: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond the Food Academy

End Food Obsession

*For your *information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

For many years, I struggled with my own faith. I controlled my life to get the outcome that I desired... no faith or trust. Clearly, it didn’t work well for me. Today, I have faith in myself and the universe... for some, it's God and other higher power. The name is irrelevant. It's the act of believing and trusting that all will be good that impacts your health. The studies are clear about the power of meditation and or contemplation.

What is faith? Faith is the complete trust or confidence in someone or something... Faith, according to the bible, is the assurance of things hoped for, the conviction of things not seen. It's trusting in something that you can't explicitly prove. Going even beyond that, it takes intellect and trust - believing in something and trusting that it's actually true. In the same way that we trust that the sun will rise in the morning and it's gonna go down at night. It's knowing and trusting that it's going to happen. Is there really a connection between faith and health?

Faith and health While researching on this topic, I found a study that talked about the surprising link between faith and health, where faith being either religious or spiritual, and the numbers really blew me away! According to the study, faith can help us cope with adversity, reduce stress, increase hope for a better outcome - optimism. It was also found that 61% of the respondents had greater sense of personal control in challenging life circumstances. 73% of them reported better diet management when they practiced more faith - religious or non-religious. 61% found greater self-esteem when they practiced more faith in their lives. And we know, ladies, that self-esteem is at the root of our craving, overeating and binging. Could the solution to that be in increasing faith in our lives?

Last week’s episode, I talked about the 5 common behaviors that lead straight to self-sabotage which we all have at some point in our lives, but we aren't aware of their direct effect on us when trying to achieve our goals. I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Next episode, we'll have powerful discussion on gratefulness and its benefit on your health. Stay tuned for this insightful episode!

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here’s a quick tutorial on “How to leave a review “!

Links mentioned in this episode: Free Checklist from Christina: http://pxlme.me/lV0iIKvz

Grenga website: www.grengahealth.com

Daily devotional book: Jesus Calling: http://amzn.to/2iMSkEk

Blue Zones book: http://pxlme.me/l00N8LD2

Studies demonstrating positive health effect of faith: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3671693/

Beyond The Food Community: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

The Crave Cure: https://stephaniedodier.com/cravecure

How you can reachStephanie: Website: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond the Food Academy

End Food Obsession

*For your *information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

You are on a roll with your goals and all of a sudden out of nowhere, you make a decision that will lead you straight to feeling disappointed and block you from achieving your goal. There are distinctive behaviors that we have in our everyday lives that lead us to self-sabotage… Do you do have these behaviors in your own life?

What is Self-Sabotage? According to my friend Google, self-sabotage is a behavior that interferes with long-standing goals. It’s having the behaviors that are completely against what you are trying to achieve, but you still do it. Now, that you know what self-sabotage is, the number 1 step you need to do is take responsibility. Take action and avoid those behaviors that will lead you to self-sabotage. What are those?

5 Common Behaviors That Lead Straight to Self-Sabotage 1. Perfection – The all-or-nothing attitude that prevents you from taking action, waiting for the right time or waiting for the perfect environment or situation. 2. Procrastination is self-sabotaging. It is a serious sign of it. When you procrastinate and wait to do something because it’s not the right timing or it’s not the right season. Well here’s the good news! There’s not gonna be a perfect time. You’ll only find the perfect time when you start to take action. Yes, you got it right! 3. Not Feeling Good Enough is the background to why we are deciding to do something. “We’re not worth it.” “We don’t feel good enough,” so we need to punish ourselves through self-sabotage. 4. Expecting the worst. Because you feel that you are not good enough, you automatically go to the place where you are not going to be successful. You actually are preparing yourself for failure. You are preventing having the pain of failure, so you are expecting the worst… so you feel not good enough… so you procrastinate because you wanted to be just perfect. See how they are correlated? 5. Blaming responsibility. “I just don’t have the time to… everyday because I got kids, I need to cook healthy food, I gotta clean the house, I got work… so I just don’t have 15 minutes every day to…” I know exactly because the whole time I was working in the corporate world, that was my number 1 excuse – “I just don’t have time because I got a lot of important things to do.”

And to add one more… Toxic people are a constant in your life. I had this story just last week from someone who’s interested to be in the Going Beyond the Food Academy. She was putting the responsibility on her husband. Clearly, her husband does not trust her and does not have confidence in her that she will achieve her goals. He was not supportive of her enrolling in the program. He is a toxic individual in her life, not believing in her, making her not take action and not jump in to make her life better. If you are surrounded by toxic individuals in your life, that could be a reason why you are self-sabotaging because you are constantly being sent off the message that you are not good enough, that you just don’t do anything right, so might as well do nothing.

What should we do to get out of self-sabotage behaviors? Stop working on the symptoms, ladies. Stop putting a band-aid by applying more control to your food. Instead, work on those behaviors… Work on accepting that perfection is not something we need to achieve. We don’t need to be perfect. We need to have compassion to ourselves in the same way we need to have compassion for other people. The same thing for procrastination – just be done with it and start!

How do we learn to do those things? The number 1 step you can take to stop all those self-sabotaging behaviors is working on yourself. Personal development is the solution. It’s not in the development of another diet or another set of rules on your food. It’s getting to know yourself better by doing exercises such as journaling. You know that I am a big advocate of that because it did change my life. It is an exercise of self-discovery. You can also try meditation, visualization, movement that is associated with breath and self-awareness – walk in nature. You can start developing a relationship with yourself.

Right now, it seems complicated than it really is. You might be thinking, “I don’t even know where to start.” That’s totally okay. Personal development skills and tools are not being taught in most places. This is something we brush over because we believe it’s not important. You can pick up books such the Anatomy of the Spirit. Listen to my prior podcasts that can teach you skills to learn to know yourself better. You can also try the program that I am currently testing – The Going Beyond the Food Academy. It’s a personal development program. In there is a course on Self-Sabotage. I encourage you to check it out and learn more about it to see if it’s something that can help you achieve your personal goals.

Last week’s episode, we had Debra Atkinson in the show and she talked about the 6 biggest menopause myths that keep you from thriving. I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Next episode, we’ll have Christina Grenga to talk about the surprising link between faith and health. Stay tuned for this powerful discussion!

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here’s a quick tutorial on “How to leave a review “!

Links mentioned in this episode: Stephanie’s Instagram account: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Beyond The Food Community: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

The Crave Cure: https://stephaniedodier.com/cravecure

Safe Skincare-Beauty Counter Collective: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/safeskincare/

How you can reachStephanie: Website: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond the Food Academy

End Food Obsession

*For your *information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

FacebookTwitterGoogle+PinterestShare

View Details

“It’s your age”… or “My mom suffered during her menopause, so I’m just doomed”. Is that how you relate to your own menopause? Or maybe fear it because you believe there is nothing you can do? Today, we are going to crush 6 Biggest Menopause Myths that keep you from thriving. PS: Your mom’s menopause has little to do with yours!

Menopause Myths For sure you’ve heard those commentaries many times when women who talk about menopause. It may come surprising to you that the beliefs that have been handed down to us from generation to generation are, in reality, a bunch of myths. Debra Atkinson of Flipping Fifty podcast explained to us why those beliefs that we got from our parents and ancestors are just menopause myths since they do not have the backing of Science.

People always say, “This is just the way aging works, you’re bound to suffer.” The basic idea is – if you believe it, you can manifest it. We actually have the ability to reverse the effects of aging. If we’re going to do our research in regards to menopause, we’re going to come up empty-handed with any direct correlation between menopause and weight gain. We do know that we may have a genetic predisposition, but how we live our lives will dictate how we thrive in it.

Last episode, I talked about the power of community and how it impacts our health journey that brings about better quality of life to women. This is such an empowering message, ladies. I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here’s a quick tutorial on “How to leave a review “!

Links mentioned in this episode: Debra’s Hot Not Bothered book: https://www.flippingfifty.com/hotnotbothered

The Crave Cure: https://stephaniedodier.com/cravecure

Beyond The Food Community: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

How you can reachStephanie: Website:https://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

*For your *information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

“It takes a village to raise a child” is a demonstration that we did evolve as a species in a community… being part of a tribe was a necessity to survive. Today’s society structure promotes the opposite, leaving us depressed and anxious. But really, how do friendship and community impact your health? And what is the best approach to maximize their benefits?

The Power of Community The deterioration of our connections with each other not only impoverishes our personal and communal lives but also has a significant effect on our health and well-being. I have often observed that without feeling a sense of belonging or connectedness, we risk feeling anxious, depressed and alienated. This observation was in fact backed by a study that suggests that friendships between women are special. The research shows that the strongest predictor for creating a fulfilled life is building healthy relationships with others — at home, at work, and in the community.

Friendship Reduces Stress A landmark study has found that women respond to stress differently than men. It claims that when women are under stress, the hormone oxytocin is released, along with cortisol, and it buffers the fight or flight response and encourages us to protect and nurture children and gather with other women. The study calls it “tend and befriend” pattern which happens not only to humans but also to females of many species. When women actually engage in tending or befriending, even more oxytocin is released, further countering stress and calming them down.

Men produce high levels of testosterone when they’re under stress, and according to research, it reduces the calming effects of oxytocin. They are therefore more likely to deal with stress with aggression (fight) or withdrawal (flight). Women, on the other hand, produce estrogen that enhances the effects of oxytocin and compels them to seek social support.

5 Tips to Take Advantage of the Power of Community in Your Health Journey Find a community of women who:

  1. Inspire You to Reach Your Goal

It’s important to relate yourself to women that inspire you to reach your goal, people who will lift your morale. For sure, you’ll find quality women that will provide you will emotional and moral support that will tell you, “You can do it!”.

  1. Have Similar Values as You

Finding a community of women that have similar values as you is very empowering. You need to ask yourself if your tribe think, feel and is at the same place as you. This is essential because it will give you the backing that you are in the right place to talk. It will also become easier to relate to people since you have a common background.

  1. Provide You with Sense of Belonging

As we’ve mentioned earlier, we humans evolved as a species in a community. It gives us the idea that we are a part of something bigger than us. We are contributing to something that will be of use to others and in the same way, will benefit us as a member of the community.

  1. Who Help You Manage Trauma and Emotion

It is such a huge thing for us, ladies. That is why it is essential to look for women who are capable and willing to talk about raw emotion. These are women who are willing to be present to your emotion to help you cope with a way to which you want to cope better with your emotion.

  1. Who Provide a Sense of Security

Be in a crowd of women where there is a ‘no judgment zone’ where you can tell, say and feel anything and they will accept you, will not judge and will encourage you where you are today.

These are the reasons why I created a private community on Facebook – The Beyond the Food Community where we are currently proposing an actual more structured and organized way of looking at community and sisterhood. I invite you to have a look at our community and check out what the special offer is all about and how it can help you. Do this only if you believe that community and sisterhood can actually help you achieve your goal.

Last week’s episode, Brodie Welch joined us in the show and talked about the one thing that we need to know and likely not doing about the subject of meal timing. I’m sure you’ll be quick to ditch the diet mindset upon hearing her teachings about meal timing. I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Next episode, we’ll have Debra Atkinson in the show to discuss a very insightful topic about menopause myths that keep you from thriving. Take note, this is not just for women that are currently experiencing menopause. Listen up, younger women because this will change the way you are perceiving yourself going into menopause. Stay tuned!

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here’s a quick tutorial on “How to leave a review “!

Links mentioned in this episode: Study on Why Women Need Friendship:http://www.anapsid.org/cnd/gender/tendfend.html

The Crave Cure: https://stephaniedodier.com/cravecure

Beyond The Food Community: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Safe Skincare-Beauty Counter Collective: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/safeskincare/

How you can reachStephanie: Website:https://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Beauty Counter

Clean Beauty. Better Beauty. Safer Beauty.

BeautyCounter’s mission is to get safer products into the hands of everyone.

*For your *information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

When I say meal timing, what do you think of right away? Like the 4-6 meals a day or eating window, right? Well, there is one important element that both these meal timing philosophies are not considering. This one thing can be a game changer for many women.

Meal Timing I'm sure you've heard a lot of rules on this thing, but Brodie Welch, a Licensed Acupuncturist, Board-Certified Herbalist, Chinese Medicine expert, group coach, and self-care strategist, has a different take on this. In our interview, we talked about how our body plays a very significant role in telling us when to eat.

If you think about it, many people train their bodies to be obedient to a certain meal timing rule hoping to achieve their body and health goals. Surprisingly, our body also gives us cues on what to eat. It may come as a shock for many because we have been conditioned to follow a certain "health" trend. But in reality, nature already laid out everything in front of us. We just need to listen and be in tune with our body and our surroundings to be able to know when and what to feed our body. This is the universal law of nature.

So, what can we take away from this? It's all about intuitive eating. Listen to your body because it has the answers to all of your body and health questions. Ultimately, what "rule" should we be following? I guess it's the rule of nature. If we could all be mindful of what nature is offering us, I think we wouldn't have to be burdened with when, what, and all those health-and-nutrition-related questions. Get cues from your body messages. Because after all, the answer is all inside of us.

Last week’s episode was my biggest takeaways and inspirational quotes from the interviews I had with our guest speakers at the Going Beyond The Food Project. It was such a very powerful experience for me to be interviewing very insightful resource speakers who are with us in this Going Beyond the Food movement, so I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

If you failed to tune in to the free viewing of the Going Beyond The Food Project, don't you worry because you can, in fact, get lifetime access to it via the Upgraded Package. Grab our SPECIAL DISCOUNT because it is ENDING SOON!

The Upgraded Package is a complete collection of the video recordings, audios and written transcripts of all 22 life-changing presentations with lifetime access! Plus an extraordinary collection of BONUS GIFTS from our speakers. You don't wanna miss this!

Next episode, we'll have Debra Atkinson in the show to discuss a very enlightening topic about menopause myths that keep you from thriving. Take note, this is not just for women that are currently experiencing menopause. Listen up, younger women because this will change the way you are perceiving yourself going into menopause. Stay tuned!

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here’s a quick tutorial on “How to leave a review “!

Links mentioned in this episode: Brodie's free guide: http://brodiewelch.com/kitchen-herbs-indigestion/

Going Beyond The Food Project: http://bit.ly/2iDMvsR

The Crave Cure: https://stephaniedodier.com/cravecure

Beyond The Food Community: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

How you can reachStephanie: Website:https://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond The Food Project

Ditch the Diet Mindset. Transform your relationship to food.

So you can Feel Good For Good.

*For your *information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

The top 15 Inspirational quotes and takeaways from the 2017 Going Beyond The Food Project… Where to focus your attention when you have too much information in front of you.

The last week has been totally overwhelming for me because of the tremendous support we’ve received! I’m truly grateful that many women stood up and decided to be with us in this online conference to learn more about how they can transform their relationship to food to be able to ditch the diet mindset completely to ultimately feel good for good. That is why I’d like to sum up the week’s conference by sharing my top 15 takeaways and inspirations from the Going Beyond The Food Project.

Takeaways & Inspirations From The Going Beyond The Food Project Food addiction is not about the food
Food addiction is about how the food meets you
-Dr. Carolyn Ross

Be honest with yourself. Are you doing it to make yourself healthier and happier or to lose weight
-Cristina Curp of the Castaway Kitchen

It’s not about exercise. It’s about movement. If you simply avoid conveniences and take the stairs and carry your bag yourself, that’s movement or exercise to your body
-Darryl Edwards, creator of the Primal Play method

Just as much as having too much calorie is a stress to your body, having too little is also a major source of stress which will lead to the same effect on your health as overworking or lack of sleep.
-Dr. Doni Wilson

I am a student of my body and my body is my best teacher. You can learn so much from looking at your body this way.
-Gillian Mandich, Ph.D.

Modern womanhood often means juggling multiple roles-businesswoman, mother, spouse, home-maker and more. All while being expected to look perfectly composed. In other words, it means being a superwoman.
-Dr. Taz

We know what happens when we put ourselves at the bottom of the priority list. Let’s discover what happens when we put ourselves at the top of the list.
-Dr. Heather Paulson

Motivation is created on the other side of action.
-Ella from the onairwithella show

We are not all going to fit perfect BMI category and yet we can all access health.
-Dr. Jillian Murphy

Posture is the workout advice you have never heard before.
-Dr. Krista Burns

The first concern we should all have is our journey to create joy and happiness in our life.
-Megan Buer

Your body and you is one of the same.
-Melissa Kathryn

The only way to accept ourselves is to acknowledge ourselves.
-Melissa Kathryn

In some case, your body will resist weight loss because your body wants to protect you from all the toxins stored in your fat tissue.
-Alex and Megan from zestyginger

We have to feel to heal and we have to be willing to feel what we want to be healed.
-Irene Lyon

And now… the BIG ANNOUNCEMENT! Due to the overwhelming requests I’ve received… I’ve decided to have an Encore Weekend for the Going Beyond The Food Project . Well yes, it’s a French term which means “more” so, we’re bringing the conference to you ONE MORE TIME!!” You read it right! So tell your family and friends and all the women you know about this special replay of an information-packed and life-changing conference – the Going Beyond The Food Project. Registration is absolutely FREE! Click here.

If for some reason you are too busy to watch or listen this weekend still, no need to worry because you can own the complete collection of the video RECORDINGS, audios and written TRANSCRIPTS of all 22 life-changing presentations with lifetime access! Plus an extraordinary collection of BONUS GIFTS from our speakers via the Upgraded Package. Oh did I mention that it is still on sale until November 12, 2017? You can get the Upgraded Package at a special discount of $97. Take advantage of this special price because it’s ending soon! Check out the Going Beyond The Food Project website and have a look at our Speaker Line-up to have a better idea of what the conference is really about. But let me just make it clear, THIS IS NOT ABOUT FOOD.

Last week’s episode was my never-before-shared personal story which was an interview with my friends and mentor, Sean Croxton as part of the Going Beyond The Food Project. It was my first time to have such very intimate interview, so I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Next episode, we’ll be having Brodie Welch and she’ll talk about a very interesting topic: Meal Timing, something that we need to know and likely not doing. Stay tuned!

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel… I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here’s a quick tutorial on “How to leave a review “!

Links mentioned in this episode: Going Beyond The Food Project: http://bit.ly/2iDMvsR

The Crave Cure: https://stephaniedodier.com/cravecure

Beyond The Food Community: https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

How you can reachStephanie: Website:https://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

https://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond The Food Project

Ditch the Diet Mindset. Transform your relationship to food.

So you can Feel Good For Good.

*For your *information – some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**

View Details

Before, I was in charge of what part of my story was being put out to the world...When I decided to reveal my pursuit of my life purpose, I made the conscious choice of being an open book. I would be transparent and share everything about who I was and how I came to be with you today. While creating the Going Beyond The Food Project, I decided to let go of the control and asked my friend Sean Croxton to help me bring out my story like never before. I gave him "carte blanche" with the purpose of pulling out of me what could help more women... the emotions, the feelings and the parts I had kept secret until now. That what's you'll hear today…The Stephanie Dodier story: my never-before-shared personal journey.

If you’re someone who’s been troubled for so long by your relationship to food, weight and overall health issues and are in search of a solution to better your life, THIS IS FOR YOU. You can still join us at the Going Beyond The Food Project until November 7, 2017 for FREE. After the online conference, you can still access and own all these very informative, insightful and mind-blowing materials, plus speaker bonuses via the Upgraded Package.

The Stephanie Dodier Story: The Beginning It all started at 11. My childhood was not your typical carefree kid story. I remember hiding baking and eating cookies from my mother. I was brought to Weight Watchers, in the company of grown women whose objective is mainly to lose weight. I was like… “What the heck am I doing here?” I didn’t understand what’s going on and why my mother kept on sending me there on a weekly basis. Ever experienced being bullied? Oh, I know so well how it feels!

Raised in a family of “pleasers” where you’re expected to be “normal”, being different is a big no-no. My parents were so concerned about how people perceive us that we, their kids, were expected to perform well in anything we do. It’s like you’re pushed to be the best you can be to the point where things felt like a chore already. It was a challenge for me to live up to their expectations. I came to believe that I was not good enough. That’s when I turned to food to hide my emotions.

Caught Up In the Cycle At 14, my aunts took me to a low-fat diet. I lost 50 lbs in 6 months. And boy, how I felt good about myself! For the first time, I felt like people love me and I belong. I didn’t need food to hide the shame that I feel. I looked good and started to have friends and have a normal teenage life. This continued until 26, the age when I experienced what I consider the lowest point in my life - something that affirmed I’m not good enough no matter how hard I tried.

I started to overeat again and I developed work addiction to ward off my negative thoughts. It’s like eating is the only way to numb the pain of rejection. I put all my energy into my job reaching almost the top of the corporate ladder. But somehow somewhere, everybody really has a breaking point - my health and my body collapsed.

The Search It felt like I already did almost everything - read and got hooked up with the Paleo Solution and How to Eat, Move and Be Healthy, over-exercised, did corrective therapy in between losing and gaining weight. I got a hold of Anatomy of the Spirit by Caroline Myss, a book about spirituality, relationship with family and food. I took 6 months off and traveled to see something new and clear my mind. I went to school at the Institute of Holistic Education in Toronto and started to get some followers with my online works. I did Ketogenic diet thinking it might be “the solution” for me.

The Solution By the end of our interview, Sean asked me what solution I found with everything I went through. The answer?… is to GO BEYOND THE FOOD. The solution is to deep-dive into emotional eating and discover your intention for eating. You should manage your emotion and train your mind, become conscious on your intention on food. Look on the emotion and understand why you are having that. When you discover the emotion, ask why you feel this emotion, learn how to cope with it other than food. With this, you will stop overeating and will have less bad emotions as well.

The Going Beyond the Food Project It was a huge decision for me to share the real story behind my journey because they are deeply personal. But I took this high-risk road because I know I am not the only one. For a long time in my life, I felt alone thinking no one understands and ‘gets it’. But my changed perspective on my personal journey, even how negative it may seem to many, has moved me to become empowered and cast off the victim mentality. It has helped me shift my life from a negative place to a positive place. I am inviting you to consider that for yourself because that is the most profound transformation you can do to heal your health, realize your goals and live the life you dreamed of.

Last week's episode, I took you behind the scene of the Going Beyond The Food Project. We recorded the podcast episode live during one of the wrap-up sessions of the online summit. I suggest you check it out! You can listen to the episode here.

Be sure to check back every Sunday and Thursday for a new episode, and head over to iTunes   to subscribe so we can freshly deliver new episode directly to your device every time we release a new episode.

If you enjoy the show and would love to encourage and support my work leave me an honest review using this link, click here . For a podcaster like me, reviews are like fuel... I would appreciate hearing from you more than I could possibly say! Here's a quick tutorial on "How to leave a review "!

Links mentioned in this episode: Going Beyond The Food Project: http://bit.ly/2iDMvsR

The Crave Cure: https://stephaniedodier.com/cravecure

Beyond The Food Community: http://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

How you can reachStephanie: Website:http://www.stephaniedodier.com/

FB: https://www.facebook.com/StephanieDodiernutrition

Instagram: https://instagram.com/stephdodier/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/stephaniedodier

Email: info@stephaniedodier.com

Got a question for Stephanie you’d like her to answer, or just want to join our community of women? Our free and private community:

http://www.stephaniedodier.com/community

Sponsor Going Beyond The Food Project

Ditch the Diet Mindset. Transform your relationship to food.

So you can Feel Good For Good.

*For your *information - some links above may be my affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you click on it and make a purchase. Doing so will NOT entail any additional cost to you, but will help me tremendously. Your support is SO greatly appreciated, so thank you in advance if you choose to do so**